Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / InterDigital

InterDigital

idcc · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker idcc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2006 Annual Report · InterDigital
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2006 Annual Report

InterDigital Communications Corporation

781 Third Avenue

King of Prussia, PA 19406 USA

www.interdigital.com

2
0
0
6
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

 
 
For over 30 years, InterDigital has consistently been doing  

one thing very well: inventing advanced digital wireless 

technologies. These inventions— used in every digital cellular 

phone today—helped shape the wireless industry. Today, we 

remain at the cutting edge of tomorrow’s technology through 

ongoing research and development, contributing to the standards 

bodies, licensing our patented inventions to leading brands,  

and offering high-performance technologies and products.

Corporate InformatIon

Annu Al Meeting of ShAreholderS 

inveStor relAtion S

Thursday, June 7, 2007 
11:00 a.m. EDT 
Radisson Valley Forge 
King of Prussia, PA 19406 USA

CoMMon StoCk inforMAtion

The primary market for InterDigital’s common  
stock is the NASDAQ Global Select Market.SM 
InterDigital trades under the ticker symbol “IDCC”. 

regiStrAr And trAnSfer Agent

Shareholders with questions concerning  
stock certificates, shareholder records, account 
information, dividends, or stock transfer should  
contact InterDigital’s transfer agent:

American Stock Transfer and Trust Co. 
Customer Service 
59 Maiden Lane 
New York, NY 10038 USA 
+1 800 937 5449 
www.amstock.com

independent Auditor S

PricewaterhouseCoopers 
Philadelphia, PA USA

Janet M. Point  
Executive Vice President,  
Communications & Investor Relations 
+1 610 878 7866 
e-mail: janet.point@interdigital.com

CorporAte  offiCe And   
de velop Ment  fACility

781 Third Avenue 
King of Prussia, PA 19406 USA 
+1 610 878 7800

develop Ment  fACilitieS

Two Huntington Quadrangle, 4th Floor 
Melville, NY 11747 USA

InterDigital Canada Ltée 
1000 Sherbrooke Street West, 10th Floor 
Montreal, Quebec, Canada  
H3A 3G4

Web Site

www.interdigital.com

• 	

• 	
• 	
• 	

	Hi s to ry	 o f	b uil din g 	s pec tra ll y	 eff i ci ent,	 	
Hi g H	 d at a	ra te 	 s ys t em s	 s ol ut io ns	

oVer 		3, 0 00 	u . s . 	&	n on - u . s . 	p a ten ts	i ssued	

	oVer 	$1 	b ill io n	 gen era te d	fro m	pat ent	 l ic ensing

	mo Vin g 	ip 	t o	s il ico n

InterDigital® is a registered trademark of InterDigital Communications Corporation. All other trademarks, service marks  

and/or trade names appearing in this Annual Report are the property of their respective holders.

The life 

inside

The life inside your phone

your phone

page 1

250

Financial strength and solid

revenues

Recurring Revenues
0

(in thousands)

Technology Solutions

Recurring Royalties

Cash, Cash Equivalents, 
and Short-Term Investments

(in thousands)

300300

250

250

200

200

150

150

100

100

50

50

0

0

2004	

2005	

2006

2004	

2005	

2006

2006

• 	

	OVE R	50 0 	 M IL LIO N 	 MO BIL E	 D EVIC ES	SHI PPED	
U ND ER 	LI CE NS E 	W ITH	 IN T ERD IGITAL

• 	

	R EPU RCHA SE D 	 N EA RLY 	 $2 00 	M IL LIO N	OF	 	
C O MMO N 	 S TO CK

200

150

100

50

250250

200
200

150
150

100
100

50
50

0
0

page 2

sTrong resulTs

Our gOal: gen era te  rev enue  fr O m  e ver y  3g d evice  SHip pe d

Our strong financial performance in 2006 is a tribute to the valuable 

technology we have developed over the years. Entering the wireless chip 

market with dual-mode baseband ASICs complements our successful 

licensing program and positions InterDigital to capitalize on the growth 

in the global wireless industry.

page 3

Annual Report

financia l HigHlig HtS

Year ended December 31 

(in thousands, except per share data)

Total revenue 

Income (loss) from operations 

Net income applicable to common shareholders 

Net income per share applicable to  
common shareholders—diluted 

Total cash, cash equivalents and  

short-term investments 

Total assets 

Total shareholders’ equity 

page 4

2006 

2005 

2004

$480,466 

$163,125 

$103,685

336,416 

225,222 

17,087 

54,685  

(6,292)

89

4.04 

0.96 

0.00

263,966 

564,076 

275,476 

105,708 

299,537 

174,314 

131,818

241,920

115,659

 
 
let ter to ShareholderS

As we look back on 2006, we are proud of the significant value we 

We  posted  record  positive  cash  flow  and  earnings;  we  grew  

delivered  to  our  partners,  customers,  and  our  shareholders. 

our base of recurring patent license revenues to over $50 million per 

quarter;  we  surpassed  the  3,000  mark  for  issued  patents  worldwide;  

and we moved from being a supplier of components of 3G modems, to 

being an emerging supplier of complete terminal modem solutions.

Equally important, we believe our strategy will continue to reward our 

shareholders as we meet the opportunities of tomorrow. InterDigital is 

on the move.

2006—A YeAr  o f  Str o ng  f i nAnc iAl Per f o rmAn ce

Net income for the year increased to $225.2 million, or $4.04 per diluted 

share. This was a four-fold increase from 2005, driven by the resolution 

of the Nokia 2G royalty dispute, as well as overall growth in our patent 

licensing  program.  Revenues  for  2006  were  $480.5  million,  up  from 

$163.1 million in 2005. Revenue included $213.1 million of recurring  

royalties led by LG, NEC, and Sharp, and $253 million and $12 million 

related to the resolution of licensing disputes with Nokia and Panasonic, 

respectively. Technology solution agreements with Infineon and NXP 

(formerly Philips Semiconductor) contributed an additional $6.9 million 

to revenues. For the year, we generated substantial free cash flow, driven 

primarily by patent license payments from Nokia and LG.

In 2006, we significantly enhanced our cash and short-term investment 

position,  ending  the  year  at  a  very  strong  $264.9  million.  Given  the 

strength of our balance sheet and our confidence in the business going 

forward, our Board of Directors authorized a $200 million stock repur-

chase program in April 2006 and increased that authorization to $350 

million in December 2006. This authorization reflects our belief that 

we can support investments in business opportunities, whether organic 

or  through  acquisitions,  and  return  cash  to  shareholders,  enhancing 

shareholder value. 

PAge 5

200 7—S ecur ing  eve n g r ea ter  valu e f rOm  tH e  3g  ma rket

We believe our path to greater shareholder value is clear: sign additional 

3G  patent  licensees,  secure  new  3G  technology  product  wins,  and  

continue  to  successfully  contribute  our  innovations  to  standards-

setting bodies worldwide.

Our  patent  licensing  activities  continued  to  generate  significant  cash 

flow. Sales of 3G mobile devices are starting to ramp significantly, with 

over 300 million 3G-enabled devices expected to ship in 2007. Today, 

we  secure  revenue  on  approximately  35%  of  all  3G  phones  shipped. 

Our goal is to ultimately garner revenue on every 3G device shipped. 

To  achieve  our  goal,  we  are  adding  resources  to  our  patent  licensing 

team and addressing both top and mid-tier handset producers. We have 

also initiated litigation where appropriate to protect our patent rights. 

We are also investing in our product programs. For the last five years, 

we  have  designed  and  developed  3G  terminal  unit  solutions.  Our  

earliest modem IP customer—Infineon Technologies—is experiencing 

initial success in securing customers for its 3G terminal unit solutions. 

We will earn a royalty on each 3G ASIC that incorporates our jointly-

developed software sold by Infineon and we anticipate booking revenue 

from those sales this year.

In 2006, we expanded our technology portfolio to include the market-

proven 2G platform from Infineon. Integration of this platform with 

our  3G  solution  positions  us  to  achieve  greater  market  penetration  in 

2007  and  2008  either  through  modem  IP  licensing,  ASIC  sales,  or  a 

combination of those opportunities. 

Equally exciting for us is our projected launch of the InterDigital dual-

mode baseband ASIC optimized for the data card market. We remain  

on  track  to  have  engineering  samples  available  in  late  summer  2007, 

with  customer  samples  to  be  delivered  shortly  thereafter.  And  we  

believe that our differentiated solution positions us to secure a design 

win in late 2007 or early 2008.

tH e  Wi re le SS  WO r ld ’ S tO m O r rOW  iS  Ou r tOd ay

One of InterDigital’s core strengths has been its ability to bring inno-

vative  solutions  to  the  wireless  market  long  before  most  people  even 

recognized there was a problem to be solved. Building on this tradition 

page 6

in 2007, we will continue to make appropriate investments in technologies 

designed for future wireless products, securing InterDigital’s future as  

a leading supplier of innovative digital wireless technologies.

For example, in late 2006, we announced a strategic development relation-

ship with South Korea’s largest mobile operator, SK Telecom, to develop 

mobility software that allows wireless users to roam seamlessly among 

different  types  of  wireless  networks.  In  early  2007,  we  increased  our 

investment  in  the  mobility  space,  leading  the  most  recent  financing 

round for Kineto Wireless, a market leader in providing solutions for 

the converged device market.

We will also continue our leadership in the 3G standards-setting bodies 

and we are experiencing great success in various IEEE 802 standards.  

The evolution of technologies governed by these standards will deliver 

higher data rates over greater ranges, improved interoperability between 

different technologies, and improved performance for future wireless 

systems and networks. We are committing the necessary resources to 

develop  and  contribute  solutions  as  the  industry  evolves  to  the  next 

generation of cellular technology and combines multiple air interfaces 

and capabilities into future converged devices.

Our technology breakthroughs, innovation, and commercial successes  

are grounded on having the brightest, most talented, and most dedicated 

individuals in the industry. We want to thank and recognize each and 

every  one  of  our  employees  for  another  great  year  and  building  the 

foundation for an even brighter future. 

We remain very enthusiastic about our industry, the rapid technological 

changes that we are driving, and our company’s future. We are moving 

ahead  and  building  on  our  heritage  of  digital  wireless  technology  

innovation. We have the right strategy and we have the right team to 

execute that strategy. We are looking forward to another exciting year 

for InterDigital.

Harry	G.	Campagna 
Chairman of the Board

William	J.	Merritt 
President and Chief Executive Officer

page 7

Tremendous opportunity in a 

huge market

page 8T

the wireleSS market

oday,  it  would  be  hard  to  imagine  a  world  without  mobile 

phones. Wireless  technologies  have  changed  the  way  we  work, 

live,  and  play.  By  typical  measures,  the  wireless  market  would 

be  considered  mature,  but  the  reality  is  that  the  wireless  industry  is 

changing  faster  than  ever  before,  with  new  technologies,  products,  

applications,  and  services  being  introduced  daily.  As  technologies,  

content,  and  devices  blossom,  the  only  limit  on  the  opportunity  for 

InterDigital is our imagination.

At InterDigital, innovation is everything and always has been. In 1972, 

the company’s founder envisioned trading stocks while sitting on the 

beach—quite ambitious in a time when analog 

cellular phones had just been introduced. As his 

vision  has  evolved,  InterDigital  has  remained  a 

pioneer in advancing the wireless industry. When 

Over 
One

BIllIOn

mobi le   P h on eS  to Sh iP   in   20 0 7

the rest of the world was working on analog, we were developing digital. 

When everyone focused on voice, we were working on data. While others 

pursued narrowband, we were demonstrating broadband. And, as most 

are just starting to wonder what to do with 3G, WiMax, or WiFi in the 

future,  we  are  already  delivering  harmonizing  solutions  for  seamless 

mobility between all standards. 

Global Handset Sales by Technology

3G (WCDMA)

3G (CDMA)

2G / 2.5G

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

2005	

2006	

2007	

2008	

2009	

2010	

2011

60% 
 3G

Source: Strategy Analytics, Inc. 

October 2006. Data for 2006  

through 2011 represents 

estimated handset sales.

PAge 9

Inventions drive our

business model

Step 1

Step 4

Step 3

Step 2

page 10

Ste p 1

i nve nti ng  Wi re le SS 
tec HnO lO g ie S

Step  2

cOn tributin g   
tO  Stand ardS

For over 30 years, we have 
developed digital cellular 
technologies, creating 
innovative solutions  
yielding thousands of 
patents worldwide. 

We are key contributors  
to the cellular standards 
bodies from 2G, 3G and 
beyond, to wireless LAN 
and initiatives on mobility 
solutions for converged 
devices.

W

our process

e don’t just stop with relentless innovation. Setting us apart  

is  our  ability  to  turn  breakthrough  thinking  into  practical 

solutions  for  the  well-being  of  the  industry  and  almost 

3 billion users of wireless devices around the world. We contribute many 

of our innovations into the wireless standards  bodies—the organiza-

tions  that  write  the  documents  on  how  to  build  wireless  equipment. 

It is there that we market our technology solutions to our peers in the 

industry. Our work in the standards also gives us insights into the needs 

of the future as the technology evolves. 

After  the  standards  have  been  implemented  into  products,  we  offer 

licenses  to  our  patent  portfolio  to  product  manufacturers.  We  are 

equally recognized and admired for our successful licensing program 

that enables many of the world’s leading wireless companies— a major 

part of our financial strength today.

Further, we commercialize our inventions— already validated through 

real-world  simulations  and  testing—by  offering  advanced  products 

and technologies to manufacturers of mobile devices. This full cycle —

from  technology  inventions,  to  standards  contributions,  to  patent 

licensing, and delivering products—is repeated with multiple technol-

ogies  time  and  again.  Indeed,  our  leading  edge  thinkers  are  working 

today on solutions for the next generations of wireless technologies.

Step  3

licenSin g   
patentS

Ste p 4

de velOp ing   
prOd uctS

We are highly successful 
in licensing our patented 
technologies to leading 
manufacturers. Our  
patents have generated 
over $1 billion.

We offer complete 2G/3G 
modems by taking our 
validated solutions to 
silicon. Our ASIC offering 
can provide great synergy 
with patent licensing.

page 11

Leading brands license

our patents

page 12

O

inventing wireleSS technologieS

ur know-how and inventions reach across virtually all mobile 

and wireless standards. InterDigital holds over 3,000 U.S. and 

foreign issued patents combined. In addition, we have nearly 

9,000 patent applications in process. Our success in increasing the pace 

and breadth of our innovation reflects our fundamental commitment 

to remain an industry leader in the creation of pioneering technologies. 

We have employed a comprehensive program of developing and pro-

tecting  our  intellectual  property  through  the  worldwide  filing  and 

issuance of our patents.

We have also built a worldwide patent licensing program with 

great  success.  Since  1992,  we  have  generated  over  $1  billion  

in  patent  royalty  and  technology  licensing.  Since  that  time, 

manufacturers  of  some  of  the  world’s  most  popular  brands, 

$500m

over   
in  licen Se  Agree men tS   
in  P ASt  12   mon thS

such as LG, NEC, Panasonic, Sharp, and BlackBerry, have signed license 

agreements with InterDigital. In recognition of our successful licensing 

program, InterDigital received the prestigious Licensing Achievement 

Award from the Licensing Executives Society in 2006.

PAge 13

smartmobilitynexT sTeps

adv anc ed  2g / 3g  m O de m  tec HnOlOgi eS  an d  p rOd uctS   
Wi tH Hi gH- per fO r m anc e HSdp a  an d  H Sup a

The original vision of 3G is rapidly becoming reality with the deploy-

ment  of  advanced  mobile  devices  employing  HSDPA  and  HSUPA 

technologies. Leveraging over 30 years of wireless modem development, 

InterDigital offers a full range of enabling solutions from dual-mode 

modem technology, to high-performance baseband ASICs, to complete 

reference platforms.

Our  3G  solutions  deliver  best-in-class  data  rates  and  receiver  per-

formance,  small  size,  low  power  consumption,  and  reduced  costs. 

Furthermore, our full service and support ensures that semiconductor 

companies and mobile device manufacturers get to market early with 

differentiated products.

Our sights are now set on wireless networks that provide tens to hundreds 

of megabits per second, with improved coverage and reliability. To some 

this is known as 4G, to others Long Term Evolution—requiring new 

advanced  air  interface  technologies  and  all-IP  networks  throughout. 

And InterDigital is there.

Our be St-in-claSS

AdvAnced ReceiveR Technology 
WITH	RECEIVE	DIVE RS ITY 	MA x IM IzES 	 THRO U GHPUT	 	
A ND	COVER AGE ,	DIF FER EN TIA TIN G	 IN TE RD IGIT AL ’S	 	
B ASEBAND	 ASICS	FR OM	 THE	 CO MPE T ITI ON

page 14

Taking IP to

silicon

ouR duAl-mode bAsebAnd Asic 

IS 	O PT IM IzED	 FOR 	 PC 	CAR DS	A ND	OTHER 	HI GH -PER F OR MA NC E	
D AT A- IN TE N SI VE	PRO DUCTS	AND	APPLI CATI ONS

page 15

The life inside inTerdigiTal

O

ur  technology  breakthroughs,  innovation,  and  commercial 

successes  are  grounded  on  having  the  brightest,  most  

talented,  and  most  dedicated  individuals  in  the  industry. 

Our employees are clearly an enormous asset. 

We have fostered a diverse and stimulating environment where creative, 

intelligent, and ambitious people can thrive and achieve their professional 

and  personal  goals.  At  InterDigital,  we  support  an  entrepreneurial  

culture  with  solid  resources,  structure  and  stability  to  make  a  big  

impact on the future of wireless communications. Everyone contributes 

directly to the company’s strategic goals and bottom line —hands-on, 

using a team-oriented approach. Indeed, it is our people that over the 

past three decades have created many of the breakthrough inventions 

that have built the solid financial foundation that we have today.

Many of our employees have received numerous accolades and awards 

from professional associations for outstanding achievements. 

page 16

Financial Summary

2006

putting the life inside

your phone

your game

your notebook

Table of conTenTs

Glossary	of	Terms	

PaR T	 I	
Item	1.	

Item	1A.	
Item	1B.	
Item	2.	
Item	3.	
Item	4.	

PaRT	 II	
Item	5.	

Item	6.	
Item	7.	

Item	7A.	
Item	8.	
Item	9.	

Item	9A.	
Item	9B.	

PaRT	 III	
Item	10.	
Item	11.	
Item	12.	

Item	13.	

Item	14.	

PaRT	 Iv	
Item	15.	

Business	
General	
Wireless	Communications	Industry	Overview	
Evolution	of	Wireless	Standards	
InterDigital’s	Strategy	
InterDigital’s	Technology	Position	
Business	Activities	
Competition	
Employees	
Executive	Officers	
Risk	Factors	
Unresolved	Staff	Comments	
Properties	
Legal	Proceedings	
	Submission	of	Matters	to	a	Vote	of	Security	Holders	

	Market	for	Company’s	Common	Equity,	Related	Stockholder		
Matters	and	Issuer	Purchases	of	Equity	Securities	
Selected	Financial	Data	
	Management’s	Discussion	and	Analysis	of	Financial	Condition		
and	Results	of	Operations	
	Quantitative	and	Qualitative	Disclosures	about	Market	Risk	
Financial	Statements	and	Supplementary	Data	
	Changes	in	and	Disagreements	with	Accountants		
on	Accounting	and	Financial	Disclosure	
Controls	and	Procedures	
Other	Information	

Directors,	Executive	Officers	and	Corporate	Governance	
Executive	Compensation	
	Security	Ownership	of	Certain	Beneficial	Owners		
and	Management	and	Related	Stockholder	Matters	
	Certain	Relationships	and	Related	Transactions,		
and	Director	Independence	
Principal	Accountant	Fees	and	Services	

Exhibits	and	Financial	Statement	Schedules	
Signatures	

Page

ii

1
1
2
4
6
7
8
17
18
19
20
28
28
28
32

32

32
34

35
60
61

94
94
95

96
96
96

96

97
97

97
97
103

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
402 36 _114_ii.ep s

GlossaRY of TeRMs

1xev-DO
“First	Evolution	Data	Optimized.”	An	evolution	of	cdma2000.

2g
“Second	Generation.”	A	generic	term	usually	used	in	reference	to	voice-oriented	digital	wireless	
products,	primarily	mobile	handsets	that	provide	basic	voice	services.

2.5g
A	generic	term	usually	used	in	reference	to	fully	integrated	voice	and	data	digital	wireless	devices	
offering	higher	data	rate	services	and	features	compared	to	2G.

3g
“Third	Generation.”	A	generic	term	usually	used	in	reference	to	the	generation	of	digital	mobile	
devices	 and	 networks	 after	 2G	 and	 2.5G,	 which	 provide	 high	 speed	 data	 communications	
capability	along	with	voice	services.

3gPP
“3G	 Partnership	 Project.”	 A	 partnership	 of	 worldwide	 accredited	 Standards	 organizations	 the	
purpose	of	which	is	to	draft	specifications	for	Third	Generation	mobile	telephony.

802.11
An	IEEE	Standard	for	wireless	LAN	interoperability.	Letter	appendages	(i.e.,	802.11	a/b/g)	identify	
various	amendments	to	the	Standards	which	denote	different	features	and	capabilities.

air	Interface
The	wireless	interface	between	a	terminal	unit	and	the	base	station	or	between	wireless	devices	
in	a	communication	system.

aNSI
“American	National	Standards	Institute.”	The	United	States	national	Standards	accreditation	and	
policy	agency.	ANSI	monitors	and	provides	oversight	of	all	accredited	U.S.	Standards	Development	
Organizations	to	insure	they	follow	an	open	public	process.

aSIC
“Application	Specific	Integrated	Circuit.”	A	computer	chip	developed	for	a	specific	purpose,	and	
frequently	designed	using	a	microprocessor	core	and	integrating	other	functions	unique	to	the	
application	in	which	the	chip	will	be	used.	Many	SOC	designs	are	ASICs.

aTIS
“Alliance	for	Telecommunications	Industry	Solutions.”	An	ANSI-accredited	U.S.-based	Standards	
association	 which	 concentrates	 on	 developing	 and	 promoting	 technical/operational	 standards	
for	the	communications	and	information	technology	industries	worldwide.

Bandwidth
A	range	of	frequencies	that	can	carry	a	signal	on	a	transmission	medium,	measured	in	Hertz	and	
computed	by	subtracting	the	lower	frequency	limit	from	the	upper	frequency	limit.

Base	Station
The	 central	 radio	 transmitter/receiver,	 or	 group	 of	 central	 radio	 transmitters/receivers,	 that	
maintains	 communications	 with	 subscriber	 equipment	 sets	 within	 a	 given	 range	 (typically,	
a	cell	site).

page 

Category	10
The	HSDPA	Standard	contains	different	“categories,”	ranging	from	category	1	through	category	
10,	to	define	specific	configurations	and	performances.	Category	10	is	the	fastest	mode	of	HSDPA	
capable	of	achieving	14Mbps.

CDMa
“Code	 Division	 Multiple	 Access.”	 A	 method	 of	 digital	 spread	 spectrum	 technology	 wireless	
transmission	 that	 allows	 a	 large	 number	 of	 users	 to	 share	 access	 to	 a	 single	 radio	 channel	 by	
assigning	unique	code	sequences	to	each	user.

cdmaOne
A	 wireless	 cellular	 system	 application	 based	 on	 2G	 narrowband	 CDMA	 technologies	
(e.g.,	TIA/EIA-95).

cdma2000®
A	Standard	which	evolved	from	narrowband	CDMA	technologies	(i.e.,	TIA/EIA-95	and	cdmaOne).	
The	 CDMA	 family	 includes,	 without	 limitation,	 CDMA2000	 1x,	 CDMA	 1xEV-DO,	 CDMA2000	
1xEV-DV	 and	 CDMA2000	 3x.	 Although	 CDMA2000	 1x	 is	 included	 under	 the	 IMT-2000	 family	 of	
3G	Standards,	its	functionality	is	similar	to	2.5G	technologies.	CDMA2000®	and	cdma2000®	are	
registered	trademarks	of	the	Telecommunications	Industry	Association	(TIA—USA).

Chip
An	 electronic	 circuit	 that	 consists	 of	 many	 individual	 circuit	 elements	 integrated	 onto	 a	
single	substrate.

Chip	Rate
The	rate	at	which	information	signal	bits	are	transmitted	as	a	sequence	of	chips.	The	chip	rate	is	
usually	several	times	the	information	bit	rate.

Circuit
The	 connection	 of	 channels,	 conductors	 and	 equipment	 between	 two	 given	 points	 through	
which	an	electric	current	may	be	established.

Digital
Information	transmission	where	the	data	is	represented	in	discrete	numerical	form.

Digital	Cellular
A	cellular	communications	system	that	uses	over-the-air	digital	transmission.

Duplex
A	 characteristic	 of	 data	 transmission,	 either	 full	 duplex	 or	 half	 duplex.	 Full	 duplex	 permits	
simultaneous	transmission	in	both	directions	of	a	communications	channel.	Half	duplex	means	
only	one	transmission	at	a	time.

eDge
“Enhanced	 Data	 rates	 for	 GSM	 Evolution.”	 Technology	 designed	 to	 deliver	 data	 at	 rates	 up	 to	
473.6	Kbps,	triple	the	data	rate	of	GSM	wireless	services,	and	built	on	the	existing	GSM	Standard	
and	core	network	infrastructure.	EDGE	systems	built	in	Europe	are	considered	a	2.5G	technology.

eTSI
“European	 Telecommunications	 Standards	 Institute.”	 The	 Standards	 organization	 which	 drafts	
Standards	for	Europe.

page 

Fabless
“Fabless”	means	fabrication	carried	out	by	another	party	under	a	contract.

FDD
“Frequency	Division	Duplex.”	A	duplex	operation	using	a	pair	of	frequencies,	one	for	transmission	
and	one	for	reception.

FDMa
“Frequency	 Division	 Multiple	 Access.”	 A	 technique	 in	 which	 the	 available	 transmission	 of	
bandwidth	of	a	channel	is	divided	by	frequencies	into	narrower	bands	over	fixed	time	intervals	
resulting	in	more	efficient	voice	or	data	transmissions	over	a	single	channel.

Frequency
The	rate	at	which	an	electrical	current	or	signal	alternates,	usually	measured	in	Hertz.

gHz
“Gigahertz.”	One	gigahertz	is	equal	to	one	billion	cycles	per	second.

gPRS
“General	 Packet	 Radio	 Systems.”	 A	 packet-based	 wireless	 communications	 service	 that	 enables	
high-speed	wireless	Internet	and	other	data	communications	via	GSM	networks.

gSM
“Global	 System	 for	 Mobile	 Communications.”	 A	 digital	 cellular	 Standard,	 based	 on	 TDMA	
technology,	specifically	developed	to	provide	system	compatibility	across	country	boundaries.

Hertz
The	unit	of	measuring	radio	frequency	(one	cycle	per	second).

HSDPa
“High	Speed	Downlink	Packet	Access.”	An	enhancement	to	WCDMA/UMTS	technology	optimized	
for	 high	 speed	 packet-switched	 data	 and	 high-capacity	 circuit	 switched	 capabilities.	 A	 3G	
technology	enhancement.

HSUPa
“High	Speed	Uplink	Packet	Access.”	An	enhancement	to	WCDMA	technology	that	improves	the	
performance	of	the	radio	uplink	to	increase	capacity	and	throughput,	and	to	reduce	delay.

iDeN®
“Integrated	 Dispatch	 Enhanced	 Network.”	 A	 proprietary	 TDMA	 Standards-based	 technology	
which	 allows	 access	 to	 phone	 calls,	 paging	 and	 data	 from	 a	 single	 device.	 iDEN	 is	 a	 registered	
trademark	of	Motorola,	Inc.

Ieee
“Institute	 of	 Electrical	 and	 Electronic	 Engineers.”	 A	 membership	 organization	 of	 engineers	 that	
among	its	activities	produces	data	communications	Standards.

Ieee	802
A	 Standards	 body	 within	 the	 IEEE	 that	 specifies	 communications	 protocols	 for	 both	 wired	 and	
wireless	local	area	and	wide	area	networks	(LAN/WAN).

IC
“Integrated	Circuit.”	A	multifunction	circuit	formed	in	or	around	a	semiconductor	base.

page v

Internet
A	 network	 comprised	 of	 numerous	 interconnected	 commercial,	 academic	 and	 governmental	
networks	in	over	100	countries.

IPR
“Intellectual	Property	Right.”

ISO
“International	 Standards	 Organization.”	 An	 international	 organization,	 which	 sets	 international	
electrical	and	electronics	Standards.	The	U.S.	member	body	is	ANSI.

ITU
“International	 Telecommunication	 Union.”	 An	 international	 organization	 established	 by	 the	
United	 Nations	 with	 membership	 from	 virtually	 every	 government	 in	 the	 world.	 Publishes	
recommendations	for	engineers,	designers,	OEMs,	and	service	providers	through	its	three	main	
activities:	 defining	 and	 adoption	 of	 telecommunications	 standards;	 regulating	 the	 use	 of	 the	
radio	frequency	spectrum;	and	furthering	telecommunications	development	globally.

ITC
“InterDigital	Technology	Corporation,”	one	of	our	wholly-owned	Delaware	subsidiaries.

Kbps
“Kilobits	per	Second.”	A	measure	of	information-carrying	capacity	(i.e.,	the	data	transfer	rate)	of	a	
circuit,	in	thousands	of	bits.

Km
“Kilometer.”

Know-How
Technical	information,	technical	data	and	trade	secrets	that	derive	value	from	the	fact	that	they	
are	 not	 generally	 known	 in	 the	 industry.	 Know-how	 can	 include,	 but	 is	 not	 limited	 to,	 designs,	
drawings,	 prints,	 specifications,	 semiconductor	 masks,	 technical	 data,	 software,	 net	 lists,	
documentation	and	manufacturing	information.

LaN
“Local	Area	Network.”	A	private	data	communications	network	linking	a	variety	of	data	devices	
located	in	the	same	geographical	area	and	which	share	files,	programs	and	various	devices.

LTe
“Long	Term	Evolution.”	Generic	name	for	the	3GPP	project	addressing	future	improvements	to	
the	3G	Universal	Terrestrial	Radio	Access	Network	(UTRAN).

MaC
“Media	Access	Control.”	Part	of	the	802.3	(Ethernet	LAN)	standard	which	contains	specifications	
and	rules	for	accessing	the	physical	portions	of	the	network.

MaN
“Metropolitan	Area	Network.”	A	communication	network	which	covers	a	geographic	area	such	as	
a	city	or	suburb.

Mbps
“Megabits	per	Second.”	A	measure	of	information—carrying	capacity	of	a	circuit;	millions	of	bits	
per	second.

page v

402 36 _118_vi.ep s

MIMO
“Multiple	Input	Multiple	Output.”	A	method	of	digital	wireless	transmission	where	the	transmitter	
and/or	 receiver	 uses	 multiple	 antennas	 to	 increase	 the	 achievable	 data	 rate	 or	 improve	 the	
reliability	of	a	communication	link.

Modem
A	 combination	 of	 the	 words	 modulator	 and	 demodulator,	 referring	 to	 a	 device	 that	 modifies	
a	 signal	 (such	 as	 sound	 or	 digital	 data)	 to	 allow	 it	 to	 be	 carried	 over	 a	 medium	 such	 as	 wire	
or	radio.

Multiple	access
A	methodology	(e.g.,	FDMA,	TDMA,	CDMA)	by	which	multiple	users	share	access	to	a	
transmission	channel.	Most	modern	systems	accomplish	this	through	“demand	assignment”	
where	the	specific	parameter	(frequency,	time	slot,	or	code)	is	automatically	assigned	when	a	
subscriber	requires	it.

ODM
“Original	 Design	 Manufacturer.”	 Independent	 contractors	 that	 develop	 and	 manufacture	
equipment	on	behalf	of	another	company	using	another	company’s	brand	name	on	the	product.

OeM
“Original	Equipment	Manufacturer.”	A	manufacturer	of	equipment	(e.g.,	base	stations,	terminals)	
that	sells	to	operators.

OFDM
“Orthogonal	 Frequency	 Division	 Multiplexing.”	 A	 method	 of	 digital	 wireless	 transmission	 that	
distributes	a	signal	across	a	large	number	of	closely	spaced	carrier	frequencies.

OFDMa
“Orthogonal	Frequency	Division	Multiple	Access.”	A	method	of	digital	wireless	transmission	that	
allows	a	multiplicity	of	users	to	share	access	by	assigning	sets	of	narrowband	carrier	frequencies.	
It	is	an	extension	of	OFDM	to	multiple	users.

OSI	Reference	Model
A	 seven	 layer	 network	 architecture	 model	 developed	 by	 ISO	 and	 ITU.	 Each	 layer	 specifies	
particular	network	functions.

PCMCIa
“Personal	 Computer	 Memory	 Card	 International	 Association.”	 An	 international	 industry	 group	
that	 promotes	 standards	 for	 credit	 card-sized	 memory	 card	 hardware	 that	 fits	 into	 computing	
devices	such	as	laptops.

PDC
“Personal	 Digital	 Cellular.”	 The	 Standard	 developed	 in	 Japan	 for	 TDMA	 digital	 cellular	 mobile	
radio	communications	systems.

PHS
“Personal	Handyphone	System.”	A	digital	cordless	telephone	system	and	digital	network	based	
on	 TDMA.	 This	 low-mobility	 microcell	 Standard	 was	 developed	 in	 Japan.	 Commonly	 known	 as	
PAS	in	China.

page v

PHY
“Physical	 Layer.”	 The	 wires,	 cables,	 and	 interface	 hardware	 that	 connect	 devices	 on	 a	 wired	 or	
wireless	 network.	 It	 is	 the	 lowest	 layer	 of	 network	 processing	 that	 connects	 a	 device	 to	 a	
transmission	medium.

Platform
A	combination	of	hardware	and	software	blocks	implementing	a	complete	set	of	functionalities	
that	can	be	optimized	to	create	an	end	product.

Protocol
A	 formal	 set	 of	 conventions	 governing	 the	 format	 and	 control	 of	 interaction	 among	
communicating	functional	units.

RF
“Radio	Frequency.”	The	range	of	electromagnetic	frequencies	above	the	audio	range	and	below	
visible	light.

Smart	antenna
Antenna	utilizing	multiple	elements	with	signal	processing	capabilities	which	enhance	desired,	or	
reduce	undesired,	transmission	to	or	from	wireless	products.

SOC
“System-on-a-chip.”	The	embodiment	on	a	single	silicon	chip	of	the	essential	components	that	
comprise	the	operational	core	of	a	digital	system.

Standards
Specifications	 that	 reflect	 agreements	 on	 products,	 practices,	 or	 operations	 by	 nationally	 or	
internationally	 accredited	 industrial	 and	 professional	 associations	 or	 governmental	 bodies	 in	
order	to	allow	for	interoperability.

TDD
“Time	 Division	 Duplexing.”	 A	 duplex	 operation	 using	 a	 single	 frequency,	 divided	 by	 time,	 for	
transmission	and	reception.

TD/FDMa
“Time	 Division/Frequency	 Division	 Multiple	 Access.”	 A	 technique	 that	 combines	 TDMA	
and	FDMA.

TDMa
“Time	 Division	 Multiple	 Access.”	 A	 method	 of	 digital	 wireless	 transmission	 that	 allows	 a	
multiplicity	 of	 users	 to	 share	 access	 (in	 a	 time	 ordered	 sequence)	 to	 a	 single	 channel	 without	
interference	by	assigning	unique	time	segments	to	each	user	within	the	channel.

TD-SCDMa
“Time	Division	Synchronous	CDMA.”	A	form	of	TDD	utilizing	a	low	Chip	Rate.

Terminal/Terminal	Unit
Equipment	 at	 the	 end	 of	 a	 communications	 path.	 Often	 referred	 to	 as	 an	 end-user	 device	 or	
handset.	 Terminal	 units	 include	 mobile	 phone	 handsets,	 personal	 digital	 assistants,	 computer	
laptops	and	telephones.

page v

TIa/eIa-54
The	original	TDMA	digital	cellular	Standard	in	the	United	States.	Implemented	in	1992	and	then	
upgraded	to	the	TIA/EIA-136	digital	Standard	in	1996.

TIa/eIa-95
A	2G	CDMA	Standard.

TIa/eIa-136
A	United	States	Standard	for	digital	TDMA	technology.

TIa	(USa)
The	Telecommunications	Industry	Association.

WaN
“Wide	 Area	 Network.”	 A	 data	 network	 that	 extends	 a	 LAN	 outside	 of	 its	 coverage	 area,	 via	
telephone	common	carrier	lines,	to	link	to	other	LANs.

WCDMa
“Wideband	Code	Division	Multiple	Access”	or	“Wideband	CDMA.”	The	next	generation	of	CDMA	
technology	 optimized	 for	 high	 speed	 packet-switched	 data	 and	 high-capacity	 circuit	 switched	
capabilities.	A	3G	technology.

Wideband
A	 communications	 channel	 with	 a	 user	 data	 rate	 higher	 than	 a	 voice-grade	 channel;	 usually	
64Kbps	to	2Mbps.

WiMaX
A	 commercial	 brand	 associated	 with	 products	 and	 services	 using	 IEEE	 802.16	 Standard	
technologies	for	wide	area	networks	broadband	wireless.

Wireless
Radio-based	systems	that	allow	transmission	of	information	without	a	physical	connection,	such	
as	copper	wire	or	optical	fiber.

Wireless	LaN	(WLaN)
“Wireless	 Local	 Area	 Network.”	 A	 collection	 of	 devices	 (computers,	 networks,	 portables,	 mobile	
equipment,	etc.)	linked	wirelessly	over	a	limited	local	area.

WTDD
“Wideband	TDD”	or	“Wideband	Time	Division	Duplex.”	A	form	of	TDD	utilizing	a	high	Chip	Rate.

page v

PaRT I

ITeM	 1.	 BUSIN eSS

General

We	 design	 and	 develop	 advanced	 digital	 wireless	 technologies	 for	 use	 principally	 in	 digital	
cellular	and	IEEE	802	related	products.	We	actively	participate	in	and	contribute	our	technology	
solutions	to	worldwide	organizations	responsible	for	the	development	and	approval	of	Standards	
to	 which	 digital	 cellular	 and	 IEEE	 802	 compliant	 products	 are	 built,	 and	 our	 contributions	 are	
regularly	 incorporated	 into	 such	 Standards.	 We	 license	 our	 technology	 (e.g.,	 terminal	 unit	
protocol	 software	 and	 physical	 layer	 designs)	 and	 patents	 to	 mobile	 device	 manufacturers,	
semiconductor	companies	and	other	equipment	producers	that	manufacture,	use	and	sell	digital	
cellular	and	IEEE	802	related	products.	We	have	also	designed	and	are	developing,	using	third-
party	 fabrication,	 a	 complete	 2G/3G	 dual-mode	 modem	 ASIC	 for	 use	 in	 advanced	 modem	
platforms.	We	intend	to	offer	both	the	ASIC	and	the	platforms	for	sale	to	customers	in	the	digital	
cellular	terminal	unit	market.	We	have	built	our	suite	of	technology	and	patent	offerings	through	
independent	development,	joint	development	with	other	companies,	and	selected	acquisitions.

Currently,	we	generate	revenues	and	cash	flow	primarily	from	royalties	received	under	our	patent	
license	agreements.	We	also	generate	revenues	and	cash	flow	by	licensing	our	technology	and	
providing	related	technology	solutions.	We	plan	to	increase	our	revenues	by	creating	synergies	
between	our	patent	licensing	and	technology	licensing	businesses	through	the	sale	of	our	2G/3G	
modem	ASIC	and	platforms.

As	an	early	participant	in	the	digital	wireless	market,	we	developed	pioneering	solutions	for	the	
two	 primary	 cellular	 air	 interface	 technologies	 in	 use	 today:	 TDMA	 and	 CDMA.	 That	 early	
involvement,	 as	 well	 as	 our	 continued	 development	 of	 advanced	 digital	 wireless	 technologies,	
has	enabled	us	to	create	our	significant	worldwide	portfolio	of	patents	and	patent	applications.	
Included	in	that	portfolio	are	a	number	of	patents	and	patent	applications	which	we	believe	are	
or	may	become	essential	to	2G	and	3G	cellular	Standards,	and	other	wireless	Standards	such	as	
IEEE	 802.	 Accordingly,	 we	 believe	 that	 companies	 making,	 using	 or	 selling	 products	 compliant	
with	these	Standards	require	a	license	under	our	essential	patents,	and	will	require	licenses	under	
essential	patents	that	may	issue	from	our	pending	patent	applications.	In	conjunction	with	our	
participation	in	certain	Standards	bodies,	we	have	filed	declarations	stating	that	we	believe	we	
have	 essential	 patents	 and	 that	 we	 agree	 to	 make	 our	 essential	 patents	 available	 for	 use	 and	
license	 on	 fair,	 reasonable	 and	 non-discriminatory	 terms	 or	 similar	 terms	 consistent	 with	 the	
requirements	of	the	respective	Standards	organizations.

Third	party	products	incorporating	our	patented	inventions	include:

•	 	Mobile	devices,	including	cellular	phones,	wireless	personal	digital	assistants	and	notebook	

computers,	PCMCIA	cards,	and	similar	products

•	 Base	stations	and	other	wireless	infrastructure	equipment
•	 Components	for	wireless	devices

We	 also	 incorporate	 our	 patented	 inventions	 into	 our	 own	 technology	 solutions,	 including	
our	 2G/3G	 modem	 ASIC.	 In	 addition	 to	 conforming	 to	 applicable	 Standards,	 our	 solutions	
also	include	proprietary	implementations	for	which	we	seek	patent	protection.	We	believe	that	
our	 technology	 solutions	 provide	 time-to-market,	 performance	 and	 cost	 advantages	 to	
our	customers.

page 

Our	 investments	 in	 the	 development	 of	 advanced	 digital	 wireless	 technologies	 and	 related	
products	and	solutions	include	sustaining	a	highly	specialized	engineering	team	and	providing	
that	 team	 with	 the	 equipment	 and	 advanced	 software	 platforms	 necessary	 to	 support	 the	
development	 of	 technologies.	 Over	 each	 of	 the	 last	 three	 years,	 our	 cost	 of	 development	 has	
ranged	between	43%	and	47%	of	our	total	operating	expenses.	The	largest	portion	of	this	cost	
has	been	personnel	costs.	As	of	December	31,	2006,	we	employed	243	engineers,	69%	of	whom	
hold	advanced	degrees,	33	of	whom	hold	PhDs.

We	 incorporated	 in	 1972	 under	 the	 laws	 of	 the	 Commonwealth	 of	 Pennsylvania,	 and	 we	
conducted	 our	 initial	 public	 offering	 in	 November	 1981.	 Our	 corporate	 headquarters	 and	
administrative	 offices	 are	 located	 in	 King	 of	 Prussia,	 Pennsylvania,	 USA.	 Our	 research	 and	
technology	 and	 product	 development	 teams	 are	 located	 in	 the	 following	 locations:	 King	 of	
Prussia,	Pennsylvania,	USA;	Melville,	New	York,	USA;	and	Montreal,	Quebec,	Canada.

Our	Internet	address	is	www.interdigital.com	where,	in	the	“Investing”	section,	we	make	available,	
free	of	charge,	our	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K,	Quarterly	Reports	on	Form	10-Q,	Current	Reports	
on	Form	8-K,	certain	other	reports	required	to	be	filed	under	the	Securities	Exchange	Act	of	1934,	
and	 all	 amendments	 to	 those	 reports	 as	 soon	 as	 reasonably	 practicable	 after	 such	 material	 is	
filed	 with	 the	 United	 States	 Securities	 and	 Exchange	 Commission	 (SEC).	 The	 information	
contained	 on	 or	 connected	 to	 our	 website	 is	 not	 incorporated	 by	 reference	 into	 this	
Annual	Report	on	Form	10K.

Wireless Communications Industry Overview

Participants	in	the	wireless	communications	industry	include	original	equipment	manufacturers	
(OEMs),	 semiconductor	 manufacturers,	 original	 design	 manufacturers	 (ODMs),	 a	 variety	 of	
technology	suppliers,	applications	developers,	and	operators	that	offer	communications	services	
and	 products	 to	 consumers	 and	 businesses.	 To	 achieve	 economies	 of	 scale	 and	 allow	 for	
interoperability,	products	for	the	wireless	industry	have	typically	been	built	to	wireless	Standards.	
These	 Standards	 have	 evolved	 in	 response	 to	 large	 demand	 for	 services	 and	 expanded	
capabilities.	Although	the	cellular	market	initially	focused	on	delivering	voice-oriented	services,	
over	the	past	five	years	the	industry	transitioned	from	providing	digital	voice-oriented	wireless	
products	 and	 basic	 data	 services	 (commonly	 referred	 to	 as	 Second	 Generation	 or	 2G),	 to	
providing	voice	and	higher	speed	data	services	(commonly	referred	to	as	Third	Generation	or	3G	
technologies).	 Concurrently,	 non-cellular	 wireless	 technologies,	 such	 as	 IEEE	 802.11,	 have	
emerged	 as	 a	 means	 to	 provide	 wireless	 Internet	 access	 for	 fixed	 and	 nomadic	 use.	 Industry	
participants	anticipate	a	proliferation	of	converged	devices	that	incorporate	multiple	air	interface	
technologies	and	functionalities,	and	provide	seamless	operation.	As	an	example,	such	converged	
devices	may	provide	seamless	operation	between	a	3G	network	and	a	WLAN	network.

Over	 the	 course	 of	 the	 last	 ten	 years,	 the	 cellular	 communications	 industry	 has	 experienced	
rapid	 growth	 worldwide.	 Total	 worldwide	 cellular	 wireless	 communications	 subscribers	 rose	
from	slightly	more	than	200	million	at	the	end	of	1997	to	approximately	2.6	billion	at	the	end	of	
2006.	 In	 several	 countries,	 mobile	 telephones	 now	 outnumber	 fixed-line	 telephones.	 Market	
analysts	 expect	 that	 the	 aggregate	 number	 of	 global	 wireless	 subscribers	 could	 approach	
4	billion	in	2011.

page 

Global Handset Sales by Technology(1)

s
t
i
n
u
M

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

graph redrawn from 
FPO layer of 3d

2005	

2006	

2007	

2008	

2009	

2010	

2011

3G	(WCDMA)(2)	

3G	(CDMA)(3)	

2G/2.5G(4)	

Total	

41	

154	

638	

833	

84	

171	

731	

986	

156	

180	

750	

243	

194	

719	

349	

202	

654	

474	

208	

571	

581

215

489

1,086	

1,156	

1,205	

1,252	

1,286

(1)	 Source:	Strategy	Analytics,	Inc.	October	2006.	Data	for	2006	through	2011	represents	estimates	of	handset	sales.
(2)	 Includes:	WCDMA/HSDPA	and	TD-SCDMA.
(3)	 Includes:	cdma2000	and	its	evolutions,	such	as	EV-DO.
(4)	 Includes:	GSM/GPRS/EDGE	and	Analog,	iDEN,	TDMA,	PHS	and	PDC.

The	growth	in	new	cellular	subscribers,	combined	with	existing	customers	choosing	to	replace	
their	 mobile	 phones,	 helped	 fuel	 the	 growth	 of	 mobile	 phone	 sales	 from	 approximately	 115	
million	units	in	1997	to	approximately	one	billion	units	in	2006.	We	believe	the	combination	of	a	
broad	 subscriber	 base,	 continued	 technological	 change,	 and	 the	 growing	 dependence	 on	 the	
Internet,	 e-mail	 and	 other	 digital	 media	 sets	 the	 stage	 for	 continued	 growth	 in	 the	 sales	 of	
wireless	products	and	services	through	the	balance	of	this	decade.	For	those	reasons,	shipments	
of	 3G-enabled	 phones,	 which	 represented	 approximately	 25%	 of	 the	 market	 in	 2006,	 are	
predicted	to	increase	to	approximately	60%	of	the	market	by	2011.

1400

In	addition	to	the	advances	in	digital	cellular	technologies,	the	industry	has	also	made	significant	
advances	 in	 non-cellular	 wireless	 technologies.	 In	 particular,	 IEEE	 802.11	 WLAN	 has	 gained	
momentum	 in	 recent	 years	 as	 a	 wireless	 broadband	 solution	 in	 the	 home,	 office	 and	 in	 public	
areas.	IEEE	802.11	technology	offers	high-speed	data	connectivity	through	unlicensed	spectrum	
within	 a	 relatively	 modest	 operating	 range.	 Since	 its	 introduction	 in	 1998,	 semiconductor	
shipments	of	products	built	to	the	IEEE	802.11	Standard	have	nearly	doubled	every	year.	While	
relatively	small	compared	to	the	cellular	market	(approximately	200	million	IEEE	802.11	wireless	
ICs	shipped	in	2006),	the	affordability	and	attractiveness	of	the	technology	has	helped	fuel	rapid	
market	growth.	In	addition,	the	IEEE	wireless	Standards	bodies	are	creating	sets	of	Standards	to	
enable	 higher	 data	 rates,	 provide	 coverage	 over	 longer	 distances,	 and	 enable	 roaming.	 These	
Standards	 are	 establishing	 technical	 specifications	 for	 high	 data	 rates,	 such	 as	 IEEE	 802.16	
(WiMAX)	as	well	as	technology	specifications	to	enable	seamless	handoff	between	different	air	
interfaces	(IEEE	802.21).

1000

1200

200

400

600

800

0

actual graph

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
 
Evolution of Wireless Standards

Wireless	communications	Standards	are	formal	guidelines	for	engineers,	designers,	manufacturers	
and	service	providers	that	regulate	and	define	the	use	of	the	licensed	radio	frequency	spectrum	
in	 conjunction	 with	 providing	 specifications	 for	 wireless	 communications	 products.	 A	 primary	
goal	of	the	Standards	is	to	assure	interoperability	of	products,	marketed	by	multiple	companies,	
built	 to	 a	 common	 Standard.	 A	 number	 of	 international	 and	 regional	 wireless	 Standards	
Development	Organizations	(SDOs),	including	the	International	Telecommunications	Union	(ITU),	
the	European	Telecommunications	Standards	Institute	(ETSI),	the	Telecommunications	Industry	
Association	 (TIA),	 the	 Alliance	 for	 Telecommunications	 Industry	 Solutions	 (ATIS),	 and	 the	
American	 National	 Standards	 Institute	 (ANSI),	 have	 responsibility	 for	 the	 development	 and	
administration	of	wireless	communications	Standards.	New	Standards	are	typically	adopted	with	
each	 new	 generation	 of	 products,	 are	 often	 compatible	 with	 previous	 generations	 of	 the	
Standards,	and	are	defined	to	ensure	interoperability.

SDOs	 typically	 ask	 participating	 companies	 to	 declare	 formally	 whether	 they	 believe	 they	 hold	
patents	or	patent	applications	essential	to	a	particular	Standard	and	whether	they	are	willing	to	
license	those	patents	on	either	a	royalty-bearing	basis	on	fair,	reasonable	and	nondiscriminatory	
terms	 or	 on	 a	 royalty-free	 basis.	 To	 manufacture,	 have	 made,	 sell,	 offer	 to	 sell,	 or	 use	 such	
products	on	a	non-infringing	basis,	a	manufacturer	or	other	entity	doing	so	must	first	obtain	a	
license	 from	 the	 holder	 of	 those	 essential	 patent	 rights.	 The	 SDOs	 do	 not	 have	 enforcement	
authority	 against	 entities	 that	 fail	 to	 obtain	 required	 licenses,	 nor	 do	 they	 have	 the	 ability	 to	
protect	the	intellectual	property	rights	of	holders	of	essential	patents.

digital Cellular standards

The	principal	Standardized	digital	cellular	wireless	products	in	use	today	are	based	on	TDMA	and	
CDMA	 technologies.	 The	 Standardized	 TDMA	 technologies	 include	 GSM,	 TIA/EIA	 54/136	
(commonly	known	as	AMPS-D,	United	States-based	TDMA),	PDC,	PHS,	DECT	and	TETRA.	Of	the	
TDMA	technologies,	GSM	is	the	most	prevalent,	having	been	deployed	in	Europe,	Asia,	Africa,	the	
Middle	East,	the	Americas	and	other	regions.	Approximately	74%	of	worldwide	handset	sales	for	
2006	 conform	 to	 GSM	 Standards.	 TIA/EIA	 54/136	 technology	 has	 been	 deployed	 primarily	 in	
North,	 Central	 and	 South	 America	 and	 is	 slowly	 being	 replaced	 by	 other	 technologies.	 PDC	
technology	has	been	deployed	in	Japan,	while	PHS	technologies	are	deployed	primarily	in	Japan,	
the	 People’s	 Republic	 of	 China	 (under	 the	 name	 PAS)	 and	 Taiwan.	 DECT	 is	 a	 digital	 cordless	
telephone	 Standard	 that	 operates	 primarily	 in	 Europe.	 TETRA	 is	 an	 open	 digital	 trunked	 radio	
Standard	widely	deployed	in	Europe	to	meet	the	needs	of	professional	mobile	radio	users	such	as	
railways	and	utilities.

Standardized	 TDMA-based	 2.5G	 systems	 were	 dominant	 in	 2006,	 with	 GPRS/EDGE	 comprising	
over	 80%	 of	 global	 GSM	 shipments.	 2.5G	 systems	 provide	 higher	 data	 rate	 services	 based	 on	
packet-data	technology	and,	depending	upon	the	generation	of	installed	infrastructure,	can	be	
implemented	without	substantial	additional	infrastructure	investment.

Narrowband	CDMA-based	technologies	include	TIA/EIA-95	(more	commonly	known	as	cdmaOne)	
and	cdma2000	technologies	and	serve	parts	of	the	United	States,	Japan,	South	Korea	and	several	
other	 countries.	 In	 2006,	 nearly	 20%	 of	 worldwide	 handset	 sales	 were	 based	 on	 these	 CDMA	
technologies.	cdmaOne	is	being	replaced	by	cdma2000	and	its	variants.

page 

Deployment	 of	 3G	 services	 allows	 operators	 to	 take	 advantage	 of	 additional	 radio	 spectrum	
allocations	 and,	 through	 the	 use	 of	 higher	 speeds	 than	 2.5G,	 deliver	 additional	 applications	 to	
their	 customers.	 The	 five	 specifications	 under	 the	 3G	 standard	 include	 the	 following	 forms	 of	
CDMA	 technology:	 FDD,	 TDD,	 and	 Multichannel	 CDMA	 (cdma2000	 technology).	 FDD	 and	 TDD	
collectively	are	referred	to	in	the	industry	as	WCDMA.	In	addition,	TD-SCDMA,	a	variant	of	TDD	
technology,	has	been	included	in	the	Standard’s	specifications.

The	 defined	 capabilities	 of	 the	 various	 3G	 technologies	 have	 continued	 to	 evolve	 within	 the	
SDOs.	In	particular,	the	development	of	faster	and	more	efficient	methods	to	carry	packet	data	
over	 the	 air	 has	 resulted	 in	 the	 ability	 to	 provide	 data	 rates	 substantially	 higher	 than	 were	
envisioned	in	the	original	3G	specifications.	Chief	among	these	emerging	technologies	are	High	
Speed	 Downlink	 Packet	 Access	 and	 High	 Speed	 Uplink	 Packet	 Access	 (HSDPA/HSUPA),	 an	
evolution	of	WCDMA,	and	First	Evolution	Data	Optimized	(1xEV-DO),	an	evolution	of	cdma2000.	
Nearly	 100	 operators	 had	 launched	 HSDPA	 networks	 by	 year	 end	 2006.	 Despite	 the	 increased	
data	rates	and	other	capabilities	provided	by	the	HSDPA/HSUPA	and	1xEV-DO	evolutions	of	their	
respective	 technologies,	 which	 are	 beginning	 to	 be	 deployed,	 the	 Standards	 groups	 continue	
to	 advance	 the	 performance	 and	 capabilities	 of	 their	 respective	 air	 interfaces.	 The	 advances	
to	 the	 WCDMA	 air	 interface	 are	 being	 made	 under	 a	 program	 within	 3GPP	 entitled	 “Long	
Term	Evolution”	(LTE).	There	is	a	similar	long	term	evolution	program	underway	within	3GPP2	for	
cdma	2000.

Most	operators	with	existing	GSM	systems	are	deploying	either	GPRS-EDGE	or	WCDMA	systems,	
and	 industry	 analysts	 expect	 that	 the	 vast	 majority	 of	 GSM	 operators	 will	 migrate	 to	 WCDMA.	
WCDMA-enabled	devices	accounted	for	nearly	10	percent	of	total	shipments	in	2006.	Operators	
that	originally	deployed	TIA/EIA-95-based	systems	have	generally	deployed	cdma2000	systems.	
Operators	that	originally	deployed	TIA/EIA-136	systems	are	generally	deploying	WCDMA	systems.	
TD-SCDMA	is	being	developed	for	potential	deployment	in	the	People’s	Republic	of	China	and	
for	possible	export	outside	of	China.	The	chart	below	shows	the	anticipated	technology	evolution	
for	the	predominant	cellular	technologies	in	use	today.

Cellular Air Interface Technology Evolution

2G

3G

GSM

GPRS 

  EDGE

WCDMA

HSDPA

HSUPA

TIA/EIA-95A

TIA/EIA-95B/C

CDMA2000

1x EV-DO

ieee 802-Based standards

The	IEEE	began	to	address	the	need	for	an	interoperability	Standard	among	WLANs	in	1990.	The	
final	Standard,	IEEE	802.11,	was	ratified	in	1997.	Since	that	time,	the	IEEE	802.11	Working	Group	
has	continued	to	update	and	expand	the	basic	IEEE	802.11	Standard	to	achieve	higher	data	rates,	
accommodate	 additional	 operating	 frequencies	 and	 provide	 additional	 features.	 Equipment	
conforming	to	these	Standards	(i.e.,	IEEE	802.11a/b/g)	is	in	the	marketplace	today.	Intended	for	
short	 range	 applications,	 operating	 in	 unlicensed	 frequency	 bands	 and	 requiring	 a	 modest	
amount	 of	 infrastructure,	 IEEE	 802.11	 Standards-based	 equipment	 has	 seen	 substantial	 market	
growth,	especially	in	consumer	home	networking	applications.	Similar	to	3G,	this	Standard	also	
continues	to	evolve	toward	higher	data	rates	and	improved	service	capabilities.

page 

The	wide	area	network	community	has	also	established	the	IEEE	802.16	Working	Group	to	define	
air	 interface	 Standards	 for	 longer	 distance	 (2	 to	 50	 km)	 Metropolitan	 Area	 and	 Wide	 Area	
Networks	 (MAN/WAN).	 The	 first	 802.16	 Standard	 was	 published	 in	 2002.	 Specifying	 operating	
frequencies	from	10	to	66	GHz,	it	is	primarily	aimed	toward	very	high	speed	wide	area	point	to	
multipoint	 fixed	 applications.	 In	 2003,	 an	 amendment	 to	 the	 802.16	 Standard	 was	 published	
which	 added	 operation	 in	 the	 2	 to	 11	 GHz	 frequency	 bands.	 This	 addition	 made	 the	 Standard	
much	more	suitable	for	providing	wireless	broadband	high-speed	Internet	access	for	residential	
and	 small	 office	 applications.	 Equipment	 conforming	 to	 the	 802.16-2004	 fixed	 Standard	 was	
initially	 introduced	 in	 2006.	 Concurrent	 with	 this	 revision	 of	 the	 fixed	 Standard,	 the	 802.16	
Working	Group	embarked	on	defining	a	mobile	version	of	the	Standard	(referred	to	as	802.16e).	
The	mobile	version	of	the	Standard	was	completed	and	published	in	February	2006	and	initial	
equipment	 shipments	 are	 expected	 to	 commence	 in	 late	 2007.	 More	 recently,	 the	 IEEE	 802	
community	 has	 begun	 to	 address	 the	 question	 of	 handover	 between	 the	 different	 IEEE	 802	
technologies,	both	wired	and	wireline,	as	well	as	handover	to	external	non-802	networks,	such	as	
3G.	This	new	group,	IEEE	802.21,	entitled	Media	Independent	Handover	Services	HS,	anticipates	
that	 their	 initial	 Standard	 will	 be	 available	 in	 mid	 to	 late	 2007.	 The	 IEEE	 802.21	 technology	 is	
specifically	oriented	towards	the	future	all-IP	Next	Generation	Network	that	merges	existing	fixed	
and	mobile	networks	into	a	single	homogeneous	integrated	network	capable	of	supporting	all	
envisioned	advanced	fixed	and	mobile	services	including	voice,	data,	and	video.	InterDigital	is	an	
active	contributor	in	this	arena.

InterDigital’s Strategy

Core	to	our	strategy	is	our	ability	to	develop	advanced	digital	wireless	technologies	for	the	digital	
cellular	and	IEEE	802	markets.	We	intend	to	continue	to	develop	those	technologies,	contribute	
our	ideas	into	the	Standards	bodies	and	bring	those	technologies	to	market	generating	revenues	
from	patent	and	technology	licensing	as	well	as	product	sales.	Our	goal	is	to	derive	revenue	on	
every	3G	mobile	terminal	unit	sold,	either	in	the	form	of	patent	licensing	revenues,	technology	
and	 product	 related	 revenues,	 or	 a	 combination	 of	 two	 or	 more	 of	 these	 elements.	 In	 recent	
years,	 our	 patent	 license	 agreements	 have	 contributed	 the	 majority	 of	 our	 cash	 flow	 and	
revenues.	As	of	December	2006,	we	recorded	patent	royalties	on	approximately	35-40%	of	all	3G	
mobile	 devices	 sold	 worldwide.	 In	 addition,	 our	 technology	 and	 product	 solutions	 offer	 an	
additional	means	to	generate	revenue	from	3G	mobile	devices.

Our	strategy	for	achieving	our	goal	is	as	follows:

•	 Continue	to	fund	substantial	technology	development
•	 	Maintain	 substantial	 involvement	 in	 key	 worldwide	 Standards	 bodies,	 contributing	 to	
the	 ongoing	 definition	 of	 wireless	 Standards	 and	 incorporating	 our	 inventions	 into	
those	Standards

•	 	License	our	patented	technology	to	wireless	equipment	producers	worldwide,	maximizing	
realizable	value	in	our	3G	licenses	by	investing	the	time	necessary	to	negotiate	appropriate	
economic	terms	for	3G	products

•	 Vigorously	defend	our	intellectual	property	and	related	contractual	rights
•	 	Offer	technology	blocks,	as	well	as	a	complete	2G/3G	dual-mode	modem	ASIC	using	third	

party	fabrication,	and	platforms	to	terminal	unit	manufacturers

•	 	Establish	 key	 strategic	 relationships	 to	 facilitate	 time-to-market	 advantages	 and	 gain	

competitive	access	to	both	complimentary	technologies	and	production	capabilities

•	 	Offer	our	intellectual	property	rights	and	technology	products	on	both	a	complimentary	and	

stand-alone	basis

page 

InterDigital’s Technology Position

Cellular technologies

We	have	a	long	history	of	developing	cellular	technologies	including	those	related	to	CDMA	and	
TDMA	and,	more	recently,	OFDMA	and	MIMO.

A	number	of	our	TDMA-based	and	CDMA-based	inventions	are	being	used	in	all	2G,	2.5G	and	3G	
wireless	networks	and	mobile	terminal	devices.	We	led	the	industry	in	establishing	TDMA-based	
TIA/EIA-54	as	a	digital	wireless	U.S.	Standard	in	the	1980s,	and	created	a	substantial	portfolio	of	
TDMA-based	patented	inventions.	These	inventions	include	or	relate	to	fundamental	elements	of	
TDMA-based	systems	in	use	around	the	world.	Some	of	our	more	central	inventions	are:

•	 	The	 fundamental	 architecture	 of	 commercial	 Time	 Division/Frequency	 Division	 Multiple	

Access	(TD/FDMA)	systems

•	 Methods	of	synchronizing	TD/FDMA	systems
•	 	A	 flexible	 approach	 to	 managing	 system	 capacity	 through	 the	 reassignment	 of	 online	
subscriber	units	to	different	time	slots	and/or	frequencies	in	response	to	system	conditions
•	 	The	design	of	a	multi-component	base	station,	utilizing	distributed	intelligence,	that	allows	

for	more	robust	performance

•	 Initializing	procedures	that	enable	roaming

A	number	of	our	TDMA-based	inventions	are	being	used	in	all	2G	and	2.5G	wireless	networks	and	
mobile	terminal	devices.

We	also	have	developed	and	patented	innovative	CDMA	technology	solutions.	Today,	we	hold	
a	 significant	 worldwide	 portfolio	 of	 CDMA	 patents	 and	 patent	 applications.	 Similar	 to	 our	
TDMA	 inventions,	 we	 believe	 that	 a	 number	 of	 our	 CDMA	 inventions	 are	 essential	 to	 the	
implementation	of	CDMA	systems	in	use	today.	Some	of	our	more	important	CDMA	inventions	
include	or	relate	to:

•	 	Global	pilot:	The	use	of	a	common	pilot	channel	to	synchronize	sub-channels	in	a	multiple	

access	environment

•	 	Bandwidth	allocation:	Techniques	including	multi-channel	and	multi-code	mechanisms
•	 	Power	 control:	 Highly	 efficient	 schemes	 for	 controlling	 the	 transmission	 output	 power	 of	

terminal	and	base	station	devices,	a	vital	feature	in	a	CDMA	system

•	 Joint	detection	and	interference	cancellation	techniques	for	reducing	interference
•	 Soft	handover	enhancement	techniques	between	designated	cells
•	 Various	sub-channel	access	and	coding	techniques
•	 Packet	data
•	 Fast	handoff
•	 Geo-location	for	calculating	the	position	of	terminal	users
•	 Multi-user	detection	(MUD)
•	 High	speed	packet	data	channel	coding
•	 High	speed	packet	data	delivery	in	a	mobile	environment

The	 cellular	 industry	 has	 ongoing	 initiatives	 aimed	 at	 technology	 improvements.	 We	 have	
engineering	 development	 projects	 to	 build	 and	 enhance	 our	 technology	 portfolio	 in	 many	
of	 these	 areas,	 including	 the	 Long	 Term	 Evolution	 (LTE)	 project	 for	 3GPP	 radio	 technology,	
further	 evolution	 of	 the	 3GPP	 WCDMA	 Standard,	 and	 continuing	 improvements	 to	 the	
legacy	 GSM-EDGE.	 Radio	 Access	 Network	 (GERAN).	 The	 common	 goal	 is	 to	 improve	 the	 user	
experience	 and	 reduce	 the	 cost	 to	 operators	 via	 increased	 capacity,	 reduced	 cost	 per	 bit,	
increased	data	rates	and	reduced	latency	generally,	to	provide	cost-effective	mobile	data	services	
that	approach	the	quality	of	wired	connections.	Of	the	above	activities,	LTE	is	the	most	advanced	
in	that	it	uses	the	newer	OFDMA/MIMO	technologies.

page 

ieee 802-based Wireless technologies

With	 our	 strong	 wireless	 background,	 we	 have	 expanded	 our	 engineering	 and	 corporate	
development	activities	to	focus	on	solutions	that	apply	to	other	wireless	market	segments.	These	
segments	 primarily	 fall	 within	 the	 continually	 expanding	 scope	 of	 the	 IEEE	 802	 family	 of	
Standards.	We	are	building	a	portfolio	of	technology	related	to	the	WLAN	and	digital	cellular	area	
that	includes,	for	example,	improvements	to	the	IEEE	802.11	PHY	and	MAC	to	increase	peak	data	
rates	(i.e.,	IEEE	802.11n),	handover	among	radio	access	technologies	(IEEE	802.21),	mesh	networks	
(IEEE	802.11s),	wireless	network	management	(IEEE	802.11v),	and	wireless	network	security.

Business Activities

patent licensing

Our Patent Portfolio

As	of	December	31,	2006,	our	patent	portfolio	consisted	of	767	U.S.	patents	(217	of	which	issued	
in	 2006),	 and	 2,386	 non-U.S.	 patents	 (826	 of	 which	 issued	 in	 2006).	 We	 also	 have	 numerous	
patent	 applications	 pending	 worldwide.	 As	 of	 December	 31,	 2006	 we	 had	 1,163	 pending	
applications	 in	 the	 U.S.	 and	 7,660	 pending	 non-U.S.	 patent	 applications.	 The	 patents	 and	
applications	 comprising	 our	 portfolio	 relate	 specifically	 to	 digital	 wireless	 radiotelephony	
technology	 (including,	 without	 limitation,	 TDMA	 and/or	 CDMA)	 and	 expire	 at	 differing	 times	
ranging	from	2007	through	2026.	A	significant	part	of	our	TDMA	patent	portfolio,	representing	
some	 of	 the	 Company’s	 “pioneering”	 TDMA	 patents,	 expired	 during	 2006.	 (See	“Item 1A—Risk 
Factors, Our Future Financial Condition and Operating Results Could Fluctuate Significantly.”)

The	 United	 States	 Patent	 and	 Trademark	 Office	 (USPTO)	 permits	 the	 filing	 of	 “provisional”	
applications	 for,	 among	 other	 reasons,	 protecting	 rights	 on	 an	 expedited	 basis.	 Typically,	 the	
filing	of	a	provisional	application	is	followed	with	the	filing	of	a	“non-provisional”	application,	a	
formal	filing	which	may	add	content,	such	as	claim	language,	to	the	provisional	application,	or	
may	combine	multiple	provisional	applications.	The	USPTO,	along	with	other	international	patent	
offices,	also	permits	the	filing	of	“continuation”	or	“divisional”	applications,	which	are	based,	in	
whole	 or	 in	 part,	 on	 a	 previously	 filed	 non-provisional	 patent	 application.	 Most	 of	 our	 foreign	
patent	applications	are	single	treaty	application	filings,	which	can	produce	patents	in	all	of	the	
countries	that	are	parties	to	a	particular	treaty.	During	2006,	we	filed	516	U.S.	patent	applications	
consisting	of	125	first	filed,	U.S.	non-provisional,	non-continuation	patent	applications,	275	U.S.	
provisional	applications,	and	116	U.S.	continuation,	continuation-in-part	or	divisional	applications.	
Typically,	each	new	U.S.	non-provisional	application	is	used	as	the	basis	for	the	later	filing	of	one	
or	more	foreign	applications.

Patent Licenses

Currently,	numerous	manufacturers	supply	digital	cellular	equipment	conforming	to	2G	and	3G	
Standards.	 Accordingly,	 we	 believe	 that	 those	 companies	 require	 licenses	 under	 our	 essential	
patents	and	will	require	licenses	under	essential	patents	that	may	issue	from	our	pending	patent	
applications.	While	some	companies	seek	licenses	before	they	commence	manufacturing	and/or	
selling	 devices	 that	 use	 our	 patented	 inventions,	 most	 do	 not.	 Consequently,	 we	 approach	
companies	 and	 seek	 to	 establish	 license	 agreements.	 We	 expend	 significant	 effort	 identifying	
potential	users	of	our	inventions	and	negotiating	patent	license	agreements	with	companies	that	
may	 be	 reluctant	 to	 take	 licenses.	 We	 are	 in	 active	 discussions	 with	 a	 number	 of	 companies	
regarding	 the	 licensing	 of	 our	 2G	 and	 3G-related	 patents	 on	 a	 worldwide	 basis.	 During	
negotiations,	unlicensed	companies	may	raise	different	defenses	and	arguments	as	to	their	need	
to	enter	into	a	patent	license	with	us,	to	which	we	respond.	In	the	past	year,	these	defenses	and	
arguments	 have	 included	 positions	 by	 companies:	 (i)	 as	 to	 the	 essential	 nature	 of	 our	 patents,	
(ii)	 that	 their	 products	 do	 not	 infringe	 our	 patents	 and/or	 that	 our	 patents	 are	 invalid	 and/or	

page 

unenforceable,	and	(iii)	concerning	the	impact	of	litigation	between	us	and	other	third	parties.	If	
we	believe	that	a	third	party	is	required	to	take	a	license	to	our	patents	in	order	to	manufacture	
and	sell	products,	we	might	commence	legal	action	against	the	third	party	if	they	refuse	to	enter	
into	a	patent	license	agreement.

We	 offer	 non-exclusive,	 royalty-bearing	 patent	 licenses	 to	 companies	 that	 manufacture,	 use	 or	
sell,	or	intend	to	manufacture,	use	or	sell,	equipment	that	implements	the	inventions	covered	by	
our	portfolio	of	patents.	We	have	entered	into	numerous	non-exclusive,	non-transferable	(with	
limited	exceptions)	patent	license	agreements	with	companies	around	the	world.	When	we	enter	
into	a	new	patent	license	agreement,	the	licensee	typically	agrees	to	pay	consideration	for	sales	
made	 prior	 to	 the	 effective	 date	 of	 the	 license	 agreement	 and	 also	 agrees	 to	 pay	 royalties	 or	
license	 fees	 on	 covered	 products	 that	 it	 will	 sell	 or	 anticipates	 selling	 during	 the	 term	 of	 the	
agreement.	We	expect	that,	for	the	most	part,	new	license	agreements	will	follow	this	model.	Our	
patent	license	agreements	are	structured	on	a	royalty-bearing	basis,	paid-up	basis	or	combination	
thereof.	 Most	 of	 our	 patent	 license	 agreements	 are	 royalty	 bearing.	 Most	 of	 these	 agreements	
provide	 for	 the	 payment	 of	 royalties	 on	 an	 ongoing	 basis,	 based	 on	 sales	 of	 covered	 products	
built	 to	 a	 particular	 Standard	 (convenience	 based	 licenses).	 Others	 provide	 for	 the	 payment	 of	
royalties	on	an	ongoing	basis	if	the	manufacture,	sale	or	use	of	the	licensed	product	infringes	one	
of	our	patents	(infringement	based	licenses).

Our	license	agreements	typically	contain	provisions	which	give	us	the	right	to	audit	our	licensees’	
books	and	records	to	ensure	compliance	with	the	licensees’	reporting	and	payment	obligations	
under	those	agreements.	From	time	to	time,	these	audits	reveal	underreporting	or	underpayments	
under	the	applicable	agreements.	In	such	cases,	we	might	enter	into	negotiations	to	resolve	the	
discrepancy	or	dispute	resolution	proceedings	with	the	licensee,	either	of	which	might	lead	to	
payment	of	all	or	a	portion	of	the	amount	claimed	due	under	the	audit,	or	we	might	terminate	
the	license.

We	recognize	the	revenue	from	per-unit	royalties	in	the	period	when	we	receive	royalty	reports	
from	 licensees.	 In	 circumstances	 where	 we	 receive	 consideration	 for	 sales	 made	 prior	 to	 the	
effective	date	of	a	patent	license,	we	typically	recognize	such	payments	as	revenue	in	the	quarter	
in	 which	 the	 patent	 license	 agreement	 is	 signed.	 However,	 if	 the	 patent	 license	 agreement	 is	
reached	as	part	of	the	settlement	of	patent	infringement	litigation,	we	recognize	consideration	
for	 past	 sales	 as	 other	 income.	 Some	 of	 these	 patent	 license	 agreements	 provide	 for	 the	 non-
refundable	 prepayment	 of	 royalties	 which	 are	 usually	 made	 in	 exchange	 for	 prepayment	
discounts.	As	the	licensee	reports	sales	of	covered	products,	the	royalties	due	are	calculated	and	
either	applied	against	any	prepayment,	or	paid	in	cash.	Additionally,	royalties	on	sales	of	covered	
products	under	the	license	agreement	are	payable	or	exhausted	against	prepayments	based	on	
the	 royalty	 formula	 applicable	 to	 the	 particular	 license	 agreement.	 These	 formulas	 include	 flat	
dollar	 rates	 per-unit,	 a	 percentage	 of	 sales,	 percentage	 of	 sales	 with	 a	 per-unit	 cap,	 and	 other	
similar	 measures.	 The	 formulas	 can	 also	 vary	 by	 other	 factors	 including	 territory,	 covered	
Standards,	quantity	and	dates	sold.

Some	of	our	patent	licenses	are	paid-up,	requiring	no	additional	payments	relating	to	designated	
sales	under	agreed	upon	conditions.	Those	conditions	generally	can	include	paid-up	licenses	for	
a	period	of	time,	for	a	class	of	products,	under	certain	patents,	or	for	sales	in	certain	countries	or	a	
combination	thereof.	Licenses	can	become	paid-up	based	on	the	payment	of	fixed	amounts	or	
after	the	payment	of	royalties	for	a	term.	We	recognize	revenues	related	to	fixed	amounts	on	a	
straight-line	basis.

From	 time	 to	 time,	 some	 of	 our	 patent	 licenses	 may	 contain	 “most	 favored	 licensee”	 (MFL)	
clauses	which	permit	the	licensee	to	elect	to	apply	the	terms	of	a	subsequently	executed	license	
agreement	 with	 another	 party	 that	 are	 more	 favorable	 than	 those	 of	 the	 licensee’s	 original	
agreement.	 The	 application	 of	 the	 MFL	 clause	 may	 affect,	 and	 generally	 acts	 to	 reduce,	 the	

page 

amount	of	royalties	payable	by	the	licensee.	The	application	of	an	MFL	clause	can	be	complex,	
given	the	varying	terms	among	patent	license	agreements.	Currently	our	key	license	agreements	
that	contain	MFL	clauses	include	those	with	NEC	Corporation	of	Japan	(NEC)	and	our	1996	patent	
license	 agreement	 (Samsung	 Agreement)	 with	 Samsung	 Electronics	 Co.	 Ltd.	 (Samsung)	 to	 the	
extent	 that	 latter	 MFL	 clause	 has	 survived.	 (See	 “Item 3—Legal Proceedings, Samsung.”)	 In	 first	
quarter	 2007,	 NEC	 gave	 notice	 of	 its	 intent	 to	 enforce	 the	 MFL	 provision	 under	 its	 worldwide,	
non-exclusive,	 generally	 non-transferable,	 royalty-bearing,	 narrowband	 CDMA	 and	 3G	 patent	
license	 agreement	 with	 ITC.	 The	 outcome	 of	 discussions	 with	 NEC	 over	 the	 application	 of	 its	
intent	to	enforce	this	MFL	provision	could	result	in	a	delay	in	our	receipt	of	or	inability	to	collect	
royalties	 from	 NEC,	 commencement	 of	 dispute	 resolution	 proceedings,	 a	 decrease	 in	 royalties	
payable	 by	 NEC,	 or	 a	 combination	 of	 these	 events.	 While	 we	 believe	 NEC	 has	 waived	 any	
applicable	 MFL	 rights,	 NEC	 may	 advance	 an	 alternative	 position	 and	 could	 seek	 to	 litigate	 the	
matter	and,	while	not	permissible	under	the	agreement,	suspend	payments.

Expenditures	relating	to	maintaining	our	current	licenses	(other	than	enforcement	and	arbitration	
proceedings)	are	not	material,	and	are	predominantly	administrative	in	nature.	Cash	flows	from	
patent	license	agreements	have	been	used	for	general	corporate	purposes,	including	substantial	
reinvestment	in	Standards	contributions,	technology	development	and	productization.	Revenues	
generated	 from	 royalties	 are	 subject	 to	 quarterly	 and	 annual	 fluctuations.	 (See	 “Item 1A—Risk 
Factors, Our Future Financial Condition and Operating Results Could Fluctuate Significantly.”)

During	2006,	2005,	and	2004,	revenue	from	our	Asian-based	licensees	comprised	39%,	71%,	and	
78%	 of	 total	 revenues,	 respectively.	 For	 the	 same	 years,	 revenue	 from	 our	 European-based	
licensees	comprised	58%,	14%,	and	18%	of	total	revenues,	respectively.

In	 addition	 to	 patent	 licensing,	 we	 actively	 seek	 to	 license	 know-how	 both	 to	 companies	 with	
whom	we	have	had	strategic	relationships	(including	alliance	partners)	and	to	other	companies.	
(See	“Business Activities, Technology and Product Development.”)

The	 achievement	 of	 our	 long	 term	 strategic	 objectives	 is	 based	 on	 securing	 3G	 patent	 license	
agreements	with	a	substantial	portion,	if	not	all,	of	the	mobile	phone	industry.	Because	the	vast	
majority	of	3G	terminal	unit	sales	are	expected	to	occur	in	the	future,	we	believe	the	Company	is	
best	served	by	entering	into	patent	license	agreements	on	appropriate	economic	terms,	even	if	
securing	such	terms	results	in	completing	the	negotiation	of	any	particular	license	later	than	it	
otherwise	could	have	been	completed	on	less	favorable	terms.

2006 Patent License Activity

In	first	quarter	2006,	we	entered	into	a	worldwide,	non-exclusive,	royalty-bearing,	convenience-
based	 patent	 license	 agreement	 with	 LG	 Electronics,	 Inc.	 (LG)	 covering	 the	 sale	 of	 (i)	 terminal	
units	compliant	with	2G	and	2.5G	TDMA-based	and	3G	Standards,	and	(ii)	infrastructure	compliant	
with	cdma2000	technology	and	its	extensions	up	to	a	limited	threshold	amount.	Under	the	terms	
of	the	patent	license	agreement,	LG	paid	us	$95	million	in	first	quarter	2006,	and	is	obligated	to	
pay	us	two	additional	installments	of	$95	million	each	in	the	first	quarters	of	2007	and	2008.	The	
agreement	expires	at	the	end	of	2010	upon	which	LG	will	receive	a	paid-up	license	to	sell	single-
mode	GSM/GPRS/EDGE	terminal	units	under	the	patents	included	under	the	license,	and	become	
unlicensed	as	to	all	other	products	covered	under	the	agreement.	We	are	recognizing	revenue	
associated	with	this	agreement	on	a	straight-line	basis	from	the	inception	of	the	agreement	until	
December	31,	2010.

In	second	quarter	2006,	ITC	and	Panasonic	Mobile	Communications	Co.,	Ltd.	(formerly	known	as	
Matsushita	Communications	Industrial	Co,	Ltd.)	(Panasonic),	resolved	the	issue	of	the	amount	of	
royalties	to	be	applied	against	Panasonic’s	advance	payment	under	its	2001	CDMA	(including	3G)	
patent	 license	 agreement	 with	 ITC.	 ITC	 and	 Panasonic	 agreed	 to	 apply	 $12.0	 million	 out	 of	

page 0

Panasonic’s	 $19.5	 million	 advance	 payment	 in	 satisfaction	 of	 Panasonic’s	 royalty	 obligations.	
Subsequent	to	this	resolution,	Panasonic	exhausted	the	balance	of	its	advance	payment	and	now	
is	obligated	to	make	additional	royalty	payments	as	covered	products	are	sold.

In	second	quarter	2006,	InterDigital	and	ITC	entered	into	two	principal	agreements	with	Nokia	
Corporation	(Nokia)	which	resolved	certain	legal	proceedings	between	them.	Specifically,	in	the	
first	agreement,	an	Arbitration	Settlement	Agreement,	the	parties	resolved	their	disputes	arising	
out	 of	 a	 June	 2005	 Arbitral	 Award	 (Final	 Award).	 The	 Final	 Award,	 among	 other	 things,	 had	
established	 royalty	 rates	 applicable	 to	 Nokia’s	 sales	 of	 covered	 2G	 and	 2.5G	 terminal	 units	 and	
infrastructure	in	the	period	from	January	1,	2002	through	December	31,	2006	under	the	Patent	
License	 Agreement	 entered	 into	 between	 them	 in	 1999	 (Nokia	 Agreement).	 Pursuant	 to	 the	
Arbitration	 Settlement	 Agreement,	 in	 April	 2006	 Nokia	 paid	 InterDigital	 $253	 million.	 Nokia	 is	
deemed	 to	 have	 a	fully	paid-up	license	covering	worldwide	sales	of	2G	TDMA-based	products,	
consisting	primarily	of	GSM/GPRS/EDGE	terminal	units	and	infrastructure.	Nokia	is	also	released	
from	 infringement	 liability	 for	 worldwide	 sales	 of	 3G	 terminal	 units	 and	 infrastructure	 through	
April	26,	2006.	Nokia	and	InterDigital	also	agreed	to	terminate	the	Nokia	Agreement,	including	
the	application	of	an	MFL	provision	under	the	Nokia	Agreement.	As	a	result	of	the	termination	of	
the	Nokia	Agreement,	Nokia’s	MFL	status	ceases	and	Nokia’s	sales	of	3G	products	after	April	26,	
2006	are	not	licensed	by	InterDigital.	Pursuant	to	a	second	agreement,	Nokia	dismissed	its	claims	
in	 an	 outstanding	 action	 against	 ITC	 in	 the	 English	 High	 Court	 of	 Justice,	 Chancery	 Division,	
Patents	Court	relating	to	the	validity	and	infringement	of	three	of	ITC’s	UK	patents.	(See	“Item 3—
Legal Proceedings, Other.”)

In	fourth	quarter	2006,	ITC	and	Sharp	entered	into	an	Amendment	which	extended	the	term	of	
the	 PHS/PDC	 patent	 license	 agreement	 from	 April	 2008	 to	 April	 2011.	 ITC’s	 PHS/PDC	 patent	
license	 agreement	 with	 Sharp	 is	 worldwide,	 non-exclusive,	 generally	 nontransferable,	 royalty-
bearing,	and	convenience-based,	covering	sales	of	terminal	devices	compliant	with	TDMA-based	
PHS	and	PDC	Standards.

In	fourth	quarter	2006,	we	entered	into	non-exclusive,	worldwide,	royalty-bearing,	convenience-
based,	patent	license	agreements	with	Inventec	Appliances	Corp.	(Inventec)	covering	the	sale	of	
terminal	units	and	infrastructure	compliant	with	2G,	2.5G,	and	3G	Standards	by	Inventec	and	all	
of	its	Taiwanese	subsidiaries.

Patent Licensees Generating 2006 Revenues Exceeding 10% of Total Revenues

In	 2006,	 patent	 license	 revenue	 from	 our	 license	 agreements	 with	 Nokia	 and	 LG	 comprised	
53%	 and	 11%	 of	 our	 total	 revenue	 of	 $480.5	 million,	 respectively.	 Excluding	 $267.4	 million	
of	non-recurring	patent	license	revenue,	$253	million	of	which	was	attributable	to	payment	to	us	
by	 Nokia	 under	 an	 April	 28,	 2006	 Arbitration	 Settlement	 Agreement,	 LG,	 NEC	 and	 Sharp	
Corporation	of	Japan	(Sharp)	were	approximately	26%,	19%	and	17%	of	our	total	2006	recurring	
revenues,	respectively.

Patent Licensees Generating Revenues Exceeding 10% of Recurring Revenues

The	 loss	 of	 revenues	 and	 cash	 payments	 from	 LG	 (referred	 to	 above)	 or	 any	 of	 the	 licensees	
discussed	 below	 (with	 the	 exception	 of	 the	 NEC	 2G	 Agreement,	 for	 which	 all	 present	 and	
anticipated	 cash	 has	 been	 received)	 would	 adversely	 affect	 either	 our	 cash	 flow	 or	 results	 of	
operations	and	could	affect	our	ability	to	achieve	or	sustain	acceptable	levels	of	profitability.

ITC	 is	 a	 party	 to	 a	 worldwide,	 non-exclusive,	 generally	 nontransferable,	 royalty-bearing,	
narrowband	 CDMA	 and	 3G	 patent	 license	 agreement	 with	 NEC.	 Pursuant	 to	 its	 patent	 license	
agreement	 with	 ITC,	 NEC	 is	 obligated	 to	 pay	 royalties	 on	 a	 convenience	 basis	 on	 all	 sales	 of	
products	covered	under	the	license.	We	recognize	revenue	associated	with	this	agreement	in	the	
periods	we	receive	the	related	royalty	reports.	This	patent	license	agreement	expires	upon	the	
last	 to	 expire	 of	 the	 patents	 licensed	 under	 the	 agreement.	 NEC	 and	 ITC	 are	 also	 parties	 to	 a	

page 

separate	 non-exclusive,	 worldwide,	 convenience-based,	 generally	 nontransferable,	 royalty-
bearing	 TDMA	 patent	 license	 agreement	 (2G),	 which	 expires	 upon	 the	 last	 to	 expire	 of	 the	
patents	licensed	under	the	agreement.	In	2002,	the	parties	amended	that	agreement	to	provide	
for	the	payment	by	NEC	to	ITC	of	$53.0	million,	in	exchange	for	which	royalty	obligations	for	PHS	
and	 PDC	 products	 are	 considered	 paid-up.	 We	 recognized	 revenue	 associated	 with	 this	 $53.0	
million	payment	on	a	straight-line	basis	from	the	January	2002	agreement	date	through	February	
2006,	which	was	the	expected	period	of	use	by	NEC.	It	is	unlikely	that	NEC	would	have	any	further	
royalty	payment	obligations	under	that	agreement	based	on	existing	paid-up	and	other	unique	
provisions.	In	2006,	we	recorded	revenues	of	$40.0	million	from	NEC	of	which	approximately	$2.0	
million	 is	 attributable	 to	 our	 2G	 patent	 license	 agreement	 and	 approximately	 $38	 million	 is	
attributable	to	our	narrowband	CDMA	and	3G	patent	license	agreement.

ITC	 is	 a	 party	 to	 a	 worldwide,	 non-exclusive,	 generally	 nontransferable,	 royalty-bearing,	
convenience-based	patent	license	agreement	with	Sharp	(Sharp	PHS/PDC	Agreement)	covering	
sales	of	terminal	devices	compliant	with	TDMA-based	PHS	and	PDC	Standards.	In	fourth	quarter	
2006,	ITC	and	Sharp	entered	into	an	Amendment	which	extended	the	term	of	the	Sharp	PHS/PDC	
Agreement	from	April	2008	to	April	2011.	Sharp	is	obligated	to	make	royalty	payments	on	sales	
of	 licensed	 products	 as	 covered	 products	 are	 sold.	 We	 recognize	 revenue	 associated	 with	 this	
agreement	in	the	periods	we	receive	the	related	royalty	reports.

ITC	 and	 Sharp	 are	 also	 parties	 to	 a	 separate	 worldwide,	 non-exclusive,	 convenience-based,	
generally	 nontransferable,	 royalty-bearing	 patent	 license	 agreement	 (Sharp	 NCDMA/GSM/3G	
Agreement)	covering	sales	of	GSM,	narrowband	CDMA	and	3G	products	that	expires	upon	the	
last	 to	 expire	 of	 the	 patents	 licensed	 under	 the	 agreement.	 Under	 an	 amendment	 to	 that	
agreement	 executed	 in	 first	 quarter	 2004,	 which	 affects	 certain	 payment	 terms	 and	 other	
obligations	of	the	parties,	Sharp	made	a	royalty	pre-payment	of	approximately	$17.8	million	in	
second	quarter	2004,	which	was	exhausted	in	the	fourth	quarter	of	2004.	Sharp	is	obligated	to	
make	 royalty	 payments	 on	 sales	 of	 licensed	 products,	 to	 the	 extent	 it	 does	 not	 have	 a	 royalty	
credit,	as	covered	products	are	sold.	As	part	of	the	2006	Amendment	referred	to	in	the	preceding	
paragraph,	 Sharp	 made	 additional	 lump-sum	 payments	 and	 agreed	 to	 prepay	 estimated	 2007	
royalties	on	designated	sales.	We	recognize	revenue	associated	with	this	agreement	in	the	period	
that	 royalty	 reports	 are	 received.	 This	 license	 agreement	 expires	 upon	 the	 last	 to	 expire	 of	 the	
patents	 licensed	 under	 this	 agreement.	 In	 2006,	 we	 recorded	 revenues	 of	 $35.8	 million	 from	
Sharp	of	which	approximately	$4.7	million	is	attributable	to	the	Sharp	PHS/PDC	Agreement	and	
approximately	$31.1	million	is	attributable	to	the	Sharp	NCDMA/GSM/3G	Agreement.

legal proceedings

Patent Oppositions

In	high	technology	fields	characterized	by	rapid	change	and	engineering	distinctions,	the	validity	
and	value	of	patents	are	sometimes	subject	to	complex	legal	and	factual	challenges	and	other	
uncertainties.	Accordingly,	our	patents	are	subject	to	uncertainties	typical	of	patent	enforcement	
generally.	The	validity	of	some	of	our	key	patents	has	been	and	 continues	to	be	challenged	in	
patent	opposition	and	revocation	proceedings	in	a	number	of	jurisdictions.	While	in	a	few	cases,	
our	 patents	 have	 been	 invalidated	 or	 substantially	 narrowed,	 this	 has	 not	 impaired	 our	 patent	
license	program	because	we	generally	license	a	broad	portfolio	of	patents	held	worldwide,	not	a	
single	patent	or	invention	in	a	single	jurisdiction.	If	a	party	successfully	asserts	that	some	of	our	
patents	are	not	valid,	are	unenforceable,	should	be	revoked	or	do	not	cover	their	products,	or	if	
products	 are	 implemented	 in	 a	 manner	 such	 that	 patents	 we	 believe	 to	 be	 commercially	
important	are	not	infringed,	we	do	not	believe	there	would	be	a	material	adverse	impact	on	our	
ongoing	revenues	from	existing	patent	license	agreements,	although	there	could	be	an	adverse	

page 

impact	on	our	ability	to	generate	new	royalty	streams.	The	cost	of	enforcing	and	protecting	our	
patent	 portfolio	 is	 significant.	 (See	 “Item 1A—Risk  Factors, Our  Revenue and  Cash  Flow  Could 
Decline Depending Upon the Success of Our Licensing Program.”)

Patent Infringement and Declaratory Action Lawsuits

From	 time	 to	 time,	 if	 we	 believe	 any	 party	 is	 required	 to	 license	 our	 patents	 in	 order	 to	
manufacture	 and	 sell	 certain	 digital	 cellular	 products	 and	 such	 party	 has	 not	 done	 so,	 we	 may	
institute	 legal	 action	 against	 them.	 These	 legal	 actions	 typically	 take	 the	 form	 of	 a	 patent	
infringement	lawsuit.	In	a	patent	infringement	lawsuit,	we	would	typically	seek	damages	for	past	
infringement	and	an	injunction	against	future	infringement.	The	response	from	the	subject	party	
can	come	in	the	form	of	challenges	to	the	validity,	enforceability,	essentiality	and/or	applicability	
of	our	patents	to	their	products.	In	addition,	a	party	might	file	a	Declaratory	Judgment	action	to	
seek	a	court’s	declaration	that	our	patents	are	invalid,	unenforceable,	not	infringed	by	the	other	
party’s	 products,	 or	 are	 not	 essential.	 Our	 response	 may	 include	 claims	 of	 infringement.	 (See	
“Item 3—Legal Proceedings.”)	 When	 we	 include	 claims	 of	 infringement,	 a	 favorable	 ruling	 for	
the	 Company	 can	 result	 in	 the	 payment	 of	 damages	 for	 past	 sales,	 the	 setting	 of	 a	 royalty	 for	
future	 sales,	 or	 issuance	 by	 the	 court	 of	 an	 injunction	 enjoining	 the	 manufacturer	 from	
manufacturing	 and/or	 selling	 the	 infringing	 product.	 An	 adverse	 ruling,	 in	 terms	 of	 having	
patents	declared	invalid,	non-infringed	or	unenforceable,	could	result	in	difficulty	securing	new	
licenses	to	the	extent	such	a	ruling	affects	a	significant	portion	of	our	patent	portfolio	related	to	
any	particular	wireless	Standard.	Regardless	of	the	 actual	outcome	of	the	litigation,	the	cost	of	
such	litigation	can	be	significant.	As	part	of	a	settlement	of	a	patent	infringement	lawsuit	against	
a	third	party,	we	could	recover	consideration	for	past	infringement,	and	grant	a	license	under	the	
patent(s)	in	suit	(as	well	as	other	patents)	for	future	sales.	Such	a	license	could	take	any	of	the	
forms	discussed	above.

Contractual Arbitration Proceedings

We	and	our	licensees,	in	the	normal	course	of	business,	may	have	disagreements	as	to	the	rights	
and	 obligations	 of	 the	 parties	 under	 the	 applicable	 license	 agreement.	 For	 example,	 we	 could	
have	a	disagreement	with	a	licensee	as	to	the	amount	of	reported	sales	and	royalties.	Our	license	
agreements	typically	provide	for	audit	rights	as	well	as	private	arbitration	as	the	mechanism	for	
resolving	disputes.	Arbitration	proceedings	can	be	resolved	through	an	award	rendered	by	the	
arbitrators	or	by	settlement	between	the	parties.	Parties	to	an	arbitration	might	have	the	right	to	
have	the	Award	reviewed	in	a	court	of	competent	jurisdiction;	however,	based	on	public	policy	
favoring	 the	 use	 of	 arbitration,	 it	 is	 difficult	 to	 have	 arbitration	 awards	 vacated	 or	 modified.	
The	 party	 securing	 an	 arbitration	 award	 may	 seek	 to	 have	 that	 award	 converted	 into	 a	
judgment	through	an	enforcement	proceeding.	The	purpose	of	such	a	proceeding	is	to	secure	
a	 judgment	 that	 can	 be	 used	 for,	 if	 need	 be,	 seizing	 assets	 of	 the	 other	 party.	 (See	 “Item 3— 
Legal Proceedings.”)

We	 are	 currently	 involved	 in	 legal	 proceedings	 with	 Samsung	 relating	 to	 its	 patent	 license	
agreement	with	us	and	an	Arbitral	Award	rendered	in	connection	therewith.	(See	“Item 3—Legal 
Proceedings, Samsung” for further discussion of proceedings relating to our patents.)

technology and product development

We	 have	 designed,	 developed	 and	 placed	 into	 operation	 a	 variety	 of	 advanced	 digital	
wireless	technologies,	systems	and	products	since	our	inception	in	the	early	1970s.	Historically,	
our	 strength	 has	 been	 our	 ability	 to	 explore	 emerging	 technologies,	 identifying	 needs	 created	
by	 the	 development	 of	 advanced	 wireless	 systems,	 and	 building	 technologies	 for	 those	
new	requirements.

page 

Today,	 we	 are	 focusing	 our	 product	 development	 efforts	 principally	 on	 the	 advanced	 cellular	
technologies.	This	includes	3G	WCDMA	technologies,	in	particular	HSDPA/HSUPA	implementations,	
and	 the	 3GPP	 Long	 Term	 Evolution	 (LTE)	 project	 based	 on	 OFDMA/MIMO.	 We	 are	 integrating	
licensed	 2G	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 solutions	 with	 our	 advanced	 3G	 technology	 (WCDMA/HSDPA/
HSUPA)	 in	 order	 to	 offer	 technology	 licenses	 as	 well	 as	 a	 fully-integrated	 2G/3G	 complete	
dual-mode	 modem	 ASIC	 solution	 to	 semiconductor	 and	 mobile	 device	 manufacturers,	
respectively.	 We	 will	 initially	 market	 our	 2G/3G	 dual-mode	 modem	 ASIC	 and	 platforms	 to	 data	
card	manufacturers.

We	 also	 develop	 advanced	 IEEE	 802	 wireless	 technologies,	 in	 particular	 technology	 related	 to	
WLAN	and	digital	cellular	applications	that	includes	improvements	to	IEEE	802.11	PHY	and	MAC	
to	increase	peak	data	rates	(i.e.,	IEEE	802.11n),	handover	among	radio	access	technologies	(IEEE	
802.21),	mesh	networks	(IEEE	802.11s),	wireless	network	management	(IEEE	802.11v),	and	wireless	
network	security.

We	recorded	expenses	 of	$65.4	million,	$63.1	million	and	$51.2	million	during	2006,	2005,	and	
2004,	 respectively,	 related	 to	 our	 research	 and	 development	 efforts.	 These	 efforts	 foster	
inventions	 which	 are	 the	 basis	 of	 many	 of	 our	 patents.	 As	 a	 result	 of	 such	 patents	 and	 related	
patent	license	agreements,	in	2006,	2005	and	2004,	we	recognized	$473.6	million,	$144.1	million	
and	 $103.4	 million	 of	 patent	 licensing	 revenue,	 respectively.	 In	 addition,	 in	 2006,	 2005,	 and	
2004,	 we	 recognized	 technology	 solutions	 revenues	 totaling	 $6.9	 million,	 $19.0	 million	 and	
$0.3	million,	respectively.

3G WCDMA/FDD Technology and Product Development

We	 are	 developing	 a	 fully	 integrated	 2G/3G	 dual-mode	 modem	 ASIC	 utilizing	 third-party	
fabrication.	 Our	 initial	 product	 launch	 consists	 of	 an	 advanced	 offering	 incorporating	 HSDPA/
HSUPA	technologies	in	a	platform	customized	for	the	data	card	market.

We	have	developed	various	technology	blocks,	upgrades	and	platforms	compliant	with	the	3GPP	
WCDMA/FDD	Standards.	The	Standard	for	initial	system	deployment	was	identified	as	Release	99	
or	Release	4.	Subsequent	releases,	identified	as	Release	5,	Release	6,	etc.,	add	various	advanced	
features	 and	 functions.	 For	 example,	 Release	 5	 HSDPA,	 an	 upgrade	 to	 WCDMA,	 provides	 high	
speed	data	capabilities,	theoretically	up	to	14	Mbps,	from	the	network	to	mobile	handsets	(i.e.,	
the	downlink).	We	have	developed	technology	blocks	that	can	upgrade	an	existing	FDD	modem	
to	 HSDPA	 capabilities.	 Our	 Release	 5	 development	 effort	 includes	 a	 complete	 3G	 modem	
comprising	a	physical	layer	and	protocol	stack	with	HSDPA	and	non-HSDPA	channels.	This	allows	
us	to	offer	customers	a	complete	Release	5	FDD	modem	solution,	as	well	as	smaller	blocks	that	
augment	their	existing	technology.	These	blocks	include	advanced	receiver	technology	that	can	
support	the	highest	rate	HSDPA	mode,	Category	10,	and	can	be	scaled	to	lower	categories	and	
data	 rates	 depending	 on	 customer	 requirements.	 In	 first	 quarter	 2006,	 we	 successfully	
demonstrated	Category	10	performance,	the	highest	HSDPA	mode,	with	throughput	in	excess	of	
10Mbps	in	our	coprocessor	at	3GSM	World	Congress	in	Barcelona,	Spain.	Release	6	of	the	WCDMA	
Standard	 introduces	 HSUPA,	 which	 increases	 the	 uplink	 rate	 to	 a	 theoretical	 maximum	 of	 5.8	
Mbps,	includes	both	HSDPA	and	HSUPA,	is	poised	to	support	high	speed	data	in	both	the	uplink	
and	downlink,	reduce	the	latency	in	data	transmission	and	increase	overall	network	capacity.

Recognizing	the	need	continually	to	improve	data	rates,	coverage	and	capacity,	work	is	underway	
within	3GPP	on	further	evolution	of	the	Standards.	Release	7	is	expected	to	address	incremental	
performance	 improvements.	 In	 addition,	 work	 continues	 on	 a	 longer	 term	 initiative	 known	 as	
Evolved	 UTRA/UTRAN	 (UMTS	 Terrestrial	 Radio	 Access/	 UMTS	 Terrestrial	 Radio	 Access	 Network).	
The	objectives	of	this	initiative	are	more	ambitious,	targeting	peak	data	rates	of	100	Mbps	in	the	
downlink	 and	 50	 Mbps	 in	 the	 uplink,	 improved	 spectrum	 efficiency,	 significantly	 reduced	 data	
latency,	 and	 scaleable	 bandwidths	 from	 as	 low	 as	 1.25	 MHz	 to	 as	 high	 as	 15	 MHz.	 We	 are	
participating	 in	 Release	 7	 and	 evolved	 UTRA/UTRAN	 Standards	 activities	 and	 have	 launched	

page 

internal	projects	to	develop	the	technology	necessary	for	the	new	performance	requirements.	In	
addition	 to	 supplying	 technology	 blocks	 to	 partners,	 we	 are	 developing	 our	 complete	 2G/3G	
dual-mode	modem	ASIC,	using	“fabless”	production.

WCDMA/TDD Technology Product Development

During	the	period	1999	through	2003,	the	Company	was	actively	engaged	in	the	development	
and	standardization	of	technology	related	to	one	of	the	modes	of	the	3G	standard,	namely	TDD.	
Our	 TDD	 technology	 development	 effort	 resulted	 in	 the	 Company	 developing	 a	 validated	 and	
fully	 Standards	 compliant	 WTDD	 technology	 solution.	 We	 delivered	 TDD	 technology	 building	
blocks	 to	 Nokia	 for	 use	 in	 3G	 wireless	 products	 for	 which	 they	 paid	 an	 aggregate	 amount	 of	
approximately	$58.0	million.

As	 a	 result	 of	 this	 and	 prior	 technology	 development	 efforts,	 the	 Company	 established	 a	
significant	patent	portfolio	related	to	TDD-based	wireless	systems,	including	without	limitation	
the	TDD	mode	of	WCDMA	and	the	TD-SCDMA	systems	being	deployed	in	the	People’s	Republic	
of	China.	As	part	of	its	license	agreements,	the	Company	typically	includes	TDD-based	Standards	
(like	TD-SCDMA)	as	a	covered	Standard.	In	addition,	the	Company	has	expended	and	continues	
to	expend	appropriate	resources	targeted	to	generate	revenue	from	the	roll-out	of	TD-SCDMA	
products	in	the	People’s	Republic	of	China.

Wireless LAN and Mobility

As	 part	 of	 our	 broader	 technology	 development	 activities,	 we	 are	 developing	 solutions	
addressing	WLAN	technology	and	mobility	between	WLAN	and	cellular	networks.	These	projects	
support	 activities	 within	 the	 IEEE	 802	 and	 3GPP	 network	 architecture	 working	 groups.	 These	
technology	areas	include	improvements	to	the	802.11	PHY	and	MAC	to	increase	peak	data	rates	
(i.e.,	IEEE	802.11n),	handover	between	radio	access	technologies	(i.e.,	IEEE	802.21),	mesh	networks,	
wireless	network	management,	and	wireless	network	security.

3g fdd/WCdMA technology product Customers and partners

Infineon Technologies AG

We	jointly	developed	and	continue	to	support	a	3G	protocol	stack	for	use	in	terminal	units	under	
our	2001	cooperative	development,	sales	and	alliance	agreement	with	Infineon	Technologies	AG	
(Infineon).	 This	 3G	 protocol	 stack	 interfaces	 with	 existing	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 protocol	 stack	
software	 to	 provide	 dual-mode	 (2G/3G)	 protocol	 stack	 functionality,	 supports	 Infineon’s	 3G	
baseband	processor,	and	is	portable	to	other	baseband	processors.	Together	with	Infineon,	we	
completed	the	full	dual-mode	WCDMA/FDD	release	99	protocol	stack	in	2003.	This	protocol	stack	
solution	has	been	commercially	deployed	and	continues	to	be	offered	to	3G	mobile	phone	and	
semiconductor	producers.	The	technology	is	operating	in	commercial	production	in	Japan.	We	
have	 supported	 Infineon	 with	 interoperability	 testing	 and	 continue	 to	 support	 product	 launch	
and	certification	with	field	support,	software	support	and	lab	testing.	In	fourth	quarter	2005,	we	
extended	our	3G	protocol	stack	relationship	with	Infineon	to	include	the	joint	development	and	
commercialization	 of	 upgraded,	 Standards-compliant	 Release	 5	 protocol	 stacks	 with	 HSDPA	
functionality.	In	the	first	quarter	of	2006,	we	further	extended	our	3G	protocol	stack	relationship	
with	Infineon	to	include	joint	development	and	commercialization	of	an	upgraded,	Standards-
compliant	Release	6	protocol	stack	to	include	HSUPA	functionality.

Also	 in	 fourth	 quarter	 2005,	 we	 entered	 into	 a	 new	 agreement	 with	 Infineon	 permitting	 us	
independently	to	offer	a	complete	dual-mode	GSM/GPRS/EDGE	and	WCDMA/HSDPA	integrated	
protocol	 stack	 to	 the	 market.	 Under	 the	 agreement,	 we	 have	 licensed	 Infineon’s	 legacy	 GCF-
certified	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 protocol	 stack,	 which	 we	 are	 now	 able	 to	 license	 to	 customers	 in	
combination	 with	 our	 evolving	 3G	 protocol	 stack	 and	 baseband	 offering.	 This	 provides	 us	 the	
ability	 to	 offer	 a	 comprehensive	 Standards-compliant	 WCDMA	 Release	 5	 dual-mode	 protocol	

page 

stack,	as	well	as	a	complete	3G	physical	to	application	layer	modem	solution.	In	addition	to	GCF	
certification,	 the	 GSM/GPRS/EGDE	 protocol	 stack	 has	 75	 type	 approvals	 and	 has	 completed	
interoperability	testing	with	more	than	80	operators	in	40	countries	worldwide.

In	fourth	quarter	2006,	we	announced	an	additional	expansion	of	our	relationship	with	Infineon,	
whereby	 we	 have	 licensed	 Infineon’s	 field-proven	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 baseband	 modem,	 the	
S-GOLD(R)	3,	and	have	also	licensed	the	layer	one	control	software	(in	addition	to	the	protocol	
stack	software	which	had	previously	been	licensed).	This	provides	us	for	the	first	time	with	the	
ability	to	offer	a	comprehensive	Standards-compliant	2G/3G	modem	solution.	Under	the	terms	of	
the	extended	agreement	with	Infineon,	we	have	the	right	to	use	the	Infineon	2G	technology	in	
our	own	modem	offering	or	to	sublicense	the	technology	to	third	parties	developing	their	own	
2G/3G	modem	offerings.	We	also	gain	access	to	all	of	the	applicable	design	specifications,	source	
code	 and	 other	 design	 data	 for	 Infineon’s	 integrated	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 baseband	 and	 protocol	
stack	technology,	including	the	S-GOLD(R)	3	baseband	processor	ASIC	design	with	support	for	
Infineon’s	RF,	Power	Management	and	Connectivity	modules	as	well	as	related	components.

We	 and	 Infineon	 also	 have	 cross-licensed	 to	 each	 other	 a	 limited	 set	 of	 patents	 for	 specified	
purposes.	We	also	have	agreed	to	a	framework	for	determining	royalties	applicable	to	other	2G	
and	3G	products.

General Dynamics C4 Systems

In	December	2004,	we	entered	into	an	agreement	with	General	Dynamics	C4	Systems	(formerly	
known	as	General	Dynamics	Decision	Systems,	Inc.)	(General	Dynamics)	to	serve	as	a	subcontractor	
on	the	Mobile	User	Objective	System	(MUOS)	program	for	the	U.S.	military.	MUOS	is	an	advanced	
tactical	 terrestrial	 and	 satellite	 communications	 system	 utilizing	 3G	 commercial	 cellular	
technology	 to	 provide	 significantly	 improved	 high	 data	 rate	 and	 assured	 communications	 for	
U.S.	war	fighters.

Under	 the	 Software	 License	 Agreement	 (SLA),	 we	 delivered	 to	 General	 Dynamics	 Standards-
compliant	 WCDMA	 modem	 technology,	 originating	 from	 the	 technology	 we	 developed	 under	
our	 original	 agreement	 with	 Infineon,	 for	 incorporation	 into	 handheld	 terminals.	 The	 SLA	
provided	for	the	payment	of	$18.5	million	in	exchange	for	delivery	of,	and	a	limited	license	to,	
our	 commercial	 technology	 solution	 for	 use	 within	 the	 U.S.	 Government’s	 MUOS	 and	 Joint	
Tactical	 Radio	 System	 programs.	 Maintenance	 and	 product	 training	 were	 also	 covered	 by	 this	
amount.	 A	 majority	 of	 our	 MUOS	 program	 deliverables	 and	 related	 payments	 occurred	 during	
2005.	We	completed	delivery	of	our	technology	solution	in	2006.	In	addition	to	the	deliverables	
specifically	identified	in	the	SLA,	we	originally	agreed	to	provide	software	maintenance	services	
for	a	period	of	three	years	and	additional	future	services	as	requested	by	General	Dynamics.	In	
fourth	 quarter	 2006,	 General	 Dynamics	 agreed	 to	 amend	 the	 SLA	 to	 release	 us	 from	 our	
maintenance	 obligations	 over	 the	 final	 two	 years	 of	 the	 SLA,	 in	 exchange	 for	 a	 $0.5	 million	
reduction	to	their	remaining	payments	and	provision	of	limited	engineering	support	services.	We	
recognized	approximately	$0.9	million	in	fourth	quarter	2006	as	a	result	of	this	amendment.

NXP Semiconductors B.V. (formerly Philips Semiconductors)

In	August	2005,	we	entered	into	an	agreement	with	NXP	(formerly	Philips	Semiconductors	B.V.)	
to	deliver	our	physical	layer	HSDPA	technology	solution	to	NXP	for	integration	into	its	family	of	
Nexperia™	cellular	system	chipsets.	Under	the	agreement,	we	will	also	agree	to	assist	NXP	with	
chip	 design	 and	 development,	 software	 modification	 and	 system	 integration	 and	 testing	 to	
implement	our	HSDPA	technology	solution	into	the	NXP	chipset.	Subsequent	to	our	delivery	of	
portions	of	our	HSDPA	technology	solution,	we	agreed	to	provide	NXP	support	and	maintenance	
over	an	aggregate	estimated	period	of	approximately	two	years.

page 

Other technology product development

As	part	of	our	technology	development,	from	time	to	time	we	develop	technology	solutions	for	
customers	 that	 are	 complementary	 to	 our	 existing	 development	 programs.	 For	 example,	 in	
December	 2006	 we	 announced	 that	 SK	 Telecom,	 Korea’s	 leading	 mobile	 communications	
company,	 had	 chosen	 InterDigital	 to	 develop	 an	 advanced	 mobility	 solution	 for	 nationwide	
session	continuity.	The	mobility	solution,	based	on	IEEE	802.21	Standards,	will	support	nationwide	
handover	for	SK	Telecom’s	customers	when	moving	between	WiBro	(a	Korean	version	of	mobile	
WiMax)	 and	 UMTS	 networks	 throughout	 the	 country.	 InterDigital’s	 solution,	 based	 on	 the	 IEEE	
802.21	 Standard	 for	 Media	 Independent	 Handoff,	 will	 include	 both	 the	 system	 design	 and	 the	
software	 solution	 for	 dual	 mode	 WiBro/UMTS	 terminal	 units.	 In	 addition	 to	 the	 technology	
development,	the	agreement	provides	for	potential	collaboration	on	future	projects.

All	of	the	above	programs	have	provided	validation	of	the	technology	and	access	to	third	party	
facilities	and	resources,	and	helped	to	broaden	the	awareness	of	the	company	as	a	developer	of	
advance	wireless	inventions.

future technology partnerships and Acquisitions

In	addition	to	our	internal	research	and	development	programs,	we	pursue	a	number	of	channels	
to	investigate,	develop	and	acquire	new	architectures	and	technologies	for	wireless	systems.	For	
example,	 national	 and	 international	 university	 relationships	 have	 provided	 us	 additional	
opportunities	to	explore	new	technologies	and	license	intellectual	property	advancements	that	
we	sponsored.

We	 maintain	 an	 active	 corporate	 development	 program	 that	 seeks	 further	 investment	
opportunities	 in	 technologies	 that	 can	 enhance	 the	 attractiveness	 and	 profitability	 of	 our	
technology	solutions.	We	have	also	engaged	in	selective	acquisitions	to	enhance	our	intellectual	
property	 portfolio	 and/or	 accelerate	 our	 time-to-market.	 For	 example,	 in	 July	 2003,	 when	
we	 acquired	 substantially	 all	 the	 assets	 of	 Windshift	 Holdings,	 Inc.	 (formerly	 known	 as	
Tantivy	Communications,	Inc.,	“Windshift”)	we	acquired	patents,	patent	applications,	know-how,	
and	 other	 assets	 related	 to	 cdma2000,	 Smart	 Antenna,	 wireless	 LAN	 and	 other	 wireless	
communications	technologies.

In	first	quarter	2005,	we	acquired	selected	patents,	intellectual	property	blocks	and	related	assets	
which	are	designed	to	improve	the	range,	throughput	and	reliability	of	wireless	LAN	and	other	
wireless	 technology	 systems.	 Our	 strategic	 investments	 also	 included	 the	 acquisition	 in	 first	
quarter	 2007	 of	 a	 minority	 equity	 interest	 in	 a	 company	 engaged	 in	 the	 development	 of	
unlicensed	mobile	access	software.

Repositioning Activities

In	fiscal	2005,	we	closed	our	Melbourne,	Florida	design	center.	Of	the	thirty-three	full	or	part-time	
employees	 at	 this	 facility,	 five	 accepted	 offers	 of	 continued	 employment	 elsewhere	 within	 our	
organization.	 In	 first	 quarter	 2006,	 we	 terminated	 our	 lease	 obligations	 associated	 with	 this	
facility.	We	estimate	that	the	repositioning	resulted	in	annual	pre-tax	cost	savings	of	$6.0	million.

Competition

We	compete	in	a	wireless	communications	market	characterized	by	rapid	technological	change,	
frequent	product	introductions,	evolving	industry	Standards	and,	in	many	products,	price	erosion.	
Further,	 many	 current	 and	 potential	 competitors	 may	 have	 advantages	 over	 us,	 including	 (a)	
existing	royalty-free	cross-licenses	to	competing	and	emerging	technologies;	(b)	longer	operating	
histories	and	presence	in	key	markets;	(c)	greater	name	recognition;	(d)	access	to	larger	customer	
bases;	 and	 (e)	 greater	 financial,	 sales	 and	 marketing,	 manufacturing,	 distribution	 channels,	
technical	 and	 other	 resources.	 The	 communications	 industry	 continues	 to	 be	 dominated	 by	
entities	with	substantial	market	share.	That	share	advantage	provides	pricing	advantages,	brand	

page 

strength	 and	 technological	 influence.	 In	 addition,	 the	 combination	 of	 the	 market	 dynamics	
described	 above	 is	 driving	 many	 industry	 participants	 to	 consolidate.	 This	 consolidation	
may	 affect	 the	 timing	 or	 ability	 of	 third	 parties	 to	 purchase	 products	 or	 license	 technology	
from	 us.	 (See	 “Item  1A—Risk  Factors,  We  Face  Substantial  Competition  From  Companies  With 
Greater Resources.”)

Our	future	success	in	licensing	our	technology	solutions	as	well	as	selling	our	modem	offering	
will	depend	on	(i)	our	ability	to	continue	to	develop,	introduce	and	sell	new	products,	technology	
and	 enhancements	 on	 a	 timely	 and	 consistent	 basis	 (See	 “Item 1A—Risk Factors, Our Industry Is 
Subject to Rapid Technological Change, Uncertainty, and Shifting Market Windows.”),	 and	 (ii)	 our	
ability	 to	 keep	 pace	 with	 technological	 developments,	 satisfy	 varying	 customer	 requirements,	
price	our	products	competitively	and	achieve	market	acceptance.	We	are	well	positioned	in	this	
market	to	deliver	competitive	products	because	of	our	broad	systems	capability;	the	depth	of	our	
experience	 in	 developing	 physical	 layer,	 protocol	 stack	 and	 component	 design	 solutions;	 the	
depth	of	our	technology	and	intellectual	property	portfolio;	our	financial	strength	and	our	ability	
to	 deliver	 time-to-market	 and	 cost	 advantages	 to	 our	 customers.	 However,	 during	 our	
development	phase,	competitive	solutions	may	surface.	Such	alternative	solutions	may	be	made	
available	at	a	lower	cost	or	be	a	more	comprehensive	solution	(See,	“Item 1A—Risk Factors, Our 
Technologies May Not Be Adopted by the Market or Widely Deployed.”)	 Our	 products	 and	 services	
also	 face	 competition	 from	 existing	 companies	 developing	 product	 and	 technology	 offerings	
comparable	to	or	more	advanced	than	our	solutions.

We	 also	 face	 competition	 from	 the	 in-house	 development	 teams	 at	 the	 semiconductor	 and	
wireless	 device	 manufacturing	 companies	 we	 seek	 as	 customers.	 It	 is	 also	 possible	 that	 new	
competitors	may	enter	the	market.	In	particular,	as	a	greater	proportion	of	wireless	3G	devices	
incorporate	 traditional	 computing	 applications	 and	 IEEE	 wireless	 technologies	 (e.g.,	 802.11,	
802.15,	802.16),	semiconductor	companies	that	have	traditionally	focused	on	providing	chipsets	
to	these	industries	may	enter	the	3G	market	with	baseband	solutions	as	well.

We	also	face	competition	in	the	licensing	of	our	patent	portfolio.	We	believe	that	licenses	under	a	
number	 of	 our	 patents	 are	 required	 to	 manufacture	 and	 sell	 2G	 and	 3G	 products.	 However,	
numerous	companies	also	claim	that	they	hold	essential	2G	and	3G	patents.	To	the	extent	that	
multiple	 parties	 all	 seek	 royalties	 on	 the	 same	 product,	 the	 manufacturers	 may	 claim	 to	 have	
difficulty	 in	 meeting	 the	 financial	 requirements	 of	 each	 patent	 holder.	 In	 the	 past,	 certain	
manufacturers	 have	 sought	 antitrust	 exemptions	 to	 act	 collectively,	 on	 a	 voluntary	 basis.	 In	
addition,	 certain	 manufacturers	 have	 sought	 to	 limit	 aggregate	 3G	 licensing	 fees	 or	 rates	 for	
essential	patents.	(See	“Item 1A—Risk Factors, Royalty Rates Could Decrease.”)

Employees

As	of	December	31,	2006,	we	employed	340	full-time	individuals	consisting	of	approximately	243	
engineering	 and	 product	 development	 personnel,	 16	 patent	 administration	 and	 licensing	
personnel	and	81	other	personnel,	as	well	as	3	part-time	employees.	None	of	our	employees	are	
represented	by	a	collective	bargaining	unit.

page 

Executive Officers

The	information	regarding	our	executive	officers	is	included	pursuant	to	Part	III,	Item	10	of	this	
Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	as	follows:

Name	

Age	

Position

William	J.	Merritt	

Richard	J.	Fagan	

Bruce	G.	Bernstein	

Mark	A.	Lemmo	

Brian	G.	Kiernan	

William	C.	Miller	

James	J.	Nolan	

Lawrence	F.	Shay	

48	

50	

41	

49	

60	

52	

46	

48	

	President	and	Chief	Executive	Officer	and		
President	of	InterDigital	Technology	Corporation

Chief	Financial	Officer

Chief	Intellectual	Property	and	Licensing	Officer

	Executive	Vice	President,	Business	Development	and	Product	Management

Executive	Vice	President,	Standards

Executive	Vice	President,	Programs	and	Customer	Support

Executive	Vice	President,	Engineering

Chief	Legal	Officer	and	Government	Affairs

William	 J.	 Merritt	 was	 promoted	 to	 Chief	 Executive	 Officer	 and	 President	 and	 appointed	 as	 a	
Director	of	the	Company	in	May	2005.	Mr.	Merritt	held	the	position	of	General	Patent	Counsel	of	
the	Company	from	July	2001	to	May	2005,	and	he	has	also	served	as	President	of	ITC	since	July	
2001.	Mr.	Merritt	held	the	position	of	Executive	Vice	President	of	the	Company	from	September	
1999	 to	 January	 2004.	 The	 title	 distinctions	 among	 Vice	 Presidents	 at	 the	 executive	 level	 were	
eliminated	and	the	title	nomenclature	of	all	such	individuals	was	revised	effective	January	1,	2004	
without	 a	 change	 to	 responsibilities.	 As	 a	 result,	 Executive	 Vice	 President	 was	 deleted	 from	
Mr.	 Merritt’s	 title.	 Prior	 to	 that,	 Mr.	 Merritt	 held	 the	 positions	 of	 Senior	 Vice	 President,	 General	
Counsel	and	Secretary	since	October	1998	and	Vice	President	Legal	and	Assistant	Secretary	since	
January	1996.

Richard	 J.	 Fagan	 joined	 InterDigital	 as	 a	 Senior	 Vice	 President	 and	 Chief	 Financial	 Officer	 in	
November	 1998,	 and	 was	 promoted	 to	 Executive	 Vice	 President	 in	 September	 1999.	 The	 title	
distinctions	 among	 Vice	 Presidents	 at	 the	 executive	 level	 were	 eliminated	 and	 the	 title	
nomenclature	of	all	such	individuals	was	revised	effective	January	1,	2004	without	a	change	to	
responsibilities.	As	a	result,	Executive	Vice	President	was	deleted	from	Mr.	Fagan’s	title.	Prior	to	
joining	InterDigital,	Mr.	Fagan	served	as	Controller	and	Treasurer	of	Quaker	Chemical	Corporation,	
a	Pennsylvania	corporation,	since	1994.

Bruce	 G.	 Bernstein	 joined	 InterDigital	 as	 General	 Patent	 Counsel	 in	 June	 2005.	 As	 of	
February	 8,	 2007,	 Mr.	 Bernstein’s	 title	 was	 revised	 to	 Chief	 Intellectual	 Property	 and	 Licensing	
Officer	 without	 a	 change	 in	 responsibilities.	 Before	 joining	 InterDigital,	 Mr.	 Bernstein	 served	 as	
Vice	 President,	 Head	 of	 Patents	 with	 BTG	 International	 Inc.,	 a	 subsidiary	 of	 BTG	 plc,	 a	
multi-national,	 publicly	 held	 technology	 transfer	 and	 licensing	 company	 headquartered	 in	 the	
United	 Kingdom,	 from	 April	 2002	 to	 June	 2005	 and	 as	 Vice	 President,	 Legal	 and	 Patents	 from	
January	 1997	 to	 April	 2002.	 Prior	 to	 joining	 BTG,	 Mr.	 Bernstein	 worked	 in	 private	 practice	 in	
Washington,	DC	as	a	registered	patent	attorney.

Mark	 A.	 Lemmo	 was	 named	 Executive	 Vice	 President,	 Product	 Management	 and	 Business	
Development	 in	 April	 2000.	 As	 of	 February	 8,	 2007,	 Mr.	 Lemmo’s	 title	 was	 revised	 to	 Executive	
Vice	 President,	 Business	 Development	 and	 Product	 Management	 without	 a	 change	 in	
responsibilities.	 Prior	 to	 April	 2000,	 Mr.	 Lemmo	 held	 the	 position	 of	 Executive	 Vice	 President,	
Engineering	and	Product	Operations	since	October	1996	and	Vice	President,	Sales	and	Marketing	
since	June	1994.

page 

Brian	G.	Kiernan	was	promoted	to	Senior	Vice	President,	Standards	in	July	1997.	As	of	February	8,	
2007,	Mr.	Kiernan’s	title	was	revised	to	Executive	Vice	President,	Standards	without	a	change	in	
responsibilities.	 Prior	 to	 July	 1997,	 Mr.	 Kiernan	 held	 the	 position	 of	 Vice	 President,	 Marketing	
Support	since	January	1993.

William	 C.	 Miller	 joined	 InterDigital	 as	 Senior	 Vice	 President,	 Programs	 and	 Engineering	 in	 July	
2000.	As	of	February	8,	2007,	Mr.	Miller’s	title	was	revised	to	Executive	Vice	President,	Programs	
and	Customer	Support	without	a	change	in	responsibilities.	Before	joining	InterDigital,	Mr.	Miller	
served	 as	 Vice	 President,	 Programs	 with	 Telephonics	 Corporation,	 an	 aircraft	 and	 mass	 transit	
communications	systems	corporation	located	in	Farmingdale,	New	York,	since	1993.

James	J.	Nolan	joined	InterDigital	in	1996	and,	until	his	election	as	Senior	Engineering	Officer	in	
May	 2006,	 has	 held	 a	 variety	 of	 engineering	 positions	 including	 Vice	 President	 of	 Systems	
Engineering.	 As	 of	 February	 8,	 2007,	 Mr.	 Nolan’s	 title	 was	 revised	 to	 Executive	 Vice	 President,	
Engineering	without	a	change	in	responsibilities.	Mr.	Nolan	has	led	the	Company’s	technology	
and	 product	 development	 programs	 for	 modems,	 protocol	 software	 and	 radio	 designs	
for	 multiple	 wireless	 Standards,	 and	 has	 played	 a	 key	 role	 in	 Company	 business	 development	
activities	 around	 the	 world.	 Mr.	 Nolan	 came	 to	 InterDigital	 from	 the	 Northrop	
Grumman	 Corporation	 where	 he	 held	 technical	 and	 leadership	 roles	 in	 numerous	 engineering	
development	programs.

Lawrence	 F.	 Shay	 joined	 InterDigital	 as	 Vice	 President	 and	 General	 Counsel	 in	 November	 2001	
and	served	as	Corporate	Secretary	from	November	2001	to	September	2004.	As	of	February	8,	
2007,	Mr.	Shay’s	title	was	revised	to	Chief	Legal	Officer	and	Government	Affairs	without	a	change	
in	responsibilities.	Before	joining	InterDigital,	Mr.	Shay	served	as	General	Counsel	and	Corporate	
Secretary	 with	 U.S.	 Interactive,	 Inc.,	 a	 multi-national	 publicly	 held	 Internet	 professional	 services	
corporation,	from	June	1999	to	June	2001	and	held	the	title	of	Executive	Vice	President	as	of	June	
2001.	Prior	to	June	1999,	Mr.	Shay	was	a	partner	in	the	corporate	group	of	Dilworth	Paxson	LLP,	a	
major	Philadelphia	law	firm,	where	he	practiced	law	from	1985	until	1999.

InterDigital’s	executive	officers	are	elected	to	the	offices	set	forth	above	to	hold	office	until	their	
successors	are	duly	elected	and	have	qualified.	All	of	such	persons	are	parties	to	agreements	that	
provide	for	severance	pay	and	continuation	of	designated	benefits.	The	executives’	agreements	
generally	provide	for	the	payment	of	severance	up	to	a	maximum	of	one	year’s	salary	and	up	to	a	
maximum	of	one	year’s	continuation	of	medical	and	dental	benefits.	In	addition,	with	respect	to	
all	of	these	agreements,	in	the	event	of	a	termination	or	resignation	within	one	year	following	a	
change	 of	 control,	 which	 is	 generally	 defined	 as	 the	 acquisition	 (including	 by	 mergers	 or	
consolidations,	or	by	the	issuance	by	InterDigital	of	its	securities)	by	one	or	more	persons	in	one	
transaction	 or	 a	 series	 of	 related	 transactions,	 of	 more	 than	 fifty	 percent	 (50%)	 of	 the	 voting	
power	 represented	 by	 the	 outstanding	 stock	 of	 InterDigital,	 the	 executive	 would	 generally	
receive	two	years	of	salary	and	the	immediate	vesting	of	all	restricted	stock	and	stock	options,	
as	applicable.

ITeM	 1a.	 RISK	 FaCTORS

We	 face	 a	 variety	 of	 risks	 that	 may	 affect	 our	 business,	 financial	 condition,	 operating	 results	 or	
any	combination	thereof.	Although	many	of	the	risks	discussed	below	are	driven	by	factors	that	
we	cannot	control	or	predict,	you	should	carefully	consider	the	identified	risks	before	making	an	
investment	decision	with	respect	to	our	common	stock.	In	addition	to	the	risks	and	uncertainties	
identified	elsewhere	in	this	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	as	well	as	other	information	contained	
herein,	 each	 of	 the	 following	 risk	 factors	 should	 be	 considered	 in	 evaluating	 our	 business	 and	
prospects.	If	any	of	the	following	risks	or	uncertainties	occur	or	develop,	our	business,	results	of	
operations	 and	 financial	 condition	 could	 change.	 In	 such	 an	 event,	 the	 market	 price	 of	 our	
common	 stock	 could	 decline	 and	 you	 could	 lose	 all	 or	 part	 of	 your	 investment.	 The	 following	
discussion	addresses	those	risks	that	management	believes	are	the	most	significant	and	which	

page 0

may	affect	our	business,	financial	condition	or	operating	results,	although	there	are	other	risks	
that	could	arise,	or	may	become	more	significant	than	anticipated.	The	following	risk	factors	are	
not	listed	in	any	order	of	importance	or	priority.

The Price of Our Common Stock Could Continue to Be Volatile

Historically,	 we	 have	 had	 large	 fluctuations	 in	 the	 price	 of	 our	 common	 stock	 and	 such	
fluctuations	could	continue.	From	January	1,	2003	to	December	31,	2006,	our	common	stock	has	
traded	as	low	as	$11.65	per	share	and	as	high	as	$36.91	per	share.	Factors	that	may	contribute	to	
fluctuations	in	our	stock	price	include	general	market	conditions	for	the	wireless	communications	
industry,	changes	in	market	share	of	significant	licensees,	announcements	concerning	litigation,	
arbitration	 and	 other	 legal	 proceedings	 in	 which	 we	 are	 involved,	 announcements	 concerning	
licensing	and	product	matters,	and	our	operating	results.

Our Revenue and Cash Flow Could Decline Depending Upon  
the Success of Our Licensing Program

Our	ability	to	recognize	revenue	and	generate	cash	flow	from	licensing	is	subject	to	a	number	
of	risks:

Results of samsung disputes

We	 are	 engaged	 in	 a	 number	 of	 disputes	 with	 Samsung	 over	 the	 enforcement	 of	 an	 Arbitral	
Award	(Samsung	Award)	rendered	in	connection	with	a	dispute	between	Samsung	and	ITC	over	
the	application	of	the	MFL	provision	in	its	and	Samsung’s	license	agreement	with	ITC.	(See	“Item 
3—Legal Proceedings, Samsung.”)	If	we	are	unsuccessful	in	some	or	all	of	these	matters,	we	may	
be	delayed	in	collecting,	or	unable	to	collect,	royalties	from	Samsung	on	its	sales	of	covered	2G	
products	in	accordance	with	the	Samsung	Award	or	otherwise.

Challenges to existing license Agreements

Revenue	and	cash	flow	from	existing	and	potential	licensees	may	also	be	affected	by	challenges	
to	our	interpretation	of	provisions	of	license	agreements.	Such	challenges	could	result	in	rejection	
or	 modification	 of	 license	 agreements	 and	 the	 termination,	 reduction,	 and	 suspension	 of	
payments.

Ability to enter into new license Agreements

We	 face	 challenges	 in	 entering	 into	 new	 patent	 license	 agreements.	 During	 discussions	 with	
unlicensed	 companies,	 significant	 negotiation	 issues	 arise	 from	 time	 to	 time.	 For	 example,	
manufacturers	 and	 sellers	 of	 2G	 products	 can	 be	 reluctant	 to	 enter	 into	 a	 license	 agreement	
because	 such	 companies	 might	 be	 required	 to	 make	 a	 significant	 lump	 sum	 payment	 for	
unlicensed	past	sales.	Also,	certain	of	the	inventions	we	believe	will	be	employed	in	3G	products	
are	the	subject	of	our	patent	applications	where	no	patent	has	been	issued	yet	by	the	relevant	
patent	reviewing	authorities.	Certain	prospective	licensees	are	unwilling	to	license	patent	rights	
prior	to	a	patent’s	issuance.	Additionally,	in	the	ordinary	course	of	negotiations,	in	response	to	
our	demand	that	they	enter	into	a	license	agreement,	manufacturers	raise	different	defenses	and	
arguments	including	defenses	and	arguments	(i)	including	claims	by	third	parties	challenging	the	
essential	nature	of	our	patents,	(ii)	claiming	that	their	products	do	not	infringe	our	patents	and/or	
that	 our	 patents	 are	 invalid	 and/or	 unenforceable,	 and	 (iii)	 relating	 to	 the	 impact	 on	 them	 of	
litigation	 or	 arbitration	 in	 which	 we	 are	 involved.	 We	 can	 not	 be	 assured	 that	 all	 prospective	
licensees	will	be	persuaded	during	negotiations	to	enter	into	a	patent	license	agreement	with	us,	
either	at	all	or	on	terms	acceptable	to	us.

page 

defending and enforcing patent Rights

Major	 telecommunications	 equipment	 manufacturers	 have	 challenged,	 and	 we	 expect	 will	
continue	to	challenge	the	validity	of	our	patents.	In	some	instances,	certain	of	our	patent	claims	
have	been	declared	invalid	or	substantially	narrowed.	We	cannot	assure	that	the	validity	of	our	
patents	will	be	maintained	or	that	any	of	the	key	patents	will	be	determined	to	be	applicable	to	
any	 2G	 or	 3G	 product.	 Any	 significant	 adverse	 finding	 as	 to	 the	 validity	 or	 scope	 of	 our	 key	
patents	 could	 result	 in	 the	 loss	 of	 patent	 licensing	 revenue	 from	 existing	 licensees	 and	 could	
substantially	impair	our	ability	to	secure	new	patent	licensing	arrangements.

In	 addition,	 the	 cost	 of	 defending	 our	 intellectual	 property	 has	 been	 and	 may	 continue	 to	 be	
significant.	 Litigation	 may	 be	 required	 to	 enforce	 our	 intellectual	 property	 rights,	 protect	 our	
trade	 secrets,	 enforce	 confidentiality	 agreements,	 or	 determine	 the	 validity	 and	 scope	 of	
proprietary	 rights	 of	 others.	 In	 addition,	 third	 parties	 could	 commence	 litigation	 against	 us	
seeking	to	invalidate	our	patents	and/or	have	determined	that	our	patents	are	unenforceable.	As	
a	 result	 of	 any	 such	 litigation,	 we	 could	 lose	 our	 proprietary	 rights	 and/or	 incur	 substantial	
unexpected	operating	costs.	Any	action	we	take	to	protect	our	intellectual	property	rights	could	
be	 costly	 and	 could	 require	 significant	 amounts	 of	 time	 by	 key	 members	 of	 executive	
management	and	other	personnel	that,	in	turn,	could	negatively	affect	our	results	of	operations.	
Moreover,	third	parties	could	circumvent	our	patents	not	considered	essential	to	the	Standards	
through	design	changes.	Any	of	these	events	could	adversely	affect	our	prospects	for	realizing	
future	revenue.

Our Future Financial Condition and Operating Results Could Fluctuate Significantly

Our	financial	condition	and	operating	results	have	fluctuated	significantly	in	the	past	and	might	
fluctuate	 significantly	 in	 the	 future.	 Many	 of	 the	 factors	 causing	 such	 quarterly	 and/or	 annual	
fluctuations	 are	 not	 within	 our	 control.	 Our	 financial	 condition	 and	 operating	 results	 could	
continue	to	fluctuate	because	(i)	our	licensing	revenues	are	currently	dependent	on	sales	by	our	
licensees	which	are	outside	of	our	control	and	which	could	be	negatively	impacted	by	a	variety	
of	factors	including	global	economic	conditions,	buying	patterns	of	end	users,	competition	for	
our	licensees’	products,	and	any	decline	in	the	sale	prices	our	licensees	receive	for	their	covered	
products;	 (ii)	 the	 strength	 of	 our	 patent	 portfolio	 could	 be	 weakened	 through	 patents	 being	
declared	 invalid,	 our	 claims	 being	 narrowed,	 changes	 to	 the	 Standards	 and	 patent	 laws	 and	
regulations,	and	adverse	court	or	arbitration	decisions;	(iii)	it	is	difficult	to	predict	the	timing	and	
amount	of	licensing	revenue	associated	with	past	infringement	and	new	licenses,	and	the	timing,	
nature	or	amount	of	revenues	associated	with	strategic	partnerships;	(iv)	we	may	not	be	able	to	
enter	into	additional	or	expanded	strategic	partnerships	or	license	agreements,	either	at	all	or	on	
acceptable	terms;	and	(v)	our	markets	are	subject	to	increased	competition	from	other	products	
and	technologies.	In	addition,	our	operating	results	also	could	be	affected	by	(i)	general	economic	
and	other	conditions	that	cause	a	downturn	in	the	market	for	the	customers	of	our	products	or	
technologies;	 and	 (ii)	 increased	 expenses	 which	 could	 result	 from	 factors	 such	 as	 increased	
litigation	 and	 arbitration	 costs,	 actions	 designed	 to	 keep	 pace	 with	 technology	 and	 product	
market	targets,	and	strategic	investments.	Further,	due	to	the	fact	that	our	expenses	are	relatively	
fixed,	variations	in	revenue	from	a	small	number	of	customers	could	cause	our	operating	results	
to	vary	from	quarter	to	quarter.	The	foregoing	factors	are	difficult	to	forecast	and	could	adversely	
affect	both	our	quarterly	and	annual	operating	results	and	financial	condition.

Additionally,	over	time,	our	2G	licensing	revenue	is	expected	to	be	impacted	negatively	by	the	
decline	 of	 the	 2G	 market	 coupled	 with	 the	 expiration	 of	 certain	 ongoing	 royalty	 and	 other	
payment	 obligations	 and	 revenue	 recognition,	 which	 began	 in	 2006.	 For	 example,	 the	
amortization	of	$53	million	of	royalty	payments	associated	with	our	2G	patent	license	agreement	

page 

with	NEC	was	completed	in	February	2006.	In	addition,	Ericsson’s	obligation	to	pay	license	fees	
under	 its	 2G/2.5G	 patent	 license	 agreements	 ended	 after	 its	 final	 2006	 installment	 was	 paid	 in	
February	2007.

Further,	through	December	31,	2006,	we	recognized	as	revenue	all	of	the	$18.0	million	relating	to	
our	deliverables	and	maintenance	obligations	under	the	Mobile	User	Objective	System	(MUOS)	
program	for	the	U.S.	military	under	our	amended	agreement	with	General	Dynamics.	In	2006,	we	
recognized	$1.8	million	of	revenue	related	to	this	agreement.

Our	 revenue	 and	 cash	 flow	 also	 could	 be	 affected	 by:	 (i)	 the	 unwillingness	 of	 any	 licensee	
to	 satisfy	 all	 of	 their	 royalty	 obligations	 on	 the	 terms	 we	 expect	 or	 a	 decline	 in	 the	
financial	 condition	 of	 any	 licensee;	 and	 (ii)	 the	 failure	 of	 2G/2.5G	 and	 3G	 sales	 to	 meet	 market	
forecasts	 due	 to	 global	 economic	 conditions,	 political	 instability,	 competitive	 technologies,	
or	otherwise.

Our Revenues Are Derived Primarily from a Small Number of Patent Licensees

Over	the	past	several	years,	a	majority	of	our	royalty	revenues	have	been	generated	by	a	small	
number	 of	 licensees.	 For	 example,	 we	 recognized	 $253	 million	 of	 revenue	 in	 2006	 associated	
with	 the	 resolution	 of	 certain	 disputes	 with	 Nokia.	 This	 was	 53%	 of	 our	 total	 revenue	 and	 the	
largest	 portion	 of	 our	 2006	 non-recurring	 patent	 license	 revenue	 of	 $267.4	 million.	 Revenues	
from	 patent	 license	 agreements	 with	 NEC	 and	 Sharp	 accounted	 for	 approximately	 36%	 of	 our	
recurring	revenue	in	2006	and	52%	of	our	total	revenues	in	2005.	In	the	event	NEC	or	Sharp	fail	to	
meet	their	payment	and/or	reporting	obligations	under	their	respective	license	agreements	(with	
the	 exception	 of	 the	 NEC	 2G	 Agreement	 for	 which	 all	 currently	 anticipated	 cash	 has	 been	
received),	our	future	revenue	and	cash	flow	could	be	materially	adversely	impacted.	In	addition,	
in	 first	 quarter	 2007,	 NEC	 gave	 notice	 of	 its	 intent	 to	 enforce	 the	 MFL	 provision	 under	 its	
narrowband	CDMA	and	3G	patent	license	agreement	with	ITC.	The	outcome	of	discussions	with	
NEC	over	the	impact	of	their	intent	to	enforce	this	MFL	provision	could	result	in	a	delay	in	our	
receipt	 of	 or	 inability	 to	 collect	 royalties	 from	 NEC,	 commencement	 of	 dispute	 resolution	
proceedings,	 a	 decrease	 in	 royalties	 payable	 by	 NEC,	 or	 a	 combination	 of	 these	 events.	
Additionally,	 many	 of	 our	 licensees	 (accounting	 for	 approximately	 56%	 of	 our	 2006	 recurring	
revenues)	 are	 based	 in	 Japan,	 and	 our	 future	 level	 of	 revenue	 and/or	 cash	 flow	 from	 these	
companies	 could	 be	 affected	 by	 general	 economic	 conditions	 in	 Japan	 and	 each	 company’s	
respective	 success	 in	 selling	 covered	 products	 in	 markets	 both	 inside	 and	 outside	 of	 Japan.	
Further,	our	revenues	from	our	patent	license	agreement	with	LG	accounted	for	approximately	
26%	 of	 our	 recurring	 revenues	 in	 2006.	 Such	 revenues	 continue	 only	 through	 the	 term	 of	 that	
agreement	 which	 expires	 in	 2010,	 at	 which	 time	 most	 of	 the	 products	 licensed	 thereunder	
become	unlicensed.	If	we	are	unable	to	extend	the	term	of	this	agreement	or	enter	into	a	new	
agreement	with	LG,	our	future	revenue	and	cash	flow	could	be	materially	adversely	impacted.

Royalty Rates Could Decrease

A	number	of	companies	have	made	claims	as	to	the	essential	nature	of	their	patents	with	respect	
to	products	for	the	3G	market.	Additionally,	certain	licensees	and	others	in	the	wireless	industry,	
individually	 and	 collectively,	 are	 demanding	 that	 royalty	 rates	 for	 3G	 patents	 be	 lower	 than	
historic	 royalty	 rates,	 and	 in	 some	 cases,	 that	 the	 aggregate	 royalty	 rates	 for	 3G	 products	 be	
capped.	For	example,	certain	members	of	the	European	Telecommunications	Standards	Institute	
(ETSI)	have	previously	sought	to	require	all	members	that	hold	essential	patents	to	agree	upon	a	
predetermined	cumulative	cap	for	royalties	on	the	cost	of	all	components	of	the	next	version	of	
the	3GPP-based	radio	standard	commonly	referred	to	as	“Long-Term	Evolution”	or	“LTE.”	Certain	
other	members	of	ETSI	have	sought	to	require,	for	licensing	purposes,	consideration	of	maximum	
aggregate	 royalties	 in	 determining	 what	 constitutes	 a	 “fair	 and	 reasonable”	 royalty	 payment.	
Both	 the	 increasing	 number	 of	 patent	 holders	 of	 3G	 and	 future	 technology	 and	 the	 efforts	 by	

page 

certain	industry	members	and	groups	to	reduce	and/or	place	caps	on	royalty	rates	could	result	in	
a	decrease	in	the	royalty	rates	we	receive	for	use	of	our	patented	inventions,	thereby	decreasing	
future	anticipated	revenue	and	cash	flow.

Changes to Our Current Calculation of Tax Liabilities

The	 calculation	 of	 tax	 liabilities	 involves	 significant	 judgment	 in	 estimating	 the	 impact	 of	
uncertainties	in	the	application	of	complex	tax	laws.	We	are	subject	to	compliance	reviews	by	the	
Internal	Revenue	Service	(“IRS”)	and	other	taxing	jurisdictions	on	various	tax	matters,	including	
challenges	to	various	positions	we	assert	in	our	filings.	Certain	tax	contingencies	are	recognized	
when	they	are	determined	to	be	both	probable	and	reasonably	estimable.	Although	we	believe	
we	 have	 adequately	 accrued	 for	 tax	 contingencies	 that	 have	 met	 both	 criteria,	 we	 may	 be	
required	to	pay	taxes	in	excess	of	the	amounts	we	have	accrued.	As	of	December	31,	2006	and	
2005,	 there	 are	 certain	 tax	 contingencies	 that	 either	 are	 not	 considered	 probable	 or	 are	 not	
reasonably	estimable	by	us	at	this	time.	In	the	event	that	the	IRS	or	another	taxing	jurisdiction	
levies	 an	 assessment	 in	 the	 future,	 it	 is	 possible	 the	 assessment	 could	 have	 a	 material	 adverse	
effect	on	our	consolidated	financial	condition	or	results	of	operations.

The Impact of Potential Domestic Patent Reform Legislation, USPTO Reforms,  
Imposed International Patent Rules and Third Party Legal Proceedings  
May Impact Our Patent Prosecution and Licensing Strategies

Changes	to	domestic	patent	laws	and	regulations	may	occur	in	the	future.	Specifically,	the	USPTO	
has	proposed	modifications	to	the	current	U.S.	patent	rules	such	that	it	could	change,	in	addition	
to	other	topics,	the	patent	application	continuation	practice,	which	may	impact	patent	costs	and	
the	potential	scope	of	future	patent	coverage.	The	U.S.	Congress	is	also	reviewing	select	patent	
laws	which	may	require	us	to	re-evaluate	and	modify	our	patent	prosecution	and	patent	licensing	
strategies	in	the	future.	Additionally,	recent	U.S.	Supreme	Court	and	other	court	rulings,	which	
might	 be	 applied	 in	 the	 future	 by	 courts	 to	 our	 licensing	 business	 or	 raised	 in	 the	 future	 by	
existing	 or	 future	 patent	 licensees,	 could	 make	 it	 more	 difficult	 to	 obtain	 injunctive	 relief	 to	
protect	 our	 patent	 rights	 and	 could	 assist	 patent	 licensees	 in	 challenging	 patents	 they	 have	
already	 agreed	 to	 license.	 Changes	 to	 foreign	 patent	 practice	 have	 also	 been	 imposed	 by	 the	
European	Patent	Office	which	may	limit	our	ability	to	file	divisional	applications.	In	addition,	the	
potential	effect	of	rulings	in	legal	proceedings	between	third	parties	may	impact	our	licensing	
program.	 We	 continue	 to	 monitor	 and	 evaluate	 our	 prosecution	 and	 licensing	 strategies	 with	
regard	to	these	proposals	and	changes.

Due to the Nature of Our Business, We Could Be Involved  
in a Number of Litigation and Arbitration Matters

While	 some	 companies	 seek	 licenses	 before	 they	 commence	 manufacturing	 and/or	 selling	
devices	that	use	our	patented	inventions,	most	do	not.	Consequently,	we	approach	companies	
and	seek	to	establish	license	agreements	for	using	our	inventions.	We	expend	significant	effort	
identifying	potential	users	of	our	inventions	and	negotiating	license	agreements	with	companies	
that	may	be	reluctant	to	take	licenses.	However,	if	we	believe	that	a	third	party	is	required	to	take	
a	license	to	our	patents	in	order	to	manufacture,	sell,	or	use	products,	we	might	commence	legal	
action	 against	 the	 third	 party	 if	 they	 refuse	 to	 enter	 into	 a	 license	 agreement.	 As	 a	 result	 of	
enforcing	our	IPR,	we	could	be	subject	to	significant	legal	fees	and	costs,	including	the	costs	and	
fees	 of	 opposing	 counsel	 in	 certain	 jurisdictions	 if	 we	 are	 unsuccessful.	 In	 2006,	 we	 spent	 over	
$21	million	on	patent	arbitration	and	litigation	fees	and	related	costs.	In	addition,	litigation	and	
arbitration	proceedings	require	significant	key	employee	involvement	for	significant	periods	of	
time	which	could	distract	such	employees	from	other	business	activities.

page 

Our Technologies May Not Be Adopted By the Market or Widely Deployed

We	invest	significant	engineering	resources	in	the	development	of	advanced	wireless	technology	
and	 related	 products.	 These	 investments	 may	 not	 be	 recoverable	 or	 not	 result	 in	 meaningful	
revenue	 if	 products	 based	 on	 the	 technologies	 in	 which	 we	 invest	 are	 not	 widely	 deployed.	
Competing	 digital	 wireless	 technologies	 could	 reduce	 the	 opportunities	 for	 deployment	 of	
technologies	 we	 develop.	 If	 the	 technologies	 in	 which	 we	 invest	 are	 not	 adopted	 in	 the	
mainstream	markets	or	in	time	periods	we	expect,	or	we	are	unable	to	secure	partner	support	for	
our	 technologies,	 our	 business,	 financial	 condition	 and	 operating	 results	 could	 be	 adversely	
affected.	For	example,	our	ability	to	capitalize	on	our	investments	in	WCDMA	solutions	depends	
upon	 market	 interest	 in	 such	 technologies.	 There	 are	 emerging	 wireless	 technologies,	 such	 as	
WiMAX,	that	may	compete	with	WCDMA.	If	deployments	of	such	other	competing	technologies	
obtained	significant	market	share,	the	market	size	for	WCDMA	products	could	be	reduced.	All	of	
these	competing	technologies	also	could	impair	multi-vendor	and	operator	support	for	WCDMA,	
key	 factors	 in	 defining	 opportunities	 in	 the	 wireless	 market.	 Similarly,	 changes	 or	 delays	 in	 the	
implementation	of	new	wireless	Standards	could	limit	our	opportunities	in	the	wireless	market.

Our Industry Is Subject to Rapid Technological Change,  
Uncertainty, and Shifting Market Opportunities

Our	 market	 success	 depends,	 in	 part,	 on	 our	 ability	 to	 keep	 pace	 with	 changes	 in	 industry	
Standards,	technological	developments,	and	varying	customer	requirements.	Changes	in	industry	
Standards	and	needs	could	adversely	affect	the	development	of,	and	demand	for,	our	technology,	
rendering	our	products	and	technology	currently	under	development	obsolete	and	unmarketable.	
If	 we	 fail	 to	 anticipate	 or	 respond	 adequately	 to	 such	 changes,	 we	 could	 miss	 a	 critical	
market	opportunity,	reducing	or	eliminating	our	ability	to	capitalize	on	our	technology,	products	
or	both.

The Markets for Our Technologies and Our Products  
May Fail to Materialize in the Manner We Expect

We	are	positioning	our	current	development	projects	for	the	evolving	advanced	digital	wireless	
markets.	 Certain	 of	 these	 markets,	 in	 particular	 the	 3G	 market,	 may	 continue	 to	 develop	 at	 a	
slower	rate	or	pace	than	we	expect	and	may	be	of	a	smaller	size	than	we	expect.	Additionally,	the	
development	projects	that	target	only	the	emerging	3G	market	do	not	have	direct	bearing	on	
the	 2.5G	 or	 any	 other	 market	 which	 has	 developed	 or	 might	 develop	 after	 the	 2G	 market,	 but	
prior	to	the	development	of	the	3G	market.	For	example,	the	potential	exists	for	a	reduction	in	
the	 size	 of	 the	 3G	 market	 due	 to	 the	 success	 of	 current	 or	 future	 2.5G	 solutions	 and	 WLAN.	 In	
addition,	there	could	be	fewer	applications	for	our	technology	and	products	than	we	expect.	The	
development	of	the	3G	and	other	advanced	wireless	markets	also	could	be	impacted	by	general	
economic	conditions,	customer	buying	patterns,	timeliness	of	equipment	development,	pricing	
of	 3G	 infrastructure	 and	 mobile	 devices,	 rate	 of	 growth	 in	 telecommunications	 services	 that	
would	be	delivered	on	3G	devices,	and	the	availability	of	capital	for,	and	the	high	cost	of,	radio	
frequency	licenses	and	infrastructure	improvements.	Failure	of	the	markets	for	our	technologies	
and/or	 our	 products	 to	 materialize	 to	 the	 extent	 or	 at	 the	 rate	 we	 expect	 could	 reduce	 our	
opportunities	 for	 sales	 and	 licensing	 and	 could	 materially	 adversely	 affect	 our	 longer-term	
business,	financial	condition	and	operating	results.

Our Technology and Product Development Activities May Experience Delays

We	 may	 experience	 technical,	 financial,	 resource	 or	 other	 difficulties	 or	 delays	 related	 to	 the	
further	development	of	our	technologies	and	products.	Delays	may	have	adverse	financial	effects	
and	 may	 allow	 competitors	 with	 comparable	 technology	 and/or	 product	 offerings	 to	 gain	 a	
commercial	 advantage	 over	 us.	 There	 can	 be	 no	 assurance	 that	 we	 will	 continue	 to	 have	
adequate	staffing	or	that	our	development	efforts	will	ultimately	be	successful.	Further,	if	such	

page 

development	efforts	are	not	successful	or	delays	are	serious,	strategic	relationships	could	suffer	
and	strategic	partners	could	be	hampered	in	their	marketing	efforts	of	products	containing	our	
technologies.	As	a	result	we	could	experience	reduced	revenues	or	we	could	miss	critical	market	
opportunities.	Moreover,	our	technologies	have	not	been	fully	tested	in	commercial	use,	and	it	is	
possible	that	they	may	not	perform	as	expected.	In	such	cases,	our	business,	financial	condition	
and	operating	results	could	be	adversely	affected	and	our	ability	to	secure	new	customers	and	
other	business	opportunities	could	be	diminished.

We Face Substantial Competition from Companies with Greater Resources

Competition	in	the	wireless	telecommunications	industry	is	intense.	 We	face	competition	from	
companies	 developing	 other	 and	 similar	 technologies	 including	 existing	 companies	 with	
in-house	development	teams	and	new	competitors	to	the	market	(See	“Our Technologies May Not 
Be Adopted By the Market or Widely Deployed.”)	Many	current	and	potential	competitors	may	have	
advantages	over	us,	including:	(a)	existing	royalty-free	cross-licenses	to	competing	and	emerging	
technologies;	 (b)	 longer	 operating	 histories	 and	 presence	 in	 key	 markets;	 (c)	 greater	 name	
recognition;	 (d)	 access	 to	 larger	 customer	 bases;	 and	 (e)	 greater	 financial,	 sales	 and	 marketing,	
manufacturing,	 distribution	 channels,	 technical	 and	 other	 resources.	 In	 particular,	 our	 more	
limited	resources	and	capabilities	may	adversely	impact	our	competitive	position	if	the	market	
were	to	move	towards	the	provision	of	an	existing	complete	technology	platform	solution	which	
larger	equipment	manufacturers	have	the	ability	to	provide.

We Rely on Relationships with Third Parties to Develop and Deploy Products

The	successful	execution	of	our	strategic	plan	is	partially	dependent	on	the	establishment	and	
success	of	relationships	with	equipment	producers	and	other	industry	participants.	With	respect	
to	 FDD	 products	 for	 example,	 our	 plan	 contemplates	 that	 these	 third	 parties	 will	 permit	 us	 to	
have	access	to	product	capability,	markets,	and	additional	libraries	of	technology.	We	currently	
have	one	semiconductor	partner,	Infineon,	in	our	FDD	technology	development	effort.	Delays	or	
failure	to	enter	into	additional	partnering	relationships	to	facilitate	other	technology	development	
efforts	 could	 impair	 our	 ability	 to	 introduce	 into	 the	 market,	 portions	 of	 our	 technology	 and	
resulting	products,	or	cause	us	to	miss	critical	market	windows.

We Face Claims by Third Parties That We Infringe Their Intellectual Property

A	 number	 of	 third	 parties	 publicly	 have	 claimed	 that	 they	 own	 patents	 essential	 to	 various	
wireless	Standards.	Certain	of	our	products	are	designed	to	comply	with	such	Standards.	If	any	of	
our	products	are	found	to	infringe	the	intellectual	property	rights	of	a	third	party,	we	could	be	
required	to	redesign	such	products,	take	a	license	from	such	third	party,	and/or	pay	damages	to	
the	 third	 party.	 If	 we	 are	 not	 able	 to	 negotiate	 a	 license	 and/or	 if	 we	 cannot	 economically	
redesign	such	products,	we	could	be	prohibited	from	marketing	such	products.	In	such	case,	our	
prospects	for	realizing	future	revenue	could	be	adversely	affected.	If	we	are	required	to	obtain	
licenses	and/or	pay	royalties	to	one	or	more	patent	holders,	this	could	have	an	adverse	effect	on	
the	 commercial	 implementation	 of	 our	 wireless	 products.	 In	 addition,	 the	 associated	 costs	 to	
defend	 such	 claims	 could	 be	 significant	 and	 could	 divert	 the	 attention	 of	 key	 executive	
management	and	other	personnel.

Our License Agreements Contain Provisions That Could Impair  
Our Ability to Realize Licensing Revenues

Certain	 of	 our	 licenses	 contain	 provisions	 that	 could	 cause	 the	 licensee’s	 obligation	 to	 pay	
royalties	to	be	reduced	or	suspended	for	an	indefinite	period,	with	or	without	the	accrual	of	the	
royalty	obligation.	For	example,	some	of	the	existing	license	agreements	may	be	renegotiated	or	
restructured	 based	 on	 MFL	 or	 other	 provisions	 contained	 in	 the	 applicable	 license	 agreement.	
The	assertion	or	validity	of	such	provisions	under	the	existing	agreements	could	affect	our	cash	

page 

flow	 and/or	 the	 timing	 and	 amount	 of	 future	 recurring	 licensing	 revenue.	 We	 are	 currently	
engaged	in	two	legal	proceedings	involving	the	applicability	and	application	of	Samsung’s	MFL	
provision	in	the	Samsung	Agreement	(See	“Item 3—Legal Proceedings, Samsung.”)	Also,	in	the	first	
quarter	2007,	NEC	gave	notice	of	its	intent	to	enforce	the	MFL	provision	under	its	narrowband	
CDMA	and	3G	patent	license	agreement	with	ITC.	The	outcome	of	discussions	with	NEC	over	the	
impact	 of	 their	 intent	 to	 enforce	 this	 MFL	 provision	 could	 result	 in	 a	 delay	 in	 our	 receipt	 of	 or	
inability	 to	 collect	 royalties	 from	 NEC,	 commencement	 of	 dispute	 resolution	 proceedings,	 a	
decrease	in	royalties	payable	by	NEC,	or	a	combination	of	these	events.

We Face Risks from Doing Business in Global Markets

A	significant	portion	of	our	business	opportunities	exists	in	a	number	of	international	markets.	
Accordingly,	 we	 could	 be	 subject	 to	 the	 effects	 of	 a	 variety	 of	 uncontrollable	 and	 changing	
factors,	 including:	 difficulty	 in	 protecting	 our	 intellectual	 property	 in	 foreign	 jurisdictions;	
enforcing	 contractual	 commitments	 in	 foreign	 jurisdictions	 or	 against	 foreign	 corporations;	
government	regulations,	tariffs	and	other	applicable	trade	barriers;	currency	control	regulations;	
political	 instability;	 natural	 disasters;	 acts	 of	 terrorism	 and	 war;	 potentially	 adverse	 tax	
consequences;	and	general	delays	in	remittance	of	and	difficulties	collecting	non-U.S.	payments.	
In	addition,	we	also	are	subject	to	risks	specific	to	the	individual	countries	in	which	our	customers,	
our	licensees	and	we	do	business.

Consolidations in the Wireless Communications Industry  
Could Adversely Affect Our Business

The	 wireless	 communications	 industry	 has	 experienced	 consolidation	 of	 participants	
and	 this	 trend	 may	 continue.	 Any	 concentration	 within	 the	 wireless	 industry	 might	
reduce	 the	 number	 of	 licensing	 opportunities	 and,	 in	 some	 instances,	 result	 in	 the	 loss	 or	
elimination	of	existing	royalty	obligations.	Further,	if	wireless	carriers	consolidate	with	companies	
that	utilize	technologies	competitive	with	our	technologies,	we	could	lose	market	opportunities.

We Depend on Key Senior Management, Engineering and Licensing Resources

Competition	 exists	 for	 qualified	 individuals	 with	 expertise	 in	 licensing	 and	 with	 significant	
engineering	 experience	 in	 emerging	 technologies	 such	 as	 WCDMA.	 Our	 ability	 to	 attract	 and	
retain	 qualified	 personnel	 could	 be	 affected	 by	 any	 adverse	 decisions	 in	 any	 litigation	 or	
arbitration	 and	 by	 our	 ability	 to	 offer	 competitive	 cash	 and	 equity	 compensation	 and	 work	
environment	 conditions.	 The	 failure	 to	 attract	 and	 retain	 such	 persons	 with	 relevant	 and	
appropriate	experience	could	interfere	with	our	ability	to	enter	into	new	license	agreements	and	
undertake	additional	technology	and	product	development	efforts,	as	well	as	our	ability	to	meet	
our	strategic	objectives.

Market Projections and Data Are Forward-Looking in Nature

Our	 strategy	 is	 based	 on	 our	 own	 projections	 and	 on	 analyst,	 industry	 observer	 and	 expert	
projections,	 which	 are	 forward-looking	 in	 nature	 and	 are	 inherently	 subject	 to	 risks	 and	
uncertainties.	The	validity	of	their	and	our	assumptions,	the	timing	and	scope	of	the	3G	market,	
economic	conditions,	customer	buying	patterns,	timeliness	of	equipment	development,	pricing	
of	3G	products,	growth	in	wireless	telecommunications	services	that	would	be	delivered	on	3G	
devices,	and	availability	of	capital	for	infrastructure	improvements	could	affect	these	predictions.	
The	 inaccuracy	 of	 any	 of	 these	 projections	 could	 adversely	 affect	 our	 operating	 results	 and	
financial	condition.	In	addition,	market	data	upon	which	we	rely	is	based	on	third	party	reports	
which	may	be	inaccurate.

page 

Unauthorized Use or Disclosure of Our Confidential Information  
Could Adversely Affect Our Business

We	 enter	 into	 contractual	 relationships	 governing	 the	 protection	 of	 our	 confidential	 and	
proprietary	information	with	our	employees,	consultants,	and	prospective	and	existing	customers	
and	strategic	partners.	If	we	are	unable	to	timely	detect	the	unauthorized	use	or	disclosure	of	our	
proprietary	or	other	confidential	information	or	we	are	unable	to	enforce	our	rights	under	such	
agreements,	the	misappropriation	of	such	information	could	harm	our	business.

If Wireless Handsets Are Perceived to Pose Health and Safety Risks,  
Demand for Products of Our Licensees and Customers Could Decrease

Media	reports	and	certain	studies	have	suggested	that	radio	frequency	emissions	from	wireless	
handsets	may	be	linked	to	health	concerns,	such	as	brain	tumors,	other	malignancies	and	genetic	
damage	 to	 blood,	 and	 may	 interfere	 with	 electronic	 medical	 devices,	 such	 as	 pacemakers,	
telemetry	and	delicate	medical	equipment.	If	concerns	over	radio	frequency	emissions	grow,	this	
could	 discourage	 the	 use	 of	 wireless	 handsets	 and	 could	 cause	 a	 decrease	 in	 demand	 for	 the	
products	of	our	licensees	and	customers.	In	addition,	concerns	over	safety	risks	posed	by	the	use	
of	wireless	handsets	while	driving	and	the	effect	of	any	resulting	legislation	could	reduce	demand	
for	the	products	of	our	licensees	and	customers.

ITeM	 1B.	 UNReSOLveD	 ST aFF	 COMM eNTS

None.

ITeM	 2.	 PROPeRTIeS

We	 own	 one	 facility,	 subject	 to	 a	 mortgage,	 of	 approximately	 52,000	 square	 feet,	 in	 King	 of	
Prussia,	Pennsylvania.	We	are	also	a	party	to	a	lease,	extended	during	2006	to	expire	in	November	
2012,	for	approximately	56,125	square	feet	of	space	in	Melville,	New	York.	In	addition,	we	are	a	
party	to	a	lease,	expanded	during	2006	from	approximately	11,918	square	feet	to	20,312	square	
feet	 of	 space,	 in	 Montreal,	 Canada,	 and	 expiring	 June	 2011.	 These	 facilities	 are	 the	 principal	
locations	 for	 our	 technology	 development	 activities.	 We	 were	 a	 party	 to	 a	 lease	 which	 was	 to	
expire	 in	 July	 2006	 for	 approximately	 20,660	 square	 feet	 of	 space	 in	 Melbourne,	 Florida.	 In	
January	 2006,	 we	 entered	 into	 a	 Lease	 Termination	 Agreement	 terminating	 the	 Melbourne,	
Florida	lease	in	February	2006	and	releasing	us	from	any	further	obligations	thereunder.

ITeM	 3.	 LegaL	 PROCeeDI NgS

nokia
Nokia Delaware Proceeding

In	 January	 2005,	 Nokia	 and	 Nokia,	 Inc.	 filed	 a	 complaint	 in	 the	 United	 States	 District	 Court	
for	the	District	of	Delaware	against	IDCC	and	ITC	for	declaratory	judgments	of	patent	invalidity	
and	 non-infringement	 of	 certain	 claims	 of	 certain	 patents,	 and	 violations	 of	 the	 Lanham	 Act	
(Nokia	Delaware	Proceeding).	In	December	2005,	as	a	result	of	our	motion	to	dismiss	all	of	Nokia’s	
claims,	the	Delaware	District	Court	dismissed	all	of	Nokia’s	patent	invalidity	and	non-infringement	
declaratory	 judgment	 claims	 due	 to	 lack	 of	 jurisdiction.	 The	 Delaware	 District	 Court	 did	 not	
dismiss	 Nokia’s	 claims	 relating	 to	 violations	 of	 the	 Lanham	 Act.	 Under	 the	 Lanham	 Act	 claim,	
Nokia	 alleges	 that	 we	 have	 used	 false	 or	 misleading	 descriptions	 or	 representations	 regarding	
our	patents’	scope,	validity,	and	applicability	to	products	built	to	comply	with	3G	wireless	phone	
Standards,	and	that	such	statements	have	caused	Nokia	harm.

page 

In	late	2006,	we	sought	to	file	a	motion	for	summary	judgment	as	to	Nokia’s	then-current	Lanham	
Act	claims.	If	such	a	motion	is	filed	and	granted	in	our	favor	in	its	entirety,	the	court	would	enter	
judgment	in	our	favor	as	to	Nokia’s	Lanham	Act	claims,	including	its	amended	Lanham	Act	claims	
as	noted	below.	The	court	has	not	yet	ruled	on	whether	we	will	be	allowed	to	file	the	motion	for	
summary	judgment.	A	hearing	is	not	currently	scheduled	for	this	motion.

In	first	quarter	2007,	we	filed	a	motion	for	leave	to	amend	our	Answer	and	to	assert	claims	for	
affirmative	 relief	 based	 on	 Nokia’s	 licensing	 activities	 as	 well	 as	 Nokia’s	 false	 or	 misleading	
descriptions	 or	 representations	 regarding	 Nokia’s	 3G	 patents	 and	 Nokia’s	 undisclosed	 funding	
and	direction	of	an	allegedly	independent	study	of	the	essentiality	of	3G	patents.	These	claims	for	
affirmative	relief	include	Lanham	Act	claims,	as	well	as	state	law	claims	for	common	law	unfair	
competition,	 intentional	 interference	 with	 prospective	 business	 relations,	 violation	 of	 the	
Delaware	 Deception	 Trade	 Practices	 Act,	 injurious	 falsehood,	 commercial	 disparagement,	
business	disparagement	and	unjust	enrichment.	A	hearing	on	our	motion	for	leave	to	amend	our	
Answer,	if	necessary,	is	scheduled	for	first	quarter	2007.

Also	in	first	quarter	2007,	the	court	granted	Nokia	leave	to	amend	its	Complaint	and	assert	new	
causes	of	action	based	on	Nokia’s	allegations	concerning	InterDigital	3G	patents	and	notifications	
to	ETSI.	Specifically,	Nokia	now	asserts	two	Lanham	Act	claims	based	on	this	alleged	conduct,	as	
well	 as	 state	 law	 claims	 for	 common	 law	 unfair	 competition,	 intentional	 interference	 with	
prospective	business	relations,	violation	of	the	Delaware	Deception	Trade	Practices	Act,	injurious	
falsehood,	commercial	disparagement,	business	disparagement	and	unjust	enrichment.	We	have	
filed	a	motion	to	dismiss	Nokia’s	amended	claims	as	well	as	our	Answer	to	those	amended	claims,	
together	with	the	counterclaims	described	above.	We	intend	vigorously	to	oppose	Nokia’s	claims	
and	pursue	our	claims	for	affirmative	relief.

samsung

In	2002,	during	an	arbitration	proceeding	(Samsung	1st	Arbitration),	Samsung	Electronics	Co.	Ltd.	
(Samsung)	 elected,	 under	 a	 most	 favored	 licensee	 (MFL)	 clause	 in	 its	 1996	 patent	 license	
agreement	 with	 ITC	 (Samsung	 Agreement),	 commencing	 January	 1,	 2002,	 to	 have	 Samsung’s	
royalty	 obligations	 for	 2G	 GSM/TDMA	 and	 2.5G	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 wireless	 communications	
products	be	determined	in	accordance	with	the	terms	of	the	Nokia	Agreement,	including	its	MFL	
provision,	commencing	January	1,	2002.	By	notice	in	March	2003,	ITC	notified	Samsung	that	such	
Samsung	obligations	had	been	defined	by	the	relevant	licensing	terms	of	the	Ericsson	Agreement	
(for	infrastructure	products)	and	the	Sony	Ericsson	Agreement	(for	terminal	unit	products)	as	a	
result	of	the	MFL	provision	in	the	Nokia	Agreement.

In	 November	 2003,	 Samsung	 filed	 a	 Request	 for	 Arbitration	 with	 the	 International	 Chamber	 of	
Commerce	(ICC)	against	IDCC	and	ITC	regarding	Samsung’s	royalty	payment	obligations	to	ITC	
for	 its	 worldwide	 sales	 of	 2G	 GSM/TDMA	 and	 2.5G	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 products	 (Samsung	 2nd	
Arbitration).	This	arbitration	proceeding	related	to	ITC’s	claim	that	the	Ericsson	Agreement	and	
the	 Sony	 Ericsson	 Agreement	 defined	 the	 financial	 terms	 under	 which	 Samsung	 is	 required	 to	
pay	 royalties	 on	 its	 worldwide	 sales	 of	 2G	 GSM/TDMA	 and	 2.5G	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 products	
commencing	 January	 1,	 2002	 through	 December	 31,	 2006.	 In	 the	 proceeding,	 we	 sought	 a	
declaration	 that	 the	 parties’	 rights	 and	 obligations	 are	 governed	 by	 the	 Samsung	 Agreement,	
and	 that,	 as	 a	 result	 of	 Samsung’s	 prior	 MFL	 election	 of	 the	 Nokia	 Agreement,	 the	 Nokia	
Agreement	dictated	Samsung’s	royalty	obligations	for	those	TDMA	products	licensed	under	the	
Samsung	 Agreement.	 Samsung	 sought	 a	 determination	 that	 it	 had	 succeeded	 to	 all	 of	 Nokia’s	
then-existing	rights	under	the	Nokia	Agreement,	including	the	license	to	sell	3G	and	other	CDMA	
products.	Samsung	also	sought	a	determination	that	its	royalty	obligations	were	not	defined	by	
the	Ericsson	Agreement	or	the	Sony	Ericsson	Agreement.	In	the	alternative,	Samsung	sought	a	
determination	 of	 the	 amount	 of	 the	 appropriate	 royalty	 to	 be	 paid,	 and	 argued	 that	 it	 owes	
substantially	less	than	the	amount	that	we	believe	is	owed.

page 

An	evidentiary	hearing	was	conducted	in	January	2005	by	an	arbitral	tribunal	(Samsung	Tribunal)	
operating	 under	 the	 auspices	 of	 the	 ICC.	 In	 August	 2006,	 the	 Samsung	 Tribunal	 rendered	 the	
Samsung	 Award	 in	 the	 Samsung	 2nd	 Arbitration.	 Among	 its	 determinations,	 the	 Samsung	
Tribunal	 awarded	 InterDigital	 approximately	 $134	 million	 in	 past	 royalties	 plus	 interest	 on	
Samsung’s	sales	of	single-mode	2G	GSM/TDMA	and	single-mode	2.5G	GSM/GPRS/EDGE	terminal	
units	 through	 2005.	 The	 Samsung	 Tribunal	 also	 established	 the	 royalty	 rates	 to	 be	 applied	
to	 Samsung’s	 sales	 of	 covered	 products	 in	 2006.	 Based	 on	 available	 market	 data,	
InterDigital	 estimates	 that	 Samsung’s	 royalty	 obligation	 for	 2006	 would	 be	 in	 the	 range	 of	
$35	million	to	$45	million.

The	 Samsung	 Award	 ordered	 Samsung	 to	 promptly	 pay	 amounts	 due,	 net	 of	 an	 approximate	
$6	million	prepayment	credit.	In	addition,	InterDigital	estimates	Samsung’s	interest	obligation	to	
be	in	the	range	of	$15	million	to	$17	million.	Samsung’s	royalty	obligations	under	the	Samsung	
Agreement	with	InterDigital	for	sales	of	single-mode	2G	GSM/TDMA	and	2.5G	GSM/GPRS/EDGE	
terminal	units	made	after	2006	could	be	fully	paid-up	after	Samsung	pays	royalties	for	sales	of	
covered	products	sold	through	2006	in	accordance	with	the	Samsung	Award.

Separate	from	the	royalty	issues	on	2G	and	2.5G	products,	the	Samsung	Tribunal	also	determined	
that	 Samsung	 has	 not	 obtained	 the	 broader	 CDMA	 and	 3G	 patent	 license	 rights	 in	 the	
Nokia	License	Agreement	with	InterDigital,	notwithstanding	Samsung’s	2002	MFL	election	of	the	
Nokia	Agreement.

In	September	2006,	InterDigital	filed	an	action	in	the	U.S.	District	Court	for	the	Southern	District	
of	New	York	seeking	judicial	confirmation	of	the	Samsung	Award.	Samsung	filed	an	opposition	to	
the	confirmation	action,	including	filing	a	cross-petition	to	vacate	or	modify	the	Samsung	Award	
and	to	stay	the	Samsung	Award.

In	 October	 2006,	 Samsung	 filed	 a	 request	 for	 a	 new	 ICC	 arbitration	 proceeding	 relating	 to	 the	
ongoing	patent	royalty	dispute	between	Samsung	and	InterDigital	(Samsung	3rd	Arbitration).	In	
the	 Samsung	 3rd	 Arbitration,	 Samsung	 seeks	 to	 have	 a	 new	 arbitration	 panel	 determine	 new	
royalty	 rates	 for	 Samsung’s	 2G/2.5G	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 product	 sales	 based	 on	 the	 April	 2006	
Nokia	Settlement,	which	implemented	the	June	2005	Nokia	Award.	Samsung	has	purported	to	
have	elected	the	Nokia	Settlement	under	the	MFL	clause	in	the	Samsung	Agreement.	Samsung	
contends	that	it	has	the	right	to	have	a	new	rate,	based	on	the	Nokia	Settlement,	applied	to	its	
sales	in	the	period	from	January	1,	2002	through	December	31,	2006	in	lieu	of	the	royalty	rates	
that	have	been	determined	by	the	Tribunal	in	the	Samsung	2nd	Arbitration	for	that	period.	In	the	
Samsung	 3rd	 Arbitration	 proceeding,	 we	 have	 denied	 that	 Samsung	 is	 entitled	 to	 receive	 any	
new	royalty	rate	adjustment	based	on	the	Nokia	Settlement.

federal

In	 October	 2003,	 Federal	 Insurance	 Company	 (Federal),	 the	 insurance	 carrier	 which	 provided	
partial	 reimbursement	 to	 the	 Company	 of	 certain	 legal	 fees	 and	 expenses	 for	 the	 now-settled	
litigation	involving	the	Company	and	Ericsson	Inc.,	delivered	to	us	a	demand	for	arbitration	under	
the	 Pennsylvania	 Uniform	 Arbitration	 Act.	 Federal	 claims,	 based	 on	 their	 determination	 of	
expected	 value	 to	 the	 Company	 resulting	 from	 our	 settlement	 involving	 Ericsson	 Inc.,	 that	 an	
insurance	reimbursement	agreement	(Agreement)	requires	us	to	reimburse	Federal	approximately	
$28.0	million	for	attorneys’	fees	and	expenses	it	claims	were	paid	by	it.	Additionally,	under	certain	
circumstances,	Federal	may	seek	to	recover	interest	on	its	claim.	In	November	2003,	the	Company	
filed	an	action	in	United	States	District	Court	for	the	Eastern	District	of	Pennsylvania	(the	Court)	
seeking	a	declaratory	judgment	that	the	reimbursement	agreement	is	void	and	unenforceable,	
seeking	 reimbursement	 of	 attorneys’	 fees	 and	 expenses	 which	 have	 not	 been	 reimbursed	 by	
Federal	 and	 which	 were	 paid	 directly	 by	 the	 Company	 in	 connection	 with	 the	 Ericsson	 Inc.	
litigation,	 and	 seeking	 damages	 for	 Federal’s	 bad	 faith	 and	 breach	 of	 its	 obligations	 under	 the	
insurance	policy.	In	the	alternative,	in	the	event	the	reimbursement	agreement	was	found	to	be	

page 0

valid	 and	 enforceable,	 the	 Company	 was	 seeking	 a	 declaratory	 judgment	 that	 Federal	 would	
have	been	entitled	to	reimbursement	based	only	on	certain	portions	of	amounts	received	by	the	
Company	from	Ericsson	Inc.	pursuant	to	the	settlement	of	the	litigation	involving	Ericsson	Inc.,	
Federal	requested	the	Court	dismiss	the	action	and/or	have	the	matter	referred	to	arbitration.

In	October	2005,	the	Court	filed	an	order	granting	in	part	and	denying	in	part	Federal’s	motion	to	
dismiss	 the	 Company’s	 complaint.	 As	 part	 of	 its	 decision,	 the	 Court	 determined	 that	 the	
Agreement	between	Federal	and	the	Company	(which	Agreement	served	as	a	basis	for	Federal’s	
demand	 to	 recover	 any	 legal	 fees	 and	 expenses)	 is	 enforceable,	 but	 did	 not	 address	 whether	
Federal	is	entitled	to	recover	any	legal	fees	and	expenses.	Also,	the	Court	reserved	to	a	later	time	
consideration	of	whether	any	arbitration	award	would	be	binding	on	the	parties.	An	arbitrator	
has	been	selected	and	an	arbitration	hearing	has	been	scheduled	for	late	first	quarter	2007.

Prior	 to	 Federal’s	 demand	 for	 arbitration,	 we	 had	 accrued	 a	 contingent	 liability	 of	 $3.4	 million	
related	to	the	Agreement.	We	continue	to	evaluate	this	contingent	liability	and	have	maintained	
this	accrual	at	December	31,	2006.	While	we	continue	to	contest	this	matter,	any	adverse	decision	
or	settlement	obligating	us	to	pay	amounts	materially	in	excess	of	the	accrued	contingent	liability	
could	have	a	material	negative	effect	on	our	consolidated	financial	position,	results	of	operations	
or	cash	flows.

Other

We	have	filed	patent	applications	in	the	United	States	and	in	numerous	foreign	countries.	In	the	
ordinary	 course	 of	 business,	 we	 currently	 are,	 and	 expect	 from	 time	 to	 time	 to	 be,	 subject	 to	
challenges	with	respect	to	the	validity	of	our	patents	and	with	respect	to	our	patent	applications.	
We	intend	to	continue	to	vigorously	defend	the	validity	of	our	patents	and	defend	against	any	
such	challenges.	However,	if	certain	key	patents	are	revoked	or	patent	applications	are	denied,	
our	patent	licensing	opportunities	could	be	materially	and	adversely	affected.

We	and	our	licensees,	in	the	normal	course	of	business,	have	disagreements	as	to	the	rights	and	
obligations	of	the	parties	under	the	applicable	patent	license	agreement.	For	example,	we	could	
have	a	disagreement	with	a	licensee	as	to	the	amount	of	reported	sales	of	covered	products	and	
royalties	owed.	Our	patent	license	agreements	typically	provide	for	arbitration	as	the	mechanism	
for	resolving	disputes.	Arbitration	proceedings	can	be	resolved	through	an	award	rendered	by	an	
arbitration	panel	or	through	private	settlement	between	the	parties.

Among	 the	 types	 of	 legal	 proceedings	 we	 encounter	 in	 the	 normal	 course	 of	 business,	 we	
continue	to	be	engaged	in	the	following	actions	with	Nokia:

In	July	2005,	Nokia	filed	a	claim	in	the	English	High	Court	of	Justice,	Chancery	Division,	Patents	
Court	against	ITC	seeking	a	Declaration	that	thirty-one	of	ITC’s	UMTS	European	Patents	registered	
in	the	UK	are	not	essential	IPR	for	the	3GPP	Standard.	Trial	in	this	action	is	scheduled	for	fourth	
quarter	 2007.	 In	 December	 2006,	 ITC	 filed	 a	 claim	 in	 the	 same	 court	 against	 Nokia	 seeking	 a	
Declaration	 that	 thirty-five	 of	 Nokia’s	 UMTS	 European/UK	 Patents	 registered	 in	 the	 UK	 are	 not	
essential	IPR	for	the	3GPP	Standard.	Nokia	has	issued	an	application	to	strike	out	(i.e.	dismiss),	or	
alternatively	to	stay,	this	action.	This	application	will	be	vigorously	opposed	by	ITC.

In	fourth	quarter	2006,	IDCC	and	ITC	initiated	an	arbitration	proceeding	with	the	ICC	to	prohibit	
Nokia’s	attempted	use	of	certain	confidential,	proprietary	materials	previously	provided	by	us	to	
Nokia	under	the	terms	of	the	Master	Agreement	entered	into	between	the	parties	in	1999	(Nokia	
Master	 Agreement).	 We	 believe	 that	 Nokia’s	 use	 of	 such	 materials	 is	 prohibited	 by	 the	 Nokia	
Master	Agreement.	Nokia	believes	that	it	is	permitted	to	use	such	materials	in	the	Nokia	Delaware	
proceeding	and	Nokia’s	UK	proceeding,	and	denies	that	we	are	entitled	to	the	requested	relief.	
No	schedule	has	yet	been	set	by	the	ICC	for	this	proceeding.

page 

In	 addition	 to	 disputes	 associated	 with	 enforcement	 and	 licensing	 activities	 regarding	 our	
intellectual	property,	including	the	litigation	and	other	proceedings	described	above,	we	are	a	
party	to	other	disputes	and	legal	actions	not	related	to	our	intellectual	property,	but	also	arising	
in	the	ordinary	course	of	our	business,	including	claims	by	us	for	insurance	coverage	involving	
the	 Nokia	 Delaware	 Proceeding.	 Based	 upon	 information	 presently	 available	 to	 us,	 we	 believe	
that	 the	 ultimate	 outcome	 of	 these	 other	 disputes	 and	 legal	 actions	 will	 not	 have	 a	 material	
adverse	affect	on	us.

ITeM	 4.	 SUBMISSION 	 OF	 MaTTeRS	 TO	 a	 v OTe	 OF	 Se CURITY	 HOLDeRS

During	the	fourth	quarter	of	fiscal	year	ended	December	31,	2006,	no	matters	were	submitted	to	
a	vote	of	our	security	holders.

PaRT II

ITeM	 5.	 MaR KeT	 FOR	 COMPaNY’S	 COMM ON	 e QUI TY, 	 ReLaTeD	 STOCKHOLD eR	 MaTTeRS	 	
aND	 I S SU eR	 PURCHaSeS	 OF	 e QUI TY 	 SeCURITI eS

The	following	table	sets	forth	the	range	of	the	high	and	low	sales	prices	of	our	common	stock	for	
the	years	2006	and	2005,	as	reported	by	The	NASDAQ	Stock	Market	LLC.

2006

First	Quarter	

Second	Quarter	

Third	Quarter	

Fourth	Quarter	

2005

First	Quarter	

Second	Quarter	

Third	Quarter	

Fourth	Quarter	

High	

Low

$  27.52	

	 35.04	

  35.44	

	 36.91	

$	 17.74

	 21.41

	 23.92

	 28.81

High	

Low

$  22.44	

	 19.00	

	 20.15	

	 20.58	

$	 15.14

	 13.81

	 16.68

	 17.25

As	of	February	23,	2007,	there	were	approximately	1,411	holders	of	record	of	our	common	stock.

We	have	not	paid	cash	dividends	on	our	common	stock	since	inception.	It	is	anticipated	that	in	
the	foreseeable	future,	without	regard	to	any	cash	proceeds	we	may	receive	from	any	settlement	
or	 resolution	 of	 outstanding	 arbitrations	 or	 litigations,	 no	 cash	 dividends	 will	 be	 paid	 on	 our	
common	 stock	 and	 any	 cash	 otherwise	 available	 for	 such	 dividends	 will	 be	 reinvested	 in	 our	
business	or	used	to	repurchase	our	common	stock.	When	considering	whether	or	not	to	pay	cash	
dividends,	 our	 Board	 assesses	 our	 earnings,	 any	 dividend	 requirements	 on	 Preferred	 Stock	 if	
issued	in	the	future,	our	capital	requirements	and	other	relevant	factors.

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
(a) Performance Graph

The	 following	 graph	 compares	 the	 five-year	 cumulative	 total	 returns	 of	 InterDigital	
Communications	 Corporation,	 the	 NASDAQ	 Stock	 Market	 (U.S.	 companies)	 Index	 and	 the	
NASDAQ	 Telecommunications	 Stocks	 Index.	 The	 graph	 assumes	 $100	 was	 invested	 in	 the	
common	 stock	 of	 InterDigital	 and	 each	 index	 on	 December	 31,	 2001	 and	 that	 all	 dividends	
were	 reinvested.	 During	 this	 period,	 InterDigital	 has	 not	 declared	 or	 paid	 any	 dividends	 on	 its	
common	stock.

$400

$300

$200

$100

345.9

125.2

126.2

$0

12/31/2001

12/31/2002

12/31/2003

12/31/2004

12/31/2005

12/31/2006

CRSP	Total	Returns	Index	for:	

12/2001	

12/2002	

12/2003	

12/2004	

12/2005	

12/2006

n		InterDigital	

Communications		
Corporation	

★		Nasdaq		

Stock	Market		
(US	Companies)	

▲		Nasdaq	

Telecommunications	
Stocks	

100.0	

150.1	

212.4	

227.8	

188.9	

345.9

100.0	

69.1	

103.4	

112.5	

114.9	

126.2

100.0	

46.0	

76.6	

81.6	

77.6	

102.0

(c) Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

In	 March	 2006,	 we	 announced	 that	 our	 Board	 of	 Directors	 authorized	 the	 repurchase	 of	 up	 to	
$100	 million	 of	 our	 outstanding	 common	 stock	 from	 time-to-time	 through	 open-market	
purchases,	 prearranged	 plans	 or	 privately	 negotiated	 transactions	 (Repurchase	 Program).	 In	
addition,	in	April	and	December	2006,	we	announced	that	our	Board	of	Directors	had	authorized	
additional	 repurchases	 of	 $100	 million	 and	 $150	 million,	 respectively,	 for	 a	 total	 repurchase	
authorization	of	$350	million.	The	amount	and	timing	of	purchases	will	be	based	on	a	variety	of	
factors	including	share	repurchase	price,	cash	requirements,	acquisition	opportunities,	strategic	
investments	and	other	market	and	economic	factors.

page 

	
	
	
The	 following	 table	 provides	 information	 regarding	 the	 Company’s	 purchases	 of	 its	 Common	
Stock,	$0.01	par	value,	during	the	fourth	quarter	of	2006:

Total	Number	
of	Shares	
(or	Units)	
Purchased	
as	Part	of	
Publicly		
Announced		
Plans	or	
Programs	

—	
—	
	 1,305,000	

Maximum	
Number	of	
(or	Approximate	
Dollar	Value)	
of	Shares	that	
May	Yet	Be	
Purchased	
Under	the	Plans		
or	Programs(1)

$	 50,000,038
$	 50,000,038
$	 157,603,989

Total	
Number	
of	Shares	
(or	Units)	
Purchased	

—	
—	
1,305,000	

Average	
Price	paid	
Per	Share	
(or	Unit)	

$	 —	
$	 —	
$	 32.49	

Period	

October	1,	2006	–	October	31,	2006	
November	1,	2006	–	November	30,	2006	
December	1,	2006	–	December	31,	2006	

Total	

1,305,000	

$	 32.49	

	 1,305,000	

$	 157,603,989

(1)	 	The	maximum	remaining	investment	to	repurchase	shares	as	of	December	31,	2006	includes	the	additional	$150	million	authorization	approved	
by	the	Board	of	Directors	in	December,	2006.	As	of	February	27,	2007,	we	have	repurchased	a	total	of	8.5	million	shares	of	our	common	stock	under	
the	Repurchase	Program,	at	a	total	cost	of	approximately	$260.5	million.

ITeM	 6.	 SeLeCTeD	 FINaNCIaL 	 DaTa

(in thousands, except per share data) 

2006	

2005	

2004	

2003	

2002

$  480,466	
$  336,416	
—	
$ 
$  (124,389)	

$  225,222	

Consolidated statements of operations data:
Revenues(a)	
Income	(loss)	from	operations	
Other	income(b)	
Income	tax	(provision)	benefit(c)	
Net	income	applicable		
	 to	common	shareholders	
Net	income	per	common		
	 share—basic	
Net	income	per	common		
	 share—diluted	
Weighted	average	number		
	 of	common	shares		
	 outstanding—basic	
Weighted	average	number		
	 of	common	shares		
	 outstanding—diluted	

$ 

$ 

53,426	

55,778	

4.22	

4.04	

$	 163,125	
$	 17,087	
—	
$	
$	 34,434	

$	 54,685	

$	

$	

1.01	

0.96	

$	 103,685	
(6,292)	
$	
—	
$	
4,704	
$	

$	 114,574	
$	 29,541	
$	 10,580	
(7,269)	
$	

$	 87,895
$	 9,240
—
$	
$	 (8,748)

$	

$	

$	

89	

$	 34,332	

$	 2,375

—	

—	

$	

$	

0.62	

0.58	

$	

$	

0.04

0.04

54,058	

55,264	

55,271	

	 52,981

57,161	

59,075	

59,691	

	 56,099

Consolidated balance sheet data:
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	
Short-term	investments	
Working	capital	
Total	assets	
Total	debt	
Total	shareholders’	equity	

$  166,385	
$  97,581	
$  332,574	
$  564,076	
$ 
1,572	
$  275,476	

$	 27,877	
$	 77,831	
$	 125,181	
$	 299,537	
$	
1,922	
$	 174,314	

$	 15,737	
$	 116,081	
$	 106,784	
$	 241,920	
$	
1,884	
$	 115,659	

$	 20,877	
$	 85,050	
$	 112,325	
$	 205,165	
$	
1,970	
$	 97,485	

$	 22,337
$	 65,229
$	111,845
$	191,178
$	 2,159
$	 78,791

(a)	 	In	2006	we	recognized	$253	million	of	revenue	related	to	the	resolution	of	disputes	with	Nokia	regarding	our	1999	Patent	License	Agreement.	In	
third	quarter	2004,	we	transitioned	to	reporting	per-unit	royalties	in	the	period	in	which	we	receive	our	licensees’	royalty	reports	rather	than	in	
the	period	in	which	our	licensees’	sales	of	covered	products	occur.	As	a	result	of	this	transition,	our	results	for	2004	include	only	three	quarters	of	
per-unit	royalties.

(b)	 	In	2003,	we	recognized,	as	other	income,	$14	million	from	the	settlement	of	our	litigation	with	Ericsson,	net	of	an	estimated	$3.4	million	associated	

(c)	

with	a	claim	under	an	insurance	agreement.
	Our	income	tax	provision	in	2005	included	a	benefit	of	approximately	$43.7	million,	primarily	related	to	the	fourth	quarter	2005	reversal	of	our	
Federal	deferred	tax	asset	valuation	allowance.	Our	income	tax	provision	in	2004	included	a	benefit	of	approximately	$17	million	related	to	the	
third	quarter	2004	partial	reversal	of	our	Federal	deferred	tax	asset	valuation	allowance.	For	the	years	2002	and	2003,	our	income	tax	provision	was	
comprised	primarily	of	non-U.S.	withholding	taxes	and	Alternative	Minimum	Tax.	The	volatility	in	our	income	tax	provision,	prior	to	recognizing	
increases	in	the	value	of	our	deferred	tax	assets,	was	primarily	due	to	changes	in	the	level	of	royalty	revenue	subject	to	non-U.S.	withholding	tax.

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
ITeM	 7.	 MaNageMeNT’S 	 DI SCU SS ION	 a ND	 a NaLYSIS 	 OF 	 FI NaNCI aL	 CONDIT ION	 	
aND	 ReSULTS 	 OF	 OPeRaTIONS

Overview

The	 following	 discussion	 should	 be	 read	 in	 conjunction	 with	 the	 Selected	 Financial	 Data,	 the	
Consolidated	 Financial	 Statements	 and	 the	 notes	 thereto,	 contained	 in	 this	 document.	 Please	
refer	 to	 the	 Glossary	 of	 Terms	 immediately	 following	 the	 Table	 of	 Contents	 for	 a	 listing	 and	
detailed	description	of	the	various	technical,	industry	and	other	defined	terms	that	are	used	in	
this	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K.

Business

We	 design	 and	 develop	 advanced	 digital	 wireless	 technologies	 for	 use	 principally	 in	 digital	
cellular	and	IEEE	802	related	products.	We	actively	participate	in	and	contribute	our	technology	
solutions	to	worldwide	organizations	responsible	for	the	development	and	approval	of	Standards	
to	 which	 digital	 cellular	 and	 IEEE	 802	 compliant	 products	 are	 built,	 and	 our	 contributions	 are	
regularly	 incorporated	 into	 such	 Standards.	 We	 license	 our	 technology	 (e.g.,	 terminal	 unit	
protocol	 software	 and	 physical	 layer	 designs)	 and	 patents	 to	 mobile	 device	 manufacturers,	
semiconductor	companies	and	other	equipment	producers	that	manufacture,	use	and	sell	digital	
cellular	and	IEEE	802	related	products.	We	have	also	designed	and	are	developing,	using	third-
party	 fabrication,	 a	 complete	 2G/3G	 dual-mode	 modem	 ASIC	 for	 use	 in	 advanced	 modem	
platforms.	We	intend	to	offer	both	the	ASIC	and	the	platforms	for	sale	to	customers	in	the	digital	
cellular	terminal	unit	market.	We	have	built	our	suite	of	technology	and	patent	offerings	through	
independent	development,	joint	development	with	other	companies,	and	selected	acquisitions.

Our	goal	is	to	derive	revenue	on	every	3G	mobile	terminal	unit	sold,	either	in	the	form	of	patent	
licensing	revenues,	technology	and	product	related	revenues,	or	a	combination	of	two	or	more	
of	these	elements.	In	recent	years,	our	patent	license	agreements	have	contributed	the	majority	
of	 our	 cash	 flow	 and	 revenues.	 As	 of	 December	 2006,	 we	 recorded	 patent	 royalties	 on	
approximately	35-40%	of	all	3G	mobile	devices	sold	worldwide.	In	addition,	our	technology	and	
product	solutions	offer	an	additional	means	to	generate	revenue	from	3G	mobile	devices.

In	2006,	2005	and	2004	our	revenues	were	$480.5	million,	$163.1	million	and	$103.7	million.	After	
excluding	revenue	from	past	infringement	and	other	non-recurring	items,	including	$253	million	
in	2006	related	to	the	resolution	of	a	patent	licensing	dispute	with	Nokia,	our	recurring	revenues	
were	$213.1	million,	$152.9	million	and	$101.9	million.	The	increase	in	recurring	revenues	over	
the	 last	 two	 years	 is	 attributable	 to	 both	 an	 increase	 in	 the	 number	 of	 licensees	 and	 higher	
royalties	from	existing	licensees,	based	on	increased	sales	of	covered	2G	and	3G	products.

industry Overview

Our	 revenue	 and	 cash	 flows	 are	 dependent,	 in	 large	 part,	 on	 our	 licensees’	 sales	 of	 wireless	
products.	 Over	 the	 course	 of	 the	 last	 ten	 years,	 the	 cellular	 communications	 industry	 has	
experienced	 rapid	 growth	 worldwide.	 Total	 worldwide	 cellular	 wireless	 communications	
subscribers	 rose	 from	 slightly	 more	 than	 200	 million	 at	 the	 end	 of	 1997	 to	 approximately	 2.6	
billion	 at	 the	 end	 of	 2006.	 In	 several	 countries,	 mobile	 telephones	 now	 outnumber	 fixed-line	
telephones.	 Market	 analysts	 expect	 that	 the	 aggregate	 number	 of	 global	 wireless	 subscribers	
could	approach	4	billion	in	2011.

The	growth	in	new	cellular	subscribers,	combined	with	existing	customers	choosing	to	replace	
their	 mobile	 phones,	 helped	 fuel	 the	 growth	 of	 mobile	 phone	 sales	 from	 approximately	 115	
million	units	in	1997	to	approximately	one	billion	units	in	2006.	We	believe	the	combination	of	a	
broad	 subscriber	 base,	 continued	 technological	 change,	 and	 the	 growing	 dependence	 on	 the	
Internet,	 e-mail	 and	 other	 digital	 media	 sets	 the	 stage	 for	 continued	 growth	 in	 the	 sales	 of	

page 

wireless	 products	 and	 services	 through	 the	 balance	 of	 this	 decade.	 For	 those	 reasons,	 industry	
analysts	predict	shipments	of	3G-enabled	phones,	which	represented	approximately	25%	of	the	
market	in	2006,	to	increase	to	approximately	60%	of	the	market	by	2011.

Global Handset Sales by Technology(1)

s
t
i
n
u
M

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

graph redrawn from 
FPO layer of 3d

2005	

2006	

2007	

2008	

2009	

2010	

2011

3G	(WCDMA)(2)	

3G	(CDMA)(3)	

2G/2.5G(4)	

Total	

41	

154	

638	

833	

84	

171	

731	

986	

156	

180	

750	

243	

194	

719	

349	

202	

654	

474	

208	

571	

581

215

489

1,086	

1,156	

1,205	

1,252	

1,286

(1)	 Source:	Strategy	Analytics,	Inc.	October	2006.	Data	for	2006	through	2011	represents	estimates	of	handset	sales.
(2)	 Includes:	WCDMA/HSDPA	and	TD-SCDMA.
(3)	 Includes:	cdma2000	and	its	evolutions,	such	as	EV-DO.
(4)	 Includes:	GSM/GPRS/EDGE	and	Analog,	iDEN,	TDMA,	PHS	and	PDC.

In	addition	to	the	advances	in	digital	cellular	technologies,	the	industry	has	also	made	significant	
advances	 in	 non-cellular	 wireless	 technologies.	 In	 particular,	 IEEE	 802.11	 WLAN	 has	 gained	
momentum	 in	 recent	 years	 as	 a	 wireless	 broadband	 solution	 in	 the	 home,	 office	 and	 in	 public	
areas.	IEEE	802.11	technology	offers	high-speed	data	connectivity	through	unlicensed	spectrum	
within	 a	 relatively	 modest	 operating	 range.	 Since	 its	 introduction	 in	 1998,	 semiconductor	
shipments	of	products	built	to	the	IEEE	802.11	standard	have	nearly	doubled	every	year.	While	
relatively	small	compared	to	the	cellular	market	(approximately	200	million	IEEE	802.11	wireless	
ICs	shipped	in	2006),	the	affordability	and	attractiveness	of	the	technology	has	helped	fuel	rapid	
market	growth.	In	addition,	the	IEEE	wireless	Standards	bodies	are	creating	sets	of	Standards	to	
enable	 higher	 data	 rates,	 provide	 coverage	 over	 longer	 distances,	 and	 enable	 roaming.	 These	
Standards	 are	 establishing	 technical	 specifications	 for	 high	 data	 rates,	 such	 as	 IEEE	 802.16	
(WiMAX)	as	well	as	technology	specifications	to	enable	seamless	handoff	between	different	air	
interfaces	(IEEE	802.21).

new Material patent license Agreement

1400

1200

400

600

800

200

1000

On	 January	 18,	 2006,	 we	 entered	 into	 a	 worldwide,	 non-transferable,	 non-exclusive,	 patent	
license	agreement	with	LG	Electronics	Inc.	(LG).	The	five-year	patent	license	agreement,	effective	
January	1,	2006,	covers	the	sale,	both	prior	to	January	1,	2006	and	during	the	five-year	term,	of	
terminal	units	compliant	with	all	TDMA-based	Second	Generation	(2G)	standards	(including	TIA-
136,	 GSM,	 GPRS,	 and	 EDGE)	 and	 all	 Third	 Generation	 (3G)	 standards	 (including	 WCDMA,	 TD-
SCDMA	 and	 cdma2000	 technology	 and	 its	 extensions),	 and	 infrastructure	 products	 compliant	
with	 cdma2000	 technology	 and	 its	 extensions,	 up	 to	 a	 limited	 threshold	 amount,	 under	 all	
patents	owned	by	us	prior	to	and	during	the	term	of	the	license.	At	the	end	of	the	five	year	term,	
LG	will	receive	a	paid-up	license	to	sell	single-mode	GSM/GPRS/EDGE	terminal	units	under	the	
patents	 included	 in	 the	 patent	 license	 agreement.	 Under	 the	 terms	 of	 the	 patent	 license	
agreement,	LG	paid	us	the	first	of	three	equal	installments	of	$95	million	in	first	quarter	2006.	The	

0

actual graph

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
 
remaining	 two	 installments	 are	 due	 in	 the	 first	 quarter	 of	 2007	 and	 2008,	 respectively.	 We	 are	
recognizing	the	revenue	associated	with	this	agreement	on	a	straight-line	basis	from	its	inception	
through	December	31,	2010.

expiring 2g patent license and technology solutions Revenue

The	 amortization	 of	 $53	 million	 of	 royalty	 payments	 associated	 with	 our	 2G	 patent	 license	
agreement	 with	 NEC	 Corporation	 of	 Japan	 (NEC)	 was	 completed	 in	 February	 2006.	
Telefonaktiebolaget	LM	Ericsson	and	Ericsson	Inc.’s	(Ericsson)	obligation	to	pay	royalties	under	its	
2G/2.5G	patent	license	agreement	ceased	after	the	recent	remittance	of	its	final	fixed	payment	of	
$1.5	 million	 related	 to	 fourth	 quarter	 2006	 covered	 infrastructure	 sales.	 We	 do	 not	 expect	 to	
recognize	any	additional	revenue	related	to	the	above-noted	agreements	with	NEC	and	Ericsson.	
Sony	 Ericsson	 Mobile	Communications	AB’s	(Sony	Ericsson)	obligation	to	pay	royalties	will	end	
when	 both	 finalized	 royalty	 reports	 are	 agreed	 to	 between	 the	 parties	 and	 Sony	 Ericsson	 has	
made,	 if	 necessary,	 any	 reconciling	 payments	 beyond	 its	 prior	 prepayments	 for	 its	 sales	 of	
covered	products	through	December	31,	2006.	Consistent	with	our	revenue	recognition	policy,	
we	 will	 recognize	 royalties	 related	 to	 Sony	 Ericsson’s	 fourth	 quarter	 2006	 covered	 sales	 in	 first	
quarter	2007	after	which	we	do	not	expect	to	recognize	any	additional	recurring	revenue	from	
Sony	Ericsson.	Together,	these	three	licensees	contributed	approximately	$24.9	million	or	12%	of	
our	recurring	revenue	in	2006.

As	of	December	31,	2006,	we	had	recognized	as	revenue	all	of	the	$18.0	million	relating	to	our	
deliverables	 and	 maintenance	 obligations	 under	 the	 Mobile	 User	 Objective	 System	 (MUOS)	
program	for	the	U.S.	military	under	our	amended	agreement	with	General	Dynamics.	In	2006,	we	
recognized	$1.8	million	of	revenue	related	to	this	agreement.

We	 continue	 to	 place	 substantial	 focus	 on	 both	 expanding	 our	 base	 of	 patent	 licensees	 and	
resolving	 our	 outstanding	 patent	 license	 litigation	 with	 Samsung.	 We	 also	 continue	 to	 seek	
customers	for	our	technology	products	and	solutions.	In	2006,	we	concluded	new	agreements	
that	 contribute	 revenue	 that	 more	 than	 offset	 the	 reductions	 noted	 above.	 Most	 notably,	 we	
signed	the	above-noted	2G/3G	patent	license	agreement	with	LG	that	contributed	approximately	
$54.7	million	of	revenue	in	2006.

Repurchase of Common stock

In	 March	 2006,	 our	 Board	 of	 Directors	 authorized	 the	 repurchase	 of	 up	 to	 $100	 million	 of	 our	
outstanding	common	stock.	In	April	2006	and	December	2006,	our	Board	of	Directors	authorized	
expansions	 of	 the	 Company’s	 share	 repurchase	 program	 by	 $100	 million	 and	 $150	 million,	
respectively,	to	a	total	of	$350	million.	The	Company	may	repurchase	shares	under	the	program	
through	open	market	purchases,	pre-arranged	trading	plans	or	privately	negotiated	purchases.	
We	 repurchased	 approximately	 6.5	 million	 shares	 of	 common	 stock	 for	 $192.5	 million	 in	 2006	
under	 this	 repurchase	 program.	 At	 December	 31,	 2006,	 we	 accrued	 accounts	 payable	 of	
approximately	$7.6	million	associated	with	our	obligation	to	settle	late	December	repurchases.	
From	January	1,	2007	through	February	27,	2007,	we	repurchased	an	additional	2.0	million	shares	
for	 $68.0	 million	 bringing	 the	 cumulative	 repurchase	 totals	 to	 8.5	 million	 shares	 at	 a	 cost	 of	
$260.5	 million	 under	 the	 current	 program.	 Under	 previous	 repurchase	 programs	 in	 2005	 and	
2004,	we	repurchased	2	million	and	1	million	shares	of	common	stock	for	$34.1	million	and	$17.1	
million,	respectively.

intellectual property Rights enforcement

From	time-to-time,	if	we	believe	that	a	third	party	is	required	to	license	our	patents	in	order	to	
manufacture	and	sell	certain	digital	cellular	products	and	such	third	party	has	not	done	so,	we	
might	institute	legal	action	against	the	third	party.	These	legal	actions	typically	take	the	form	of	a	

page 

patent	infringement	lawsuit.	In	addition,	we	and	our	licensees,	in	the	normal	course	of	business,	
might	seek	to	resolve	disagreements	between	the	parties	with	respect	to	the	rights	and	obligations	
of	the	parties	under	the	applicable	license	agreement	through	arbitration	or	litigation.

In	2006,	our	patent	litigation	and	arbitration	costs	decreased	to	$21.4	million	from	$27.3	million	
in	2005	but	still	represented	over	40%	of	our	total	patent	administration	and	licensing	costs	of	
$51.1	million.	Total	annual	enforcement	costs	will	vary	depending	upon	activity	levels	and	could	
be	a	significant	expense	for	us	in	the	future.

development

Our	 investments	 in	 the	 development	 of	 advanced	 digital	 wireless	 technologies	 and	 related	
products	include	sustaining	a	highly	specialized	engineering	team	and	providing	that	team	with	
the	 equipment	 and	 advanced	 software	 platforms	 necessary	 to	 support	 the	 development	 of	
technologies.	 Over	 each	 of	 the	 last	 three	 years,	 our	 cost	 of	 development	 has	 ranged	 between	
43%	and	47%	of	our	total	operating	expenses.	The	largest	portion	of	our	cost	of	development	
has	been	personnel	costs.	As	of	December	31,	2006,	we	employed	243	engineers,	69%	of	whom	
hold	advanced	degrees,	33	of	whom	hold	PhDs.

Critical Accounting Policies And Estimates

Our	consolidated	financial	statements	are	based	on	the	selection	and	application	of	accounting	
principles,	generally	accepted	in	the	United	States	of	America,	which	require	us	to	make	estimates	
and	assumptions	that	affect	the	amounts	reported	in	both	our	consolidated	financial	statements	
and	the	accompanying	notes	thereto.	Future	events	and	their	effects	cannot	be	determined	with	
absolute	certainty.	Therefore,	the	determination	of	estimates	requires	the	exercise	of	judgment.	
Actual	results	could	differ	from	these	estimates,	and	any	such	differences	may	be	material	to	the	
financial	 statements.	 Our	 significant	 accounting	 policies	 are	 described	 in	 Note	 2	 to	 our	
consolidated	financial	statements,	and	are	included	in	Item	8	of	this	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K.	
We	 believe	 the	 accounting	 policies	 that	 are	 of	 particular	 importance	 to	 the	 portrayal	 of	 our	
financial	condition	and	results,	and	that	may	involve	a	higher	degree	of	complexity	and	judgment	
in	 their	 application	 compared	 to	 others,	 are	 those	 relating	 to	 patents,	 contingencies,	 revenue	
recognition,	 compensation,	 and	 income	 taxes.	 If	 different	 assumptions	 were	 made	 or	 different	
conditions	had	existed,	our	financial	results	could	have	been	materially	different.

patents

We	capitalize	external	costs,	such	as	filing	fees	and	associated	attorney	fees,	incurred	to	obtain	
issued	 patents	 and	 patent	 license	 rights.	 We	 expense	 costs	 associated	 with	 maintaining	 and	
defending	 patents	 subsequent	 to	 their	 issuance.	 We	 amortize	 capitalized	 patent	 costs	 on	 a	
straight-line	 basis	 over	 the	 estimated	 useful	 lives	 of	 the	 patents.	 Ten	 years	 represents	 our	 best	
estimate	of	the	average	useful	life	of	our	patents	relating	to	technology	developed	directly	by	us.	
The	ten	year	estimated	useful	life	of	internally	generated	patents	is	based	on	our	assessment	of	
such	factors	as	the	integrated	nature	of	the	portfolios	being	licensed,	the	overall	makeup	of	the	
portfolio	over	time	and	the	length	of	license	agreements	for	such	patents.	The	estimated	useful	
lives	 of	 acquired	 patents	 and	 patent	 rights,	 however,	 have	 and	 will	 continue	 to	 be	 based	 on	 a	
separate	 analysis	 related	 to	 each	 acquisition	 and	 may	 differ	 from	 the	 estimated	 useful	 lives	 of	
internally	 generated	 patents.	 We	 assess	 the	 potential	 impairment	 to	 all	 capitalized	 net	 patent	
costs	when	there	is	evidence	that	events	or	changes	in	circumstances	indicate	that	the	carrying	
amount	 of	 these	 patents	 may	 not	 be	 recoverable.	 Amortization	 expense	 related	 to	 capitalized	
patent	costs	was	$7.8	million,	$6.3	million	and	$4.4	million	in	2006,	2005	and	2004,	respectively.	
As	of	December	31,	2006	and	2005,	we	had	capitalized	gross	patent	costs	of	$106.2	million	and	
$87.3	million,	respectively,	which	were	offset	by	accumulated	amortization	of	$35.7	million	and	
$27.8	million,	respectively.	Our	capitalized	gross	patent	costs	in	2005	increased	$8.1	million	as	a	

page 

result	 of	 patents	 acquired	 from	 third	 parties.	 The	 weighted	 average	 estimated	 useful	
life	 of	 our	 capitalized	 patent	 costs	 at	 December	 31,	 2006	 and	 2005	 was	 11.2	 years	 and	
11.4	years,	respectively.

Contingencies

We	 recognize	 contingent	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 in	 accordance	 with	 Statement	 of	 Financial	
Accounting	Standards	(SFAS)	No.	5	Accounting for Contingencies.

In	 first	 quarter	 2003,	 we	 accrued	 a	 $3.4	 million	 liability	 related	 to	 an	 insurance	 reimbursement	
agreement.	Our	insurance	carrier	has	demanded	arbitration,	claiming	that	our	obligation	under	
the	 agreement	 is	 approximately	 $28.0	 million,	 plus	 interest.	 Although	 an	 arbitration,	 which	 we	
believe	to	be	non-binding,	has	been	scheduled	for	late	first	quarter	2007,	it	is	impossible	at	this	
time	to	predict	the	ultimate	outcome	of	current	or	prospective	legal	proceedings	with	regard	to	
this	matter.	Therefore,	we	have	not	adjusted	our	original	accrual	of	$3.4	million.	(See	“Litigation 
and Legal Proceedings, Federal.”)

Revenue Recognition

We	derive	the	majority	of	our	revenue	from	patent	licensing.	The	timing	and	amount	of	revenue	
recognized	from	each	licensee	depends	upon	a	variety	of	factors,	including	the	specific	terms	of	
each	agreement	and	the	nature	of	the	deliverables	and	obligations.	Such	agreements	are	often	
complex	and	multi-faceted.	These	agreements	can	include,	without	limitation,	elements	related	
to	the	settlement	of	past	patent	infringement	liabilities,	up-front	and	non-refundable	license	fees	
for	the	use	of	patents	and/or	know-how,	patent	and/or	know-how	licensing	royalties	on	covered	
products	sold	by	licensees,	cross	licensing	terms	between	us	and	other	parties,	the	compensation	
structure	 and	 ownership	 of	 intellectual	 property	 rights	 associated	 with	 contractual	 technology	
development	arrangements,	and	advanced	payments	and	fees	for	service	arrangements.	Due	to	
the	 combined	 nature	 of	 some	 agreements	 and	 the	 inherent	 difficulty	 in	 establishing	 reliable,	
verifiable	 and	 objectively	 determinable	 evidence	 of	 the	 fair	 value	 of	 the	 separate	 elements	 of	
these	 agreements,	 the	 total	 revenue	 resulting	 from	 such	 agreements	 may	 sometimes	 be	
recognized	 over	 the	 combined	 performance	 period.	 In	 other	 circumstances,	 such	 as	 those	
agreements	involving	consideration	for	past	and	expected	future	patent	royalty	obligations,	the	
determining	factors	necessary	to	allocate	revenue	across	past,	current,	and	future	years	may	be	
difficult	to	establish.	In	such	instances,	after	consideration	of	the	particular	facts	and	circumstances,	
the	 appropriate	 recording	 of	 revenue	 between	 periods	 may	 require	 the	 use	 of	 judgment.	
Generally,	we	will	not	recognize	revenue	or	establish	a	receivable	related	to	payments	that	are	
due	 greater	 than	 twelve	 months	 from	 the	 balance	 sheet	 date.	 In	 all	 cases,	 revenue	 is	 only	
recognized	after	all	of	the	following	criteria	are	met:	(1)	written	agreements	have	been	executed;	
(2)	 delivery	 of	 technology	 or	 intellectual	 property	 rights	 has	 occurred	 or	 services	 have	 been	
rendered;	(3)	fees	are	fixed	or	determinable;	and	(4)	collectibility	of	fees	is	reasonably	assured.

Patent License Agreements

Upon	 signing	 a	 patent	 license	 agreement,	 we	 provide	 the	 licensee	 permission	 to	 use	 our	
patented	inventions	in	specific	applications.	We	have	no	material	future	obligations	associated	
with	such	licenses,	other	than,	in	some	instances,	to	provide	such	licensees	with	notification	of	
future	 license	 agreements	 pursuant	 to	 most	 favored	 licensee	 rights.	 Under	 our	 patent	 license	
agreements,	 we	 typically	 receive	 one	 or	 a	 combination	 of	 the	 following	 forms	 of	 payment	 as	
consideration	 for	 permitting	 our	 licensees	 to	 use	 our	 patented	 inventions	 in	 their	 applications	
and	products:

•	 	Consideration	for	Prior	Sales:	Consideration	related	to	a	licensee’s	product	sales	from	prior	
periods.	 Such	 consideration	 may	 result	 from	 a	 negotiated	 agreement	 with	 a	 licensee	 that	
utilized	our	patented	inventions	prior	to	signing	a	patent	license	agreement	with	us	or	from	
the	resolution	of	a	disagreement	or	arbitration	with	a	licensee	over	the	specific	terms	of	an	

page 

existing	license	agreement.	In	each	of	these	cases,	we	record	the	consideration	as	revenue.	
We	 may	 also	 receive	 consideration	 from	 the	 settlement	 of	 patent	 infringement	 litigation	
where	there	was	no	prior	patent	license	agreement.	We	record	the	consideration	related	to	
such	litigation	as	other	income.

•	 	Fixed	 Fee	 Royalty	 Payments:	 Up-front,	 non-refundable	 royalty	 payments	 that	 fulfill	 the	
licensee’s	obligations	to	us	under	a	patent	license	agreement,	for	a	specified	time	period	or	
for	the	term	of	the	agreement.

•	 	Prepayments:	 Up-front,	 non-refundable	 royalty	 payments	 towards	 a	 licensee’s	 future	
obligations	 to	 us	 related	 to	 its	 expected	 sales	 of	 covered	 products	 in	 future	 periods.	 Our	
licensees’	 obligations	 to	 pay	 royalties	 extend	 beyond	 the	 exhaustion	 of	 their	 Prepayment	
balance.	Once	a	licensee	exhausts	its	Prepayment	balance,	we	may	provide	them	with	the	
opportunity	to	make	another	Prepayment	toward	future	sales	or	it	will	be	required	to	make	
Current	Royalty	Payments.

•	 	Current	Royalty	Payments:	Royalty	payments	covering	a	licensee’s	obligations	to	us	related	

to	its	sales	of	covered	products	in	the	current	contractual	reporting	period.

We	recognize	revenue	related	to	Consideration	for	Prior	Sales	when	we	have	obtained	a	signed	
agreement,	 identified	 a	 fixed	 or	 determinable	 price	 and	 determined	 that	 collectibility	 is	
reasonably	assured.	We	recognize	revenue	related	to	Fixed	Fee	Royalty	Payments	on	a	straight-
line	basis	over	the	effective	term	of	the	license.	We	utilize	the	straight-line	method	because	we	
have	no	future	obligations	under	these	licenses	and	we	cannot	reliably	predict	in	which	periods,	
within	the	term	of	a	license,	the	licensee	will	benefit	from	the	use	of	our	patented	inventions.

Licensees	that	either	owe	us	Current	Royalty	Payments	or	have	Prepayment	balances	provide	us	
with	quarterly	or	semi-annual	royalty	reports	that	summarize	its	sales	of	covered	products	and	its	
related	 royalty	 obligations	 to	 us.	 We	 typically	 receive	 these	 royalty	 reports	 subsequent	 to	 the	
period	 in	 which	 our	 licensees’	 underlying	 sales	 occurred.	 Consideration	 for	 Prior	 Sales,	 the	
exhaustion	of	Prepayments	and	Current	Royalty	Payments	are	often	calculated	based	on	related	
per-unit	sales	of	covered	products.

In	third	quarter	2004,	we	transitioned	to	recognizing	these	per-unit	royalties	in	the	period	when	
we	 receive	 royalty	 reports	 from	 licensees,	 rather	 than	 in	 the	 period	 in	 which	 our	 licensees’	
underlying	sales	occur.	This	transition	was	necessary	because	we	could	no	longer	wait	to	receive	
royalty	 reports	 from	 our	 licensees	 and	 file	 our	 financial	 statements	 on	 a	 timely	 basis.	 Without	
royalty	 reports,	 our	 visibility	 into	 our	 licensees	 sales	 is	 very	 limited.	 We	 are	 not	 involved	 in	 the	
supply	or	sale	of	their	products	and	industry	analysts	do	not	provide	information	either	detailed	
or	timely	enough	to	give	us	sufficient	visibility	to	make	reasonably	accurate	revenue	estimates	
for	our	most	significant	licensees.	As	such,	it	is	unlikely	that	we	could	arrive	at	revenue	estimates	
for	our	most	significant	licensees	that	would	be	objective	and	supportable.

Previously,	we	recognized	revenue	related	to	per-unit	sales	of	covered	products	in	the	period	the	
sales	 occurred,	 and	 when	 we	 did	 not	 receive	 the	 royalty	 reports	 prior	 to	 the	 issuance	 of	 our	
financial	 statements,	 we	 accrued	 the	 related	 royalty	 revenue	 if	 reasonable	 estimates	 could	 be	
made.	Such	estimates,	which	were	limited	to	a	small	number	of	licensees	and	never	exceeded	5%	
of	our	revenue	in	any	period	presented,	were	based	on	the	historical	royalty	data	of	the	licensees	
involved,	third	party	forecasts	of	royalty	related	product	sales	in	the	applicable	market	available	
at	the	time	and,	if	available,	information	provided	by	the	licensee.	When	our	licensees	formally	
reported	royalties	for	which	we	had	previously	accrued	revenues	based	on	estimates,	or	when	
they	reported	updates	to	prior	royalty	reports,	we	adjusted	revenue	in	the	period	in	which	the	
final	 reports	 were	 received.	 In	 cases	 where	 we	 receive	 objective,	 verifiable	 evidence	 that	
a	 licensee	 has	 discontinued	 sales	 of	 covered	 products,	 we	 recognize	 any	 remaining	 deferred	
revenue	 balance	 related	 to	 unexhausted	 Prepayments	 in	 the	 period	 that	 we	 receive	
such	evidence.

page 0

Technology Solutions Revenue

Technology	 solutions	 revenue	 consists	 primarily	 of	 revenue	 from	 software	 licenses	 and	
engineering	services.	Software	license	revenues	are	recognized	in	accordance	with	the	American	
Institute	 of	 Certified	 Public	 Accountants	 Statement	 of	 Position	 (SOP)	 97-2	 Software Revenue 
Recognition  and  SOP  98-9  Modification  of  SOP  97-2,  Software  Revenue  Recognition.	 When	 the	
arrangement	with	the	customer	includes	significant	production,	modification	or	customization	of	
the	software,	we	recognize	the	related	revenue	using	the	percentage-of-completion	method	in	
accordance	with	SOP	81-1	Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-
Type Contracts.	Under	this	method,	revenue	and	profit	are	recognized	throughout	the	term	of	the	
contract,	based	on	actual	labor	costs	incurred	to	date	as	a	percentage	of	the	total	estimated	labor	
costs	related	to	the	contract.	Changes	in	estimates	for	revenues,	costs	and	profits	are	recognized	
in	the	period	in	which	they	are	determinable.	When	such	estimates	indicate	that	costs	will	exceed	
future	revenues	and	a	loss	on	the	contract	exists,	a	provision	for	the	entire	loss	is	recognized	at	
that	time.

We	recognize	revenues	associated	with	engineering	service	arrangements	that	are	outside	the	
scope	 of	 SOP	 81-1	 on	 a	 straight-line	 basis	 under	 Staff	 Accounting	 Bulletin	 No.	 104	 Revenue 
Recognition,	unless	evidence	suggests	that	the	revenue	is	earned	or	obligations	are	fulfilled	in	a	
different	pattern,	over	the	contractual	term	of	the	 arrangement	or	the	expected	period	during	
which	those	specified	services	will	be	performed,	whichever	is	longer.	When	recognizing	revenue	
based	on	our	proportional	performance,	we	measure	the	progress	of	our	performance	based	on	
the	 relationship	 between	 incurred	 contract	 costs	 and	 total	 estimated	 contract	 costs.	 Our	 most	
significant	cost	has	been	labor	and	we	believe	labor	cost	provides	a	measure	of	the	progress	of	
our	services.	The	effect	of	changes	to	total	estimated	contract	costs	is	recognized	in	the	period	
such	changes	are	determined.	Estimated	losses,	if	any,	are	recorded	when	the	loss	first	becomes	
probable	and	reasonably	estimable.

Deferred Charges

From	 time-to-time,	 we	 use	 sales	 agents	 to	 assist	 us	 in	 our	 licensing	 activities.	 We	 often	 pay	 a	
commission	 related	 to	 successfully	 negotiated	 license	 agreements.	 The	 commission	 rate	 varies	
from	agreement	to	agreement.	Commissions	are	normally	paid	shortly	after	our	receipt	of	cash	
payments	associated	with	the	patent	license	agreements.

We	 defer	 recognition	 of	 commission	 expense	 related	 to	 both	 Prepayments	 and	 Fixed	 Fee	
Royalty	Payments	and	amortize	these	expenses	in	proportion	to	our	recognition	of	the	related	
revenue.	 In	 2006,	 2005	 and	 2004,	 we	 paid	 cash	 commissions	 of	 approximately	 $18.8	 million,	
$3.1	 million	 and	 $7.5	 million	 and	 recognized	 commission	 expense	 of	 $8.4	 million,	 $4.5	 million,	
and	 $3.5	 million,	 respectively,	 as	 part	 of	 patent	 administration	 and	 licensing	 expense.	
At	 December	 31,	 2006	 and	 2005	 we	 had	 deferred	 commission	 expense	 of	 approximately	
$4.1	million	and	$1.4	million,	respectively,	included	within	prepaid	and	other	current	assets	and	
$12.0	million	and	$4.4	million,	respectively,	included	within	other	non-current	assets.

Compensation programs

We	use	a	variety	of	compensation	programs	to	both	attract	and	retain	employees,	and	to	more	
closely	align	employee	compensation	with	Company	performance.	These	programs	include,	but	
are	not	limited	to,	an	annual	bonus	tied	to	performance	goals,	cash	awards	to	inventors	for	filed	
patent	 applications	 and	 patent	 issuances,	 restricted	 stock	 unit	 (RSU)	 awards	 for	 non-managers	
and	 a	 long-term	 compensation	 program	 (LTCP),	 covering	 managers,	 that	 includes	 RSUs	 and	 a	
performance-based	 cash	 incentive	 component.	 The	 LTCP	 was	 originally	 designed	 to	 include	
three	year	cycles	that	overlap	by	one	year.	However,	the	first	cycle	under	the	program	covered	
the	 period	 from	 April	 1,	 2004	 through	 January	 1,	 2006	 (Cycle	 1).	 The	 second	 cycle	 originally	
covered	 the	 period	 from	 January	 1,	 2005	 through	 January	 1,	 2008	 (Cycle	 2).	 In	 second	 quarter	

page 

2005,	 the	 Compensation	 Committee	 of	 our	 Board	 of	 Directors	 amended	 the	 LTCP	 to	 revise	
the	 performance-based	 cash	 award	 portion	 of	 Cycle	 2	 to	 cover	 a	 31/2	 year	 period	 from	
July	1,	2005	through	January	1,	2009	(Cycle	2a),	and	authorized	a	pro-rated	interim	payment,	of	
approximately	$0.9	million,	related	to	first	half	2005.

We	recognized	$3.5	million,	$6.5	million	and	$3.0	million	of	compensation	expense	in	2006,	2005	
and	2004,	respectively,	related	to	a	performance-based	cash	incentive	under	our	LTCP.	We	also	
recognized	share-based	compensation	expense	of	$7.0	million,	$9.8	million,	and	$6.1	million	in	
2006,	2005	and	2004,	respectively.	The	majority	of	the	share-based	compensation	expense,	for	all	
years,	related	to	RSU	awards	granted	to	managers	under	our	LTCP.	Share-based	compensation	
expense	in	2006	also	included	a	non-recurring	charge	of	$1.0	million	to	correct	our	accounting	
related	to	share-based	grants	awarded	to	two	non-employee,	non-director	consultants	in	1998.	
We	 previously	 accounted	 for	 these	 non-employee	 grants	 similarly	 to	 share-based	 employee	
grants,	 using	 the	 intrinsic	 value	 method.	 The	 charge	 reflects	 the	 incremental	 cost	 that	 would	
have	been	recognized	by	correctly	treating	these	grants	as	non-employee	grants	using	the	fair	
value	 method.	 Due	 to	 the	 structure	 of	 the	 different	 cycles	 in	 the	 LTCP,	 we	 expect	 that	 2007	
expenses	associated	with	performance-based	cash	incentive	and	RSUs	will	be	approximately	$3.4	
million	 more	 than	 2006.	 However,	 the	 amount	 recorded	 could	 either	 increase	 or	 decrease	
dependent	 upon	 our	 future	 assessment	 of	 the	 expected	 attainment	 of	 pre-established	
performance	goals.

At	December	31,	2006,	accrued	compensation	expenses	associated	with	the	performance-based	
cash	incentive	was	based	on	an	estimated	100%	payout	for	Cycle	2a.	Under	the	program,	100%	
achievement	of	the	goals	set	by	the	Compensation	Committee	of	the	Board	of	Directors	results	in	
a	 100%	 payout	 of	 the	 performance-based	 cash	 incentive	 target	 amounts.	 For	 each	 1%	 change	
above	or	below	100%	achievement,	the	payout	is	adjusted	by	2.5%	with	a	maximum	payout	of	
225%	and	no	pay-out	for	performance	that	falls	below	80%	of	target	results.	The	following	table	
provides	examples	of	the	performance-based	cash	incentive	payout	that	would	be	earned	based	
on	various	levels	of	goal	achievement:

Goal	Achievement	

Less	than	80%	

80%	

100%	

120%	

150%	or	greater	

Payout

0%

50%

100%

150%

225%

If	 we	 had	 assumed	 that	 the	 Company’s	 Cycle	 2a	 goal	 achievement	 would	 be	 either	 120%	 or	
80%,	we	would	have	accrued	either	$2.6	million	more	or	less,	respectively,	of	related	compensation	
expense	 through	 December	 31,	 2006.	 However,	 the	 amount	 currently	 recorded	 at	
December	31,	2006	could	either	increase	or	decrease	dependent	upon	our	future	assessment	of	
the	expected	attainment	against	pre-established	performance	goals.

During	2006,	fourteen	members	of	our	senior	management	voluntarily	exchanged	approximately	
56,000	 Cycle	 2	 time-based	 RSUs	 for	 an	 equal	 number	 of	 Cycle	 2	 performance-based	 RSUs.	 The	
Company	will	ultimately	satisfy	these	performance-based	RSUs	through	the	issuance	of	between	
zero	and	168,000	shares,	depending	upon	senior	management’s	performance	against	specified	
goals.	 If	 actual	 performance	 were	 to	 meet,	 but	 not	 exceed,	 all	 specified	 goals,	 the	 Company	
would	have	a	100%	payout	of	56,000	shares,	valued	at	$1.2	million,	based	on	the	grant	date	value	
of	the	time-based	shares	exchanged.	Under	the	program,	100%	achievement	of	the	goals	set	by	
the	 Compensation	 Committee	 of	 the	 Board	 of	 Directors	 results	 in	 a	 100%	 payout	 of	 the	
performance-based	 RSU	 incentive	 target	 amounts.	 For	 each	 1%	 change	 above	 or	 below	 100%	
achievement,	the	payout	is	adjusted	by	4%	with	a	maximum	payout	of	300%	and	for	performance	

page 

that	 falls	 below	 80%	 of	 target,	 no	 share	 pay-out	 would	 occur.	 The	 following	 table	 provides	
examples	 of	 the	 performance-based	 cash	 incentive	 payout	 that	 would	 be	 earned	 based	 on	
various	levels	of	goal	achievement:

Goal	Achievement	

Less	than	80%	

80%	

100%	

120%	

150%	or	greater	

Payout

0%

20%

100%

180%

300%

At	December	31,	2006,	we	accrued	expense	based	on	a	performance	share	value	of	$1.2	million.	
We	will	not	record	less	than	$1.2	million,	of	expense	for	the	performance	shares,	the	grant	date	
value	 of	 the	 time-based	 RSUs	 exchanged	 for	 the	 performance-based	 RSUs,	 even	 if	 goal	
achievement	falls	below	80%	and	there	is	no	share	payout	for	the	performance	RSUs.	If	we	had	
assumed	that	the	Company’s	Cycle	2	performance-based	RSU	goal	achievement	would	be	120%,	
we	would	have	accrued	$0.9	million	more	compensation	expense	through	December	31,	2006.

In	fourth	quarter	2005,	we	accelerated	the	vesting	of	all	stock	options	which	were	scheduled	to	
vest	on	or	after	January	1,	2006.	As	a	result,	options	to	purchase	approximately	0.8	million	shares	
of	 our	 common	 stock,	 which	 would	 otherwise	 have	 vested	 at	 various	 times	 over	 the	 next	 six	
years,	 became	 fully	 vested.	 We	 recorded	 a	 charge	 of	 approximately	 $0.2	 million	 related	 to	 this	
acceleration.	 The	 charge	 was	 based,	 in	 part,	 on	 our	 estimate	 that	 approximately	 12%	 of	 the	
accelerated	 options	 would	 have	 been	 forfeited	 had	 the	 acceleration	 not	 occurred.	 The	 charge	
would	have	been	approximately	$1.6	million	if	we	had	estimated	that	100%	of	the	options	would	
have	been	forfeited	had	the	acceleration	not	occurred.	The	acceleration	eliminated	a	non-cash	
charge	of	approximately	$7.1	million	that	would	have	been	recognized	under	SFAS	No.	123	(R)	
Share-Based Payments	 between	 2006	 and	 2011.	 We	 will	 continue	 to	 recognize	 expense	 for	 our	
remaining	equity-based	incentive	programs.

income taxes

Income	taxes	are	accounted	for	under	the	asset	and	liability	method.	Under	this	method,	deferred	
tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	recognized	for	the	estimated	future	tax	consequences	attributable	to	
differences	between	the	financial	statement	carrying	values	of	existing	assets	and	liabilities	and	
their	 respective	 tax	 bases,	 and	 operating	 loss	 and	 tax	 credit	 carryforwards.	 Deferred	 tax	 assets	
and	liabilities	are	measured	using	enacted	tax	rates	in	effect	for	the	year	in	which	those	temporary	
differences	 are	 expected	 to	 be	 recovered	 or	 settled.	 The	 effect	 on	 deferred	 tax	 assets	 and	
liabilities	of	a	change	in	tax	rates	is	recognized	in	the	Consolidated	Statement	of	Operations	in	
the	 period	 that	 includes	 the	 enactment	 date.	 A	 valuation	 allowance	 is	 recorded	 to	 reduce	 the	
carrying	amounts	of	deferred	tax	assets	if	management	has	determined	that	it	is	more	likely	than	
not	that	such	assets	will	not	be	realized.

In	addition,	the	calculation	of	tax	liabilities	involves	significant	judgment	in	estimating	the	impact	
of	uncertainties	in	the	application	of	complex	tax	laws.	We	are	subject	to	compliance	reviews	by	
the	 Internal	 Revenue	 Service	 (“IRS”)	 and	 other	 taxing	 jurisdictions	 on	 various	 tax	 matters,	
including	 challenges	 to	 various	 positions	 we	 assert	 in	 our	 filings.	 Certain	 tax	 contingencies	 are	
recognized	when	they	are	determined	to	be	both	probable	and	reasonably	estimable.	We	believe	
we	have	adequately	accrued	for	tax	contingencies	that	have	met	both	criteria.	As	of	December	
31,	2006	and	2005,	there	are	certain	tax	contingencies	that	either	are	not	considered	probable	or	
are	 not	 reasonably	 estimable	 by	 us	 at	 this	 time.	 In	 the	 event	 that	 the	 IRS	 or	 another	 taxing	
jurisdiction	levies	an	assessment	in	the	future,	it	is	possible	the	assessment	could	have	an	adverse	
effect	on	our	consolidated	financial	condition	or	results	of	operations.

page 

Based	 on	 judgments	 associated	 with	 determining	 the	 annual	 limitation	 applicable	 to	 us	 under	
Internal	 Revenue	 Code	 Section	 382,	 we	 did	 not	 include	 all	 federal	 NOL	 carryforwards	 in	 the	
computation	of	our	gross	deferred	tax	assets.	We	also	excluded	a	portion	of	the	federal	research	
and	experimental	credits	that	may	be	available	to	us	from	the	computation	of	gross	deferred	tax	
assets	based	upon	estimates	of	the	final	credit	that	may	be	realized.	Had	we	included	all	federal	
NOL	carryforwards	and	research	and	experimental	credits	in	the	computation	of	gross	deferred	
tax	 assets,	 the	 gross	 deferred	 tax	 assets	 would	 have	 been	 approximately	 $10.2	 million	 greater	
and	our	income	tax	provision	would	have	decreased	by	the	same	amount.

In	2006,	we	credited	foreign	source	withholding	tax	payments	against	our	U.S.	Federal	Income	
Tax	Liability.	Prior	to	2006,	we	recognized	deferred	tax	assets	related	to	deferred	revenue	for	both	
U.S.	Federal	Income	Tax	purposes	and	non-U.S.	jurisdictions	that	assess	a	source	withholding	tax	
on	related	royalty	payments.	We	expense	these	deferred	tax	assets	as	we	recognize	the	revenue	
and	the	related	temporary	differences	reverse.

Significant Agreements And Events

technology solution Agreements

In	 August	 2005,	 we	 entered	 into	 an	 agreement	 with	 Philips	 Semiconductors	 B.V.	 (Philips)	 to	
deliver	our	HSDPA	technology	solution	to	Philips	for	integration	into	Philips’	family	of	Nexperia™	
cellular	 system	 chipsets.	 Under	 the	 agreement,	 we	 will	 also	 assist	 Philips	 with	 chip	 design	 and	
development,	 software	 modification	 and	 system	 integration	 and	 testing	 to	 implement	 our	
HSDPA	technology	solution	into	the	Philips	chipset.	Subsequent	to	our	delivery	of	portions	of	our	
HSDPA	technology	solution,	we	agreed	to	provide	Philips	with	support	and	maintenance	over	an	
aggregate	estimated	period	of	approximately	two	years.

In	 December	 2004,	 we	 entered	 into	 an	 agreement	 with	 General	 Dynamics,	 to	 serve	 as	 a	
subcontractor	on	the	MUOS	program	for	the	U.S.	military.	MUOS	is	an	advanced	tactical	terrestrial	
and	 satellite	 communications	 system	 utilizing	 3G	 commercial	 cellular	 technology	 to	 provide	
significantly	 improved	 high	 data	 rate	 and	 assured	 communications	 for	 U.S.	 warfighters.	 The	
Software	 License	 Agreement	 (SLA)	 required	 us	 to	 deliver	 to	 General	 Dynamics	 standards-
compliant	 WCDMA	 modem	 technology,	 originating	 from	 the	 technology	 we	 developed	 under	
our	 agreement	 with	 Infineon	 Technologies	 AG,	 for	 incorporation	 into	 handheld	 terminals.	 We	
completed	delivery	of	this	technology	in	2006.	We	originally	agreed	to	provide	maintenance	for	a	
period	 of	 three	 years,	 beginning	 January	 1,	 2006.	 In	 fourth	 quarter	 2006,	 General	 Dynamics	
agreed	to	amend	the	SLA	to	release	us	from	our	maintenance	obligations	over	the	final	two	years	
of	the	SLA,	in	exchange	for	a	$0.5	million	reduction	to	their	remaining	payments.	We	recognized	
approximately	$0.9	million	in	fourth	quarter	2006	as	a	result	of	this	amendment.

We	 are	 accounting	 for	 portions	 of	 the	 above	 technology	 solutions	 agreements	 using	
the	 percentage-of-completion	 method.	 From	 the	 inception	 of	 these	 agreements	 through	
December	 31,	 2006,	 we	 recognized	 related	 revenue	 of	 approximately	 $23.3	 million	 using	 the	
percentage	 of	 completion	 method,	 including	 $4.5	 million	 in	 2006.	 Our	 accounts	 receivable	 at	
December	 31,	 2006	 and	 2005	 included	 unbilled	 amounts	 of	 $1.7	 million	 and	 $4.1	 million,	
respectively.	 We	 expect	 to	 bill	 and	 collect	 such	 amounts	 within	 twelve	 months	 of	 the	 balance	
sheet	date.

2005 Repositioning

In	August	2005,	we	announced	plans	to	close	our	Melbourne,	Florida	design	facility.	We	ceased	
development	 activity	 at	 this	 facility	 in	 third	 quarter	 2005	 and	 relocated	 certain	 development	
efforts	and	personnel	to	other	Company	locations.	We	closed	this	facility	in	fourth	quarter	2005.	
On	the	date	of	the	announced	closing,	there	were	thirty-three	full	or	part-time	employees	at	this	

page 

facility,	of	which	five	full-time	employees	accepted	offers	of	continued	employment	elsewhere	
within	our	organization.	We	estimate	the	repositioning	resulted	in	annual	pre-tax	cost	savings	of	
approximately	$6.0	million.

In	 connection	 with	 the	 closure,	 we	 recognized	 repositioning	 charges	 totaling	 approximately	
$1.5	 million	 in	 2005,	 comprised	 of	 severance	 and	 relocation	 costs	 of	 $1.0	 million	 and	 facility	
closing	costs	of	$0.5	million.	The	facility	closing	costs	include	lease	termination	costs,	fixed	asset	
writeoffs	and	costs	to	wind	down	the	facility.	We	believe	that	our	financial	obligations	associated	
with	this	repositioning	are	complete.

2004 Repositioning

In	second	quarter	2004,	we	reduced	our	headcount	by	25	employees	and	recorded	a	charge	of	
approximately	 $0.6	 million	 associated	 with	 this	 repositioning.	 The	 charge	 was	 comprised	
primarily	of	severance	and	other	cash	benefits	associated	with	the	workforce	reduction.	During	
the	 balance	 of	 2004,	 we	 adjusted	 our	 repositioning	 charge	 by	 less	 than	 $0.1	 million	 and	
completely	satisfied	all	liabilities	associated	with	this	restructuring.	We	believe	that	our	financial	
obligations	associated	with	this	repositioning	are	complete.

Acquisition of patents

In	 2005,	 we	 acquired,	 for	 a	 purchase	 price	 of	 approximately	 $8.1	 million,	 selected	 patents,	
intellectual	 property	 blocks	 and	 related	 assets	 from	 an	 unrelated	 third	 party.	 These	 assets	 are	
designed	 to	 improve	 the	 range,	 throughput	 and	 reliability	 of	 wireless	 LAN	 and	 other	 wireless	
technology	 systems.	 The	 purchase	 price	 was	 allocated	 almost	 entirely	 to	 patent	 assets	 with	 a	
nominal	amount	being	allocated	to	other	assets.	Based	on	our	assessment	in	connection	with	the	
asset	acquisition,	we	are	amortizing	these	patents	over	their	expected	useful	lives	of	approximately	
15	years.

new Accounting standards

In	July	2006,	the	FASB	issued	Interpretation	No.	48	Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an 
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109	(FIN	48).	FIN	48	clarifies	the	accounting	for	uncertainty	in	
income	 taxes	 recognized	 in	 an	 entity’s	 financial	 statements	 in	 accordance	 with	 SFAS	 No.	 109	
Accounting for Income Taxes,	by	prescribing	the	minimum	recognition	threshold	and	measurement	
attribute	a	tax	position	taken	or	expected	to	be	taken	on	a	tax	return	is	required	to	meet	before	
being	recognized	in	the	financial	statements.	FIN	48	also	provides	guidelines	on	derecognition,	
measurement,	classification,	interest	and	penalties,	accounting	in	interim	periods,	disclosure	and	
transition.	 We	 are	 currently	 evaluating	 the	 impact	 of	 FIN	 48,	 which	 must	 be	 implemented	
effective	January	1,	2007.

In	 September	 2006,	 FASB	 issued	 SFAS	 No.	 157	Fair Value Measurements,	 which	 is	 effective	 for	
fiscal	 years	 beginning	 after	 November	 15,	 2007.	 The	 statement	 was	 issued	 to	 define	 fair	 value,	
establish	 a	 framework	 for	 measuring	 fair	 value,	 and	 expand	 disclosures	 about	 fair	 value	
measurements.	The	Company	is	currently	assessing	the	effect,	if	any,	this	statement	will	have	on	
its	financial	statements	or	its	results	of	operations.

In	September	2006,	the	SEC	issued	Staff	Accounting	Bulletin	(SAB)	No	108	 Quantifying Financial 
Misstatements	 which	 expresses	 the	 Staff’s	 views	 regarding	 the	 process	 of	 quantifying	 financial	
statement	 misstatements.	 Registrants	 are	 required	 to	 quantify	 the	 impact	 of	 correcting	 all	
misstatements,	including	both	the	carryover	and	reversing	effects	of	prior	year	misstatements,	on	
current	year	financial	statements.	The	techniques	most	commonly	used	in	practice	to	accumulate	
and	 quantify	 misstatements	 are	 generally	 referred	 to	 as	 the	 “rollover”	 (current	 year	 income	
statement	perspective)	and	“iron	curtain”	(year-end	balance	sheet	perspective)	approaches.	The	
financial	 statements	 would	 require	 adjustment	 when	 either	 approach	 results	 in	 quantifying	 a	
misstatement	that	is	material,	after	considering	all	relevant	quantitative	and	qualitative	factors.	

page 

This	 bulletin	 is	 effective	 for	 financial	 statements	 for	 the	 first	 fiscal	 year	 ending	 after	
November	 15,	 2006.	 The	 adoption	 of	 SAB	 No.	 108	 did	 not	 have	 a	 material	 impact	 on	 our	
consolidated	financial	position,	results	of	operations	or	cash	flows.

Litigation And Legal Proceedings

nokia

Nokia Delaware Proceeding

In	January	2005,	Nokia	and	Nokia,	Inc.	filed	a	complaint	in	the	United	States	District	Court	for	the	
District	of	Delaware	against	IDCC	and	ITC	for	declaratory	judgments	of	patent	invalidity	and	non-
infringement	 of	 certain	 claims	 of	 certain	 patents,	 and	 violations	 of	 the	 Lanham	 Act	 (Nokia	
Delaware	 Proceeding).	 In	 December	 2005,	 as	 a	 result	 of	 our	 motion	 to	 dismiss	 all	 of	 Nokia’s	
claims,	the	Delaware	District	Court	dismissed	all	of	Nokia’s	patent	invalidity	and	non-infringement	
declaratory	 judgment	 claims	 due	 to	 lack	 of	 jurisdiction.	 The	 Delaware	 District	 Court	 did	 not	
dismiss	 Nokia’s	 claims	 relating	 to	 violations	 of	 the	 Lanham	 Act.	 Under	 the	 Lanham	 Act	 claim,	
Nokia	 alleges	 that	 we	 have	 used	 false	 or	 misleading	 descriptions	 or	 representations	 regarding	
our	patents’	scope,	validity,	and	applicability	to	products	built	to	comply	with	3G	wireless	phone	
Standards,	and	that	such	statements	have	caused	Nokia	harm.

In	late	2006,	we	sought	to	file	a	motion	for	summary	judgment	as	to	Nokia’s	then-current	Lanham	
Act	claims.	If	such	a	motion	is	filed	and	granted	in	our	favor	in	its	entirety,	the	court	would	enter	
judgment	in	our	favor	as	to	Nokia’s	Lanham	Act	claims,	including	its	amended	Lanham	Act	claims	
as	noted	below.	The	court	has	not	yet	ruled	on	whether	we	will	be	allowed	to	file	the	motion	for	
summary	judgment.	A	hearing	is	not	currently	scheduled	for	this	motion.

In	first	quarter	2007,	we	filed	a	motion	for	leave	to	amend	our	Answer	and	to	assert	claims	for	
affirmative	 relief	 based	 on	 Nokia’s	 licensing	 activities	 as	 well	 as	 Nokia’s	 false	 or	 misleading	
descriptions	 or	 representations	 regarding	 Nokia’s	 3G	 patents	 and	 Nokia’s	 undisclosed	 funding	
and	direction	of	an	allegedly	independent	study	of	the	essentiality	of	3G	patents.	These	claims	for	
affirmative	relief	include	Lanham	Act	claims,	as	well	as	state	law	claims	for	common	law	unfair	
competition,	 intentional	 interference	 with	 prospective	 business	 relations,	 violation	 of	 the	
Delaware	 Deception	 Trade	 Practices	 Act,	 injurious	 falsehood,	 commercial	 disparagement,	
business	disparagement	and	unjust	enrichment.	A	hearing	on	our	motion	for	leave	to	amend	our	
Answer,	if	necessary,	is	scheduled	for	first	quarter	2007.

Also	in	first	quarter	2007,	the	court	granted	Nokia	leave	to	amend	its	Complaint	and	assert	new	
causes	of	action	based	on	Nokia’s	allegations	concerning	InterDigital	3G	patents	and	notifications	
to	ETSI.	Specifically,	Nokia	now	asserts	two	Lanham	Act	claims	based	on	this	alleged	conduct,	as	
well	 as	 state	 law	 claims	 for	 common	 law	 unfair	 competition,	 intentional	 interference	 with	
prospective	business	relations,	violation	of	the	Delaware	Deception	Trade	Practices	Act,	injurious	
falsehood,	commercial	disparagement,	business	disparagement	and	unjust	enrichment.	We	have	
filed	a	motion	to	dismiss	Nokia’s	amended	claims	as	well	as	our	Answer	to	those	amended	claims,	
together	with	the	counterclaims	described	above.	We	intend	vigorously	to	oppose	Nokia’s	claims	
and	pursue	our	claims	for	affirmative	relief.

samsung

In	2002,	during	an	arbitration	proceeding	(Samsung	1st	Arbitration),	Samsung	Electronics	Co.	Ltd.	
(Samsung)	 elected,	 under	 a	 most	 favored	 licensee	 (MFL)	 clause	 in	 its	 1996	 patent	 license	
agreement	 with	 ITC	 (Samsung	 Agreement),	 commencing	 January	 1,	 2002,	 to	 have	 Samsung’s	
royalty	 obligations	 for	 2G	 GSM/TDMA	 and	 2.5G	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 wireless	 communications	
products	be	determined	in	accordance	with	the	terms	of	the	Nokia	Agreement,	including	its	MFL	
provision,	commencing	January	1,	2002.	By	notice	in	March	2003,	ITC	notified	Samsung	that	such	

page 

Samsung	obligations	had	been	defined	by	the	relevant	licensing	terms	of	the	Ericsson	Agreement	
(for	infrastructure	products)	and	the	Sony	Ericsson	Agreement	(for	terminal	unit	products)	as	a	
result	of	the	MFL	provision	in	the	Nokia	Agreement.

In	 November	 2003,	 Samsung	 filed	 a	 Request	 for	 Arbitration	 with	 the	 International	 Chamber	 of	
Commerce	(ICC)	against	IDCC	and	ITC	regarding	Samsung’s	royalty	payment	obligations	to	ITC	
for	 its	 worldwide	 sales	 of	 2G	 GSM/TDMA	 and	 2.5G	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 products	 (Samsung	 2nd	
Arbitration).	This	arbitration	proceeding	related	to	ITC’s	claim	that	the	Ericsson	Agreement	and	
the	 Sony	 Ericsson	 Agreement	 defined	 the	 financial	 terms	 under	 which	 Samsung	 is	 required	 to	
pay	 royalties	 on	 its	 worldwide	 sales	 of	 2G	 GSM/TDMA	 and	 2.5G	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 products	
commencing	 January	 1,	 2002	 through	 December	 31,	 2006.	 In	 the	 proceeding,	 we	 sought	 a	
declaration	 that	 the	 parties’	 rights	 and	 obligations	 are	 governed	 by	 the	 Samsung	 Agreement,	
and	 that,	 as	 a	 result	 of	 Samsung’s	 prior	 MFL	 election	 of	 the	 Nokia	 Agreement,	 the	 Nokia	
Agreement	dictated	Samsung’s	royalty	obligations	for	those	TDMA	products	licensed	under	the	
Samsung	 Agreement.	 Samsung	 sought	 a	 determination	 that	 it	 had	 succeeded	 to	 all	 of	 Nokia’s	
then-existing	rights	under	the	Nokia	Agreement,	including	the	license	to	sell	3G	and	other	CDMA	
products.	Samsung	also	sought	a	determination	that	its	royalty	obligations	were	not	defined	by	
the	Ericsson	Agreement	or	the	Sony	Ericsson	Agreement.	In	the	alternative,	Samsung	sought	a	
determination	 of	 the	 amount	 of	 the	 appropriate	 royalty	 to	 be	 paid,	 and	 argued	 that	 it	 owes	
substantially	less	than	the	amount	that	we	believe	is	owed.

An	evidentiary	hearing	was	conducted	in	January	2005	by	an	arbitral	tribunal	(Samsung	Tribunal)	
operating	 under	 the	 auspices	 of	 the	 ICC.	 In	 August	 2006,	 the	 Samsung	 Tribunal	 rendered	 the	
Samsung	 Award	 in	 the	 Samsung	 2nd	 Arbitration.	 Among	 its	 determinations,	 the	 Samsung	
Tribunal	 awarded	 InterDigital	 approximately	 $134	 million	 in	 past	 royalties	 plus	 interest	 on	
Samsung’s	sales	of	single-mode	2G	GSM/TDMA	and	single-mode	2.5G	GSM/GPRS/EDGE	terminal	
units	 through	 2005.	 The	 Samsung	 Tribunal	 also	 established	 the	 royalty	 rates	 to	 be	 applied	 to	
Samsung’s	 sales	 of	 covered	 products	 in	 2006.	 Based	 on	 available	 market	 data,	 InterDigital	
estimates	 that	 Samsung’s	 royalty	 obligation	 for	 2006	 would	 be	 in	 the	 range	 of	 $35	 million	 to	
$45	million.

The	 Samsung	 Award	 ordered	 Samsung	 to	 promptly	 pay	 amounts	 due,	 net	 of	 an	 approximate	
$6	million	prepayment	credit.	In	addition,	InterDigital	estimates	Samsung’s	interest	obligation	to	
be	in	the	range	of	$15	million	to	$17	million.	Samsung’s	royalty	obligations	under	the	Samsung	
Agreement	with	InterDigital	for	sales	of	single-mode	2G	GSM/TDMA	and	2.5G	GSM/GPRS/EDGE	
terminal	units	made	after	2006	could	be	fully	paid-up	after	Samsung	pays	royalties	for	sales	of	
covered	products	sold	through	2006	in	accordance	with	the	Samsung	Award.

Separate	from	the	royalty	issues	on	2G	and	2.5G	products,	the	Samsung	Tribunal	also	determined	
that	 Samsung	 has	 not	 obtained	 the	 broader	 CDMA	 and	 3G	 patent	 license	 rights	 in	 the	
Nokia	License	Agreement	with	InterDigital,	notwithstanding	Samsung’s	2002	MFL	election	of	the	
Nokia	Agreement.

In	September	2006,	InterDigital	filed	an	action	in	the	U.S.	District	Court	for	the	Southern	District	
of	New	York	seeking	judicial	confirmation	of	the	Samsung	Award.	Samsung	filed	an	opposition	to	
the	confirmation	action,	including	filing	a	cross-petition	to	vacate	or	modify	the	Samsung	Award	
and	to	stay	the	Samsung	Award.

In	 October	 2006,	 Samsung	 filed	 a	 request	 for	 a	 new	 ICC	 arbitration	 proceeding	 relating	 to	 the	
ongoing	patent	royalty	dispute	between	Samsung	and	InterDigital	(Samsung	3rd	Arbitration).	In	
the	 Samsung	 3rd	 Arbitration,	 Samsung	 seeks	 to	 have	 a	 new	 arbitration	 panel	 determine	 new	
royalty	 rates	 for	 Samsung’s	 2G/2.5G	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 product	 sales	 based	 on	 the	 April	 2006	
Nokia	Settlement,	which	implemented	the	June	2005	Nokia	Award.	Samsung	has	purported	to	
have	elected	the	Nokia	Settlement	under	the	MFL	clause	in	the	Samsung	Agreement.	Samsung	
contends	that	it	has	the	right	to	have	a	new	rate,	based	on	the	Nokia	Settlement,	applied	to	its	

page 

sales	in	the	period	from	January	1,	2002	through	December	31,	2006	in	lieu	of	the	royalty	rates	
that	have	been	determined	by	the	Tribunal	in	the	Samsung	2nd	Arbitration	for	that	period.	In	the	
Samsung	 3rd	 Arbitration	 proceeding,	 we	 have	 denied	 that	 Samsung	 is	 entitled	 to	 receive	 any	
new	royalty	rate	adjustment	based	on	the	Nokia	Settlement.

federal

In	 October	 2003,	 Federal	 Insurance	 Company	 (Federal),	 the	 insurance	 carrier	 which	 provided	
partial	 reimbursement	 to	 the	 Company	 of	 certain	 legal	 fees	 and	 expenses	 for	 the	 now-settled	
litigation	involving	the	Company	and	Ericsson	Inc.,	delivered	to	us	a	demand	for	arbitration	under	
the	 Pennsylvania	 Uniform	 Arbitration	 Act.	 Federal	 claims,	 based	 on	 their	 determination	 of	
expected	 value	 to	 the	 Company	 resulting	 from	 our	 settlement	 involving	 Ericsson	 Inc.,	 that	 an	
insurance	reimbursement	agreement	(Agreement)	requires	us	to	reimburse	Federal	approximately	
$28.0	million	for	attorneys’	fees	and	expenses	it	claims	were	paid	by	it.	Additionally,	under	certain	
circumstances,	Federal	may	seek	to	recover	interest	on	its	claim.	In	November	2003,	the	Company	
filed	an	action	in	United	States	District	Court	for	the	Eastern	District	of	Pennsylvania	(the	Court)	
seeking	a	declaratory	judgment	that	the	reimbursement	agreement	is	void	and	unenforceable,	
seeking	 reimbursement	 of	 attorneys’	 fees	 and	 expenses	 which	 have	 not	 been	 reimbursed	 by	
Federal	 and	 which	 were	 paid	 directly	 by	 the	 Company	 in	 connection	 with	 the	 Ericsson	 Inc.	
litigation,	 and	 seeking	 damages	 for	 Federal’s	 bad	 faith	 and	 breach	 of	 its	 obligations	 under	 the	
insurance	policy.	In	the	alternative,	in	the	event	the	reimbursement	agreement	was	found	to	be	
valid	 and	 enforceable,	 the	 Company	 was	 seeking	 a	 declaratory	 judgment	 that	 Federal	 would	
have	been	entitled	to	reimbursement	based	only	on	certain	portions	of	amounts	received	by	the	
Company	from	Ericsson	Inc.	pursuant	to	the	settlement	of	the	litigation	involving	Ericsson	Inc.,	
Federal	requested	the	Court	dismiss	the	action	and/or	have	the	matter	referred	to	arbitration.

In	October	2005,	the	Court	filed	an	order	granting	in	part	and	denying	in	part	Federal’s	motion	to	
dismiss	 the	 Company’s	 complaint.	 As	 part	 of	 its	 decision,	 the	 Court	 determined	 that	 the	
Agreement	between	Federal	and	the	Company	(which	Agreement	served	as	a	basis	for	Federal’s	
demand	 to	 recover	 any	 legal	 fees	 and	 expenses)	 is	 enforceable,	 but	 did	 not	 address	 whether	
Federal	is	entitled	to	recover	any	legal	fees	and	expenses.	Also,	the	Court	reserved	to	a	later	time	
consideration	of	whether	any	arbitration	award	would	be	binding	on	the	parties.	An	arbitrator	
has	been	selected	and	an	arbitration	hearing	has	been	scheduled	for	late	first	quarter	2007.

Prior	 to	 Federal’s	 demand	 for	 arbitration,	 we	 had	 accrued	 a	 contingent	 liability	 of	 $3.4	 million	
related	to	the	Agreement.	We	continue	to	evaluate	this	contingent	liability	and	have	maintained	
this	accrual	at	December	31,	2006.	While	we	continue	to	contest	this	matter,	any	adverse	decision	
or	settlement	obligating	us	to	pay	amounts	materially	in	excess	of	the	accrued	contingent	liability	
could	have	a	material	negative	effect	on	our	consolidated	financial	position,	results	of	operations	
or	cash	flows.

Other

We	have	filed	patent	applications	in	the	United	States	and	in	numerous	foreign	countries.	In	the	
ordinary	 course	 of	 business,	 we	 currently	 are,	 and	 expect	 from	 time-to-time	 to	 be,	 subject	 to	
challenges	 with	 respect	 to	 the	 validity	 of	 our	 patents	 and	 patent	 applications.	 We	 intend	 to	
continue	to	vigorously	defend	the	validity	of	our	patents	and	defend	against	any	such	challenges.	
However,	 if	 certain	 key	 patents	 are	 revoked	 or	 patent	 applications	 are	 denied,	 our	 patent	
licensing	opportunities	could	be	materially	and	adversely	affected.

We	and	our	licensees,	in	the	normal	course	of	business,	have	disagreements	as	to	the	rights	and	
obligations	of	the	parties	under	the	applicable	patent	license	agreement.	For	example,	we	could	
have	a	disagreement	with	a	licensee	as	to	the	amount	of	reported	sales	of	covered	products	and	

page 

royalties	owed.	Our	patent	license	agreements	typically	provide	for	arbitration	as	the	mechanism	
for	resolving	disputes.	Arbitration	proceedings	can	be	resolved	through	an	award	rendered	by	an	
arbitration	panel	or	through	private	settlement	between	the	parties.

Among	 the	 types	 of	 legal	 proceedings	 we	 encounter	 in	 the	 normal	 course	 of	 business,	 we	
continue	to	be	engaged	in	the	following	actions	with	Nokia:

In	July	2005,	Nokia	filed	a	claim	in	the	English	High	Court	of	Justice,	Chancery	Division,	Patents	
Court	against	ITC	seeking	a	Declaration	that	thirty-one	of	ITC’s	UMTS	European	Patents	registered	
in	the	UK	are	not	essential	IPR	for	the	3GPP	Standard.	Trial	in	this	action	is	scheduled	for	fourth	
quarter	 2007.	 In	 December	 2006,	 ITC	 filed	 a	 claim	 in	 the	 same	 court	 against	 Nokia	 seeking	 a	
Declaration	 that	 thirty-five	 of	 Nokia’s	 UMTS	 European/UK	 Patents	 registered	 in	 the	 UK	 are	 not	
essential	IPR	for	the	3GPP	Standard.	Nokia	has	issued	an	application	to	strike	out	(i.e.	dismiss),	or	
alternatively	to	stay,	this	action.	This	application	will	be	vigorously	opposed	by	ITC.

In	fourth	quarter	2006,	IDCC	and	ITC	initiated	an	arbitration	proceeding	with	the	ICC	to	prohibit	
Nokia’s	attempted	use	of	certain	confidential,	proprietary	materials	previously	provided	by	us	to	
Nokia	under	the	terms	of	the	Master	Agreement	entered	into	between	the	parties	in	1999	(Nokia	
Master	 Agreement).	 We	 believe	 that	 Nokia’s	 use	 of	 such	 materials	 is	 prohibited	 by	 the	 Nokia	
Master	Agreement.	Nokia	believes	that	it	is	permitted	to	use	such	materials	in	the	Nokia	Delaware	
proceeding	and	Nokia’s	UK	proceeding,	and	denies	that	we	are	entitled	to	the	requested	relief.	
No	schedule	has	yet	been	set	by	the	ICC	for	this	proceeding.

In	 addition	 to	 disputes	 associated	 with	 enforcement	 and	 licensing	 activities	 regarding	 our	
intellectual	property,	including	the	litigation	and	other	proceedings	described	above,	we	are	a	
party	to	other	disputes	and	legal	actions	not	related	to	our	intellectual	property,	but	also	arising	
in	the	ordinary	course	of	our	business,	including	claims	by	us	for	insurance	coverage	involving	
the	 Nokia	 Delaware	 Proceeding.	 Based	 upon	 information	 presently	 available	 to	 us,	 we	 believe	
that	 the	 ultimate	 outcome	 of	 these	 other	 disputes	 and	 legal	 actions	 will	 not	 have	 a	 material	
adverse	affect	on	us.

Financial Position, Liquidity and Capital Requirements

In	 2006	 and	 2005,	 we	 generated	 net	 cash	 from	 operating	 activities	 of	 $314.8	 million	 and	
$33.7	 million,	 respectively.	 The	 positive	 operating	 cash	 flow	 in	 2006	 arose	 principally	 from	
receipts	of	approximately	$499.7	million	related	to	2G	and	3G	patent	licensing	agreements.	These	
receipts	 included	 $253.0	 million	 from	 Nokia,	 $95.0	 million	 from	 LG,	 $40.6	 million	 from	 Sharp	
Corporation	 of	 Japan	 (Sharp),	 $38.0	 million	 from	 NEC,	 $15.9	 million	 from	 a	 Taiwanese	 licensee,	
$15.5	 million	 from	 a	 Canadian	 licensee	 and	 $41.7	 million	 from	 other	 licensees.	 These	 receipts	
were	partially	offset	by	cash	operating	expenses	(operating	expenses	less	depreciation	of	fixed	
assets,	 amortization	 of	 intangible	 assets	 and	 non-cash	 compensation)	 of	 $122.4	 million,	 cash	
payments	for	foreign	source	withholding	taxes	of	$28.5	million,	an	estimated	federal	income	tax	
payment	 of	 $23.0	 million	 and	 changes	 in	 working	 capital	 during	 2006.	 The	 positive	 operating	
cash	flow	in	2005	arose	principally	from	receipts	of	approximately	$133.1	million	related	to	2G	
and	 3G	 patent	 licensing	 agreements.	 These	 receipts	 included	 $35.6	 million	 from	 NEC,	
$33.3	 million	 from	 Sharp,	 $27.9	 million	 from	 Sony	 Ericsson,	 $20.0	 million	 from	 Kyocera	
Corporation	and	$16.3	million	from	other	licensees.	These	receipts	were	partially	offset	by	cash	
operating	expenses	of	$124.9	million	and	changes	in	working	capital	during	2005.

Our	 combined	 short-term	 and	 long-term	 deferred	 revenue	 balance	 at	 December	 31,	 2006	 was	
approximately	$231.6	million,	an	increase	of	$140.4	million	from	December	31,	2005.	We	have	no	
material	obligations	associated	with	such	deferred	revenue.	In	2006,	we	recorded	gross	increases	
in	deferred	revenue	of	$336.7	million,	$190	million	of	which	relates	to	payments	received	or	due	
from	LG,	$50	million	related	to	the	portion	of	the	Nokia	payment	associated	with	2006	revenue,	
$95.2	 million	 related	 to	 new	 prepayments	 from	 existing	 licensees	 and	 $1.5	 million	 related	 to	

page 

prepayments	 from	 new	 licensees.	 In	 2006,	 we	 collected	 the	 first	 $95	 million	 payment	 from	 LG	
and	recorded	$95	million	in	accounts	receivable	relating	to	LG’s	second	payment	obligation	due	
in	 first	 quarter	 2007.	 In	 accordance	 with	 our	 policy	 for	 recording	 long-term	 receivables	 from	
patent	 license	 agreements,	 we	 will	 defer	 recognition	 in	 accounts	 receivable	 of	 LG’s	 third	
$95	million	payment	obligation,	which	is	due	in	first	quarter	2008,	until	twelve	months	prior	to	its	
due	date.	The	gross	increases	in	deferred	revenue	were	offset,	in	part,	by	2006	deferred	revenue	
recognition	 of	 $121.3	 million	 related	 to	 the	 amortization	 of	 fixed-fee	 royalty	 payments,	
$75.0	 million	 related	 to	 per-unit	 exhaustion	 of	 prepaid	 royalties	 (based	 upon	 royalty	 reports	
provided	 by	 our	 licensees)	 and	 the	 recognition	 of	 deferred	 revenue	 related	 to	 technology	
solutions	agreements.

Based	 on	 current	 license	 agreements,	 in	 2007,	 we	 expect	 the	 amortization	 of	 fixed	 fee	 royalty	
payments	 to	 reduce	 the	 December	 31,	 2006	 deferred	 revenue	 balance	 of	 $231.6	 million	 by	
$69.8	 million.	 Additional	 reductions	 to	 deferred	 revenue	 will	 be	 dependent	 upon	 the	 level	 of	
per-unit	royalties	our	licensees	report	against	prepaid	balances.

In	 2006,	 we	 used	 net	 cash	 in	 investing	 activities	 of	 $52.4	 million.	 In	 2005,	 we	 generated	
$8.0	 million	 from	 these	 same	 activities.	 We	 purchased	 $19.7	 million	 of	 short-term	 marketable	
securities,	net	of	sales,	in	2006.	We	sold	$38.2	million	of	short-term	marketable	securities,	net	of	
purchases,	 in	 2005.	 This	 change	 resulted	 from	 the	 investment	 of	 significant	 cash	 receipts	 from	
operating	activities	in	2006	offset,	in	part,	by	our	activity	under	our	share	repurchase	program.	
Purchases	 of	 property	 and	 equipment	 increased	 to	 $11.2	 million	 in	 2006	 from	 $5.4	 million	 in	
2005,	due	to	continued	investment	in	both	development	tools	and	engineering	related	network	
infrastructure	 and	 systems.	 We	 also	 paid	 $2.7	 million	 in	 2006	 toward	 technology	 licenses	
necessary	for	our	complete	2G/3G	dual-mode	modem	ASIC	offering.	Investment	costs	associated	
with	patents	increased	from	$17.0	million	in	2005	to	$18.9	million	in	2006.	This	increase	reflects	
higher	patenting	activity	over	the	past	several	years,	combined	with	the	lag	effect	between	filing	
an	initial	patent	application	and	the	incurrence	of	costs	to	issue	the	patent	in	both	the	U.S.	and	
foreign	jurisdictions.	In	2007,	we	expect	that	purchases	or	licenses	of	property,	equipment	and	
technology	rights	in	support	of	planned	technology	development	and	product	initiatives	will	be	
$16	 million	 to	 $22	 million.	 We	 also	 expect	 that	 capitalized	 patent	 costs	 will	 be	 between	
$18	million	to	$20	million.	In	first	quarter	2005,	we	acquired,	for	a	purchase	price	of	approximately	
$8.1	million,	selected	patents,	intellectual	property	blocks	and	related	assets	from	an	unrelated	
third	party,	the	function	of	which	are	aimed	at	improving	the	range,	throughput	and	reliability	of	
wireless	LAN	and	other	wireless	technology	systems.

Net	 cash	 used	 in	 financing	 activities	 in	 2006	 increased	 $94.3	 million	 to	 $123.9	 million	 from	
$29.6	 million	 in	 2005.	 In	 2006,	 we	 repurchased	 6.3	 million	 shares	 of	 our	 common	 stock	 for	
$184.9	million	compared	to	repurchases	of	2.0	million	shares	of	common	stock	for	$34.1	million	
in	 2005.	 We	 received	 proceeds	 from	 option	 and/or	 warrant	 exercises	 of	 $40.6	 million	 and	
$4.9	million	in	2006	and	2005,	respectively.	In	2006,	we	classified	tax	benefits	from	stock	options	
of	 $20.7	 million	 as	 a	 cash	 flow	 from	 financing	 activities	 in	 accordance	 with	 SFAS	 123(R).	 In	
2005,	 we	 had	 classified	 tax	 benefits	 from	 stock	 options	 of	 $2.3	 million	 as	 a	 cash	 flow	 from	
operating	activities.

We	 had	 4.0	 million	 and	 6.3	 million	 stock	 options	 outstanding	 at	 December	 31,	 2006	 and	 2005,	
respectively,	that	had	exercise	prices	less	than	the	fair	market	value	of	our	common	stock	at	each	
balance	sheet	date.	These	options	would	have	generated	$48.8	million	and	$63.5	million	of	cash	
proceeds	for	the	Company	had	they	been	fully	exercised	at	these	dates.

As	 of	 December	 31,	 2006,	 we	 had	 $264.0	 million	 of	 cash,	 cash	 equivalents	 and	 short-term	
investments,	compared	to	$105.7	million	at	December	31,	2005.	Our	working	capital	(adjusted	to	
exclude	 cash,	 cash	 equivalents,	 short-term	 investments,	 current	 maturities	 of	 debt	 and	 current	
deferred	 revenue)	 increased	 to	 $139.7	 million	 at	 December	 31,	 2006	 from	 $39.9	 million	 at	

page 0

December	 31,	 2005.	 This	 $99.8	 million	 increase	 is	 primarily	 due	 to	 a	 $112.3	 million	 increase	 in	
accounts	receivable	offset,	in	part,	by	an	increase	in	accounts	payable	of	$14.8	million	as	well	as	
other	elements	of	working	capital.	The	increase	in	accounts	receivable	was	associated	with	the	
accrual	of	LG’s	second	of	three	$95	million	payments	and	the	accrual	of	a	new	prepayment	from	
an	existing	Taiwanese	licensee.	The	increase	in	accounts	payable	was	primarily	due	to	the	accrual	
of	amounts	due	under	our	share	repurchase	program.

In	December	2005,	we	entered	into	a	two-year	$60	million	unsecured	revolving	credit	facility	(the	
Credit	Agreement).	The	Credit	Agreement	was	entered	into	by	the	Company,	Bank	of	America,	
N.A.,	as	Administrative	Agent,	and	Citizens	Bank	of	Pennsylvania.	At	our	option,	borrowings	under	
the	Credit	Agreement	will	bear	interest	at	LIBOR	plus	75-90	basis	points,	depending	on	the	level	
of	borrowing	under	the	credit	facility,	or	under	certain	conditions	at	the	prime	rate	or	if	higher,	50	
basis	 points	 above	 the	 Federal	 Funds	 Rate.	 The	 Credit	 Agreement	 further	 contains	 certain	
customary	restrictive	financial	and	operating	covenants	which,	among	other	things,	require	us	to	
(i)	 maintain	 certain	 minimum	 cash	 and	 short-term	 investment	 levels	 of	 1.15	 times	 outstanding	
borrowings	 subject	 to	 adjustments	 defined	 in	 the	 agreement,	 (ii)	 maintain	 minimum	 financial	
performance	 requirements	 as	 measured	 by	 our	 income	 or	 loss	 before	 taxes,	 with	 certain	
adjustments,	 and	 (iii)	 limit	 or	 prohibit	 the	 incurrence	 of	 certain	 indebtedness	 and/or	
liens,	 judgments	 above	 a	 threshold	 amount	 for	 which	 a	 reserve	 is	 not	 maintained,	 and	 certain	
other	activities	outside	the	ordinary	course	of	business.	Borrowings	under	the	Credit	Agreement	
can	 be	 used	 for	 general	 corporate	 purposes	 including	 capital	 expenditures,	 working	 capital,	
letters	 of	 credit,	 certain	 permitted	 acquisitions	 and	 investments,	 cash	 dividends	 and	 stock	
repurchases.	 As	 of	 December	 31,	 2006	 and	 2005,	 we	 did	 not	 have	 any	 amounts	 outstanding	
under	the	Credit	Agreement.

Consistent	with	our	strategy	to	focus	our	resources	on	the	development	and	commercialization	
of	advanced	wireless	technology	products,	we	expect	to	see	modest	growth	in	operating	cash	
needs	related	to	planned	staffing	levels	and	continued	investments	in	enabling	capital	assets	in	
2007.	 We	 are	 capable	 of	 supporting	 these	 and	 other	 operating	 cash	 requirements,	 including	
repurchases	of	our	common	stock,	for	the	near	future	through	cash	and	short-term	investments	
on	 hand,	 other	 operating	 funds	 such	 as	 patent	 license	 royalty	 payments	 or	 the	 above-noted	
credit	facility.	An	adverse	resolution	of	the	litigation	involving	Federal	Insurance	Company	(See	
“Litigation and Legal Proceedings, Federal”)	should	not	prevent	us	from	supporting	our	operating	
requirements	 for	 the	 near	 future.	 At	present,	 we	 do	 not	 anticipate	 the	 need	 to	 seek	 additional	
financing	through	additional	bank	facilities	or	the	sale	of	debt	or	equity	securities.	However,	we	
may	introduce	prudent	levels	of	debt	to	our	capital	structure	in	2007	to	help	reduce	our	weighted	
average	cost	of	capital	and	further	enhance	shareholder	value.

Contractual Obligations

Other	 than	 open	 purchase	 orders	 of	 $8.1	 million	 for	 a	 technology	 license	 and	 $4.1	 million	 for	
software	and	test	equipment,	each	associated	with	our	complete	2G/3G	dual-mode	modem	ASIC	
offering,	 we	 did	 not	 have	 any	 significant	 purchase	 obligations	 outside	 our	 ordinary	 course	 of	
business	at	December	31,	2006.

The	following	is	a	summary	of	our	consolidated	debt	and	lease	obligations	at	December	31,	2006	
(in	millions):

Obligation	

Debt	

Operating	leases	

Total	debt	and	operating	lease	obligations	

Total	

1-3	Years	

4-5	Years	

Thereafter

$	 1.6	

	 10.7	

$	12.3	

$	 0.8	

	 5.6	

$	 6.4	

$	 0.6	

	 3.7	

$	 4.3	

$	 0.2

	 1.4

$	 1.6

page 

Off-Balance sheet Arrangements

We	 do	 not	 have	 any	 off-balance	 sheet	 arrangements	 as	 defined	 by	 regulation	 S-K	 303(a)(4)	
promulgated	under	the	Securities	Act	of	1934.

Results Of Operations

2006 Compared With 2005

Revenues 

Per-unit	royalty	revenue	

Fixed-fee	and	amortized	royalty	revenue	

Recurring	patent	licensing	royalties	

Past	infringement	and	other	non-recurring	royalties	

Total	patent	licensing	royalties	

Technology	solutions	revenue	

Total	revenue	

2006	

2005

$  124.9	

$	 99.3

81.3	

  206.2	

  267.4	

  473.6	

6.9	

34.6

	 133.9

10.2

	 144.1

19.0

$  480.5	

$	 163.1

In	 2006,	 revenues	 increased	 $317.4	 million,	 to	 $480.5	 million,	 from	 $163.1	 million	 in	 2005.	
This	increase	was	driven	by	both	the	recognition	of	$253	million	and	$12	million	related	to	the	
resolution	 of	 patent	 licensing	 matters	 with	 Nokia	 and	 Panasonic,	 respectively,	 and	 higher	
recurring	patent	license	royalties.	The	increase	in	recurring	patent	license	royalties	was	related	to	
a	new	agreement	with	LG,	as	well	as	new	or	higher	contributions	from	other	existing	licensees,	
including	Panasonic.	2005	revenues	included	non-recurring	revenue	of	$10.2	million	related	to	
past	infringement,	primarily	associated	with	a	new	patent	license	agreement	with	Kyocera.

Technology	 solution	 revenue	 decreased	 in	 2006	 to	 $6.9	 million	 from	 $19.0	 million	 in	 2005	 as	
contributions	 from	 HSDPA	 technology	 programs	 with	 Philips	 Semiconductor	 B.V.	 (Philips)	 and	
Infineon	 partially	 offset	 the	 decrease	 associated	 with	 the	 first	 quarter	 2006	 completion	 of	
deliverables	under	an	agreement	with	General	Dynamics	C4	Systems	(formerly	known	as,	General	
Dynamics	Decision	Systems,	Inc.)	(General	Dynamics),	supporting	a	program	for	the	U.S.	military.

In	 2006,	 56%	 of	 total	 revenue,	 or	 $267.4	 million,	 was	 associated	 with	 the	 resolution	 of	 patent	
licensing	matters,	primarily	with	Nokia	and	Panasonic.	Of	the	remaining	44%,	or	$213.1	million,	
62%	was	attributable	to	companies	that	individually	accounted	for	10%	or	more	of	this	amount	
and	included	LG	(26%),	NEC	(19%)	and	Sharp	(17%).	In	2005,	6%	of	total	revenue,	or	$10.2	million,	
was	associated	with	payments	for	past	sales	by	Kyocera	($10	million)	and	one	other	licensee.	Of	
the	 remaining	 94%,	 or	 $152.9	 million,	 76%	 was	 attributable	 to	 companies	 that	 individually	
accounted	 for	 10%	 or	 more	 of	 this	 amount	 and	 included	 NEC	 (32%),	 Sharp	 (23%),	 General	
Dynamics	(11%)	and	Sony	Ericsson	(10%).

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
Operating Expenses

Operating	 expenses	 decreased	 1.0%	 from	 $146.0	 million	 in	 2005	 to	 $144.1	 million	 in	 2006.	
The	 $1.9	 million	 decrease	 was	 primarily	 due	 to	 (decreases)/increases	 in	 the	 following	 items	
(in	millions):

Patent	litigation	and	arbitration	

Performance-based	cash	incentive	

Share-based	compensation	

Executive	severance	&	repositioning	

Commissions	

Depreciation	and	amortization	

Consulting	services	

Patent	maintenance	
Other(a)	

Total	decrease	in	operating	expense	

$	 (5.9)

(3.0)

(2.8)

(2.7)

	 4.0

	 3.1

	 2.3

	 1.5

	 1.6

$	

(1.9)

(a)	 The	increase	in	other	costs	is	primarily	related	to	increased	headcount	in	our	engineering	staff.

Patent	litigation	and	arbitration	costs	decreased	primarily	due	to	changes	in	both	the	level	and	
mix	of	arbitration	and	litigation	activity	in	2006.	The	decreases	in	both	performance-based	cash	
incentive	 costs	 and	 share-based	 compensation	 costs	 reflect	 the	 absence	 of	 overlapping	 LTCP	
cycles	in	2006	(i.e.,	2005	expense	included	costs	from	both	the	last	year	of	Cycle	1	and	the	first	
year	of	Cycle	2).	The	decrease	in	2006	share-based	compensation	cost	associated	with	the	LTCP	
was	 partially	 offset	 by	 $1.5	 million	 of	 amortization	 associated	 with	 a	 2006	 RSU	 grant	 to	 non-
management	employees	and	a	non-recurring	charge	of	approximately	$1.0	million	to	correct	our	
accounting	related	to	share-base	grants	in	1998	to	two	non-employee,	non-director	consultants.	
In	 2005,	 we	 recorded	 severance	 costs	 of	 $1.2	 million	 associated	 with	 changes	 in	 our	 executive	
management	and	a	repositioning	charge	of	$1.5	million	related	to	the	closure	of	our	Melbourne,	
Florida	design	facility.	These	decreases	in	operating	expenses	were	offset,	in	part,	by	increases	in	
commissions,	consulting	services,	depreciation	and	amortization	and	patent	maintenance	costs.	
The	 increase	 in	 commissions	 was	 associated	 with	 elevated	 patent	 license	 royalty	 revenue.	
Consulting	services	and	other	costs	both	increased	primarily	due	to	our	heightened	development	
activities	directed	toward	our	complete	2G/3G	dual-mode	modem	ASIC	offering.	The	increase	in	
depreciation	 and	 amortization	 is	 attributable	 to	 higher	 carrying	 values	 of	 property	 and	
equipment,	and	patents,	respectively.	A	33%	increase	in	the	number	of	issued	patents	we	held	in	
2006	resulted	in	increased	patent	maintenance	costs.

The	following	table	summarizes	the	change	in	operating	expenses	by	category	(in	millions):

Sales	and	marketing	

General	and	administrative	

Patents	administration	and	licensing	

Development	

Repositioning	

Total	operating	expense	

2006	

2005	

(Decrease)/Increase

$ 

6.6	

$	

7.9	

21.0	

51.1	

65.4	

	 —	

$ 144.1	

24.1	

49.4	

63.1	

1.5	

$	146.0	

$	(1.3)	

	 (3.1)	

	 1.7	

	 2.3	

	 (1.5)	

$	(1.9)	

(16)%

(13)

3

4

	 (100)

(1)%

Sales	and	Marketing	Expense:	The	decrease	in	sales	and	marketing	expense	was	primarily	due	to	
a	$1.0	million	decrease	in	LTCP	costs,	resulting	from	overlapping	cycles	in	2005.

General	 and	 Administrative	 Expense:	 The	 decrease	 in	 general	 and	 administrative	 expenses	
resulted	 from	 a	 $1.7	 million	 decrease	 in	 LTCP	 costs,	 resulting	 from	 overlapping	 cycles	 in	 2005,	
and	the	above-noted	$1.2	million	executive	severance	charge	in	2005.

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Patents	 Administration	 and	 Licensing	 Expense:	 The	 increase	 in	 patent	 administration	 and	
licensing	expenses	resulted	from	the	above-noted	increases	in	commissions,	patent	maintenance	
and	 patent	 amortization	 expense	 and	 the	 non-recurring	 charge	 related	 to	 share-based	 grants	
from	1998.	These	increases	were	offset,	in	part,	by	the	above-noted	decrease	in	patent	arbitration	
and	litigation	costs	and	a	$0.6	million	decrease	in	LTCP	costs,	resulting	from	overlapping	cycles	
in	2005.

Development	Expense:	The	increase	in	development	expense	is	primarily	attributable	to	activities	
associated	 with	 our	 development	 of	 a	 complete	 2G/3G	 dual-mode	 modem	 ASIC	 for	 use	 in	
advance	platforms.	These	increases	were	in	the	areas	of	personnel	expenses,	consulting	services	
and	 depreciation	 expense	 of	 development	 tools	 and	 licenses	 of	 $1.7	 million,	 $1.9	 million	 and	
$1.8	million,	respectively.	These	increases	were	offset,	in	part,	by	lower	LTCP	costs	of	$3.2	million,	
resulting	from	overlapping	cycles	in	2005

Repositioning	Expense:	The	$1.5	million	repositioning	charge	in	2005	relates	to	the	closure	of	our	
Melbourne,	Florida	design	facility	during	the	third	quarter	2005.

Interest and Investment Income, Net

Net	interest	and	investment	income	of	$13.2	million	in	2006	increased	$10.0	million	or	more	than	
300%	 from	 $3.2	 million	 in	 2005.	 The	 increase	 resulted	 from	 higher	 investment	 balances	 and	
higher	rates	of	return	on	our	investments	in	2006.

Income Taxes

Our	2006	income	tax	provision	consisted	of	a	34.9%	provision	for	federal	income	taxes,	including	
book-tax	permanent	differences,	plus	$2.2	million	of	non-U.S.	withholding	taxes.	Our	income	tax	
provision	in	2005	included	benefits	totaling	$43.7	million,	primarily	related	to	the	fourth	quarter	
2005	reversal	of	our	Federal	deferred	tax	asset	valuation	allowance	(a	portion	of	this	reversal	was	
credited	directly	to	additional	paid-in	capital),	which	were	offset,	in	part,	by	$7.2	million	of	federal	
income	tax	and	alternative	minimum	tax,	and	$2.1	million	of	foreign	source	withholding	tax.

The	net	income	tax	benefit	associated	with	adjustments	to	the	value	of	our	deferred	tax	assets	in	
2005	is	comprised	of	the	following	components	(in	millions):

Reversal	of	U.S.	Federal	valuation	allowance	

Change	in	effective	tax	rate	applied	to	U.S.	Federal	deferred	tax	assets	

Other	adjustments	to	deferred	tax	assets	

Total	adjustments	related	to	U.S.	Federal	deferred	tax	asset	valuation	

$	 (46.4)

(1.4)

4.1

$	 (43.7)

The	 $46.4	 million	 reversal	 of	 the	 U.S.	 Federal	 valuation	 allowance	 in	 2005	 was	 based	 on	
expectations	 that	 we	 will	 generate	 sufficient	 future	 taxable	 income	 to	 utilize	 our	 U.S.	 Federal	
deferred	 tax	 assets.	 The	 $1.4	 million	 change	 in	 the	 effective	 tax	 rate	 applied	 to	 U.S.	 Federal	
deferred	 tax	 assets	 was	 related	 to	 a	 change	 in	 the	 estimated	 tax	 rate	 we	 expect	 would	
apply	 when	 these	 deferred	 tax	 assets	 reverse.	 The	 remaining	 $4.1	 million	 adjustment	 of	 our	
deferred	tax	assets	reduces	the	recorded	value	of	credits	associated	with	federal	NOL	carryforwards	
and	research	and	development	activities	based	on	our	assessment	of	the	likelihood	of	realizing	
such	credits.

page 

	
	
2005 Compared With 2004

Revenues 

Per-unit	royalty	revenue(a)	
Fixed-fee	and	amortized	royalty	revenue	

Recurring	patent	licensing	royalties	

Past	infringement	and	other	non-recurring	royalties	

Total	patent	licensing	royalties	

Technology	solutions	revenue	

Total	revenue	

2005	

2004

$	 99.3	

$	 73.1

34.6	

28.5

	 133.9	

	 101.6

10.2	

1.8

	 144.1	

	 103.4

19.0	

0.3

$	 163.1	

$	 103.7

(a)	 	In	2004,	we	transitioned	to	recognizing	revenue	associated	with	per-unit	royalties	in	the	quarter	when	royalty	reports	are	received	from	licensees,	
rather	than	in	the	quarter	in	which	our	licensees’	underlying	sales	occurred.	Due	to	this	transition,	revenues	for	2004	included	only	three	quarters	
of	per-unit	royalties.

In	 2005,	 revenues	 increased	 57%,	 to	 $163.1	 million	 from	 $103.7	 million	 in	 2004.	 This	 increase	
resulted	from	growth	in	royalties	from	existing	licensees	at	December	2004,	incremental	revenue	
from	 patent	 licensees	 added	 in	 2005,	 growth	 in	 revenue	 related	 to	 technology	 solution	
agreements	with	General	Dynamics,	Philips	and	others,	and	the	effect	of	the	above-noted	third	
quarter	2004	transition	in	reporting	per-unit	royalties.

2005	 revenues	 included	 non-recurring	 revenue	 of	 $10.2	 million	 related	 to	 past	 infringement,	
primarily	 associated	 with	 a	 new	 patent	 license	 agreement	 with	 Kyocera,	 compared	 with	 $1.4	
million	in	2004.	2004	revenues	also	included	$0.4	million	of	non-recurring	royalties	related	to	the	
remaining	 deferred	 revenue	 balance	 of	 a	 licensee	 that	 had	 discontinued	 sales	 of	 covered	
products.

Technology	solution	revenue	increased	substantially	in	2005	to	$19.0	million	from	$0.3	million	in	
2004.	This	increase	was	primarily	due	to	the	recognition	of	$16.1	million	of	revenue	associated	
with	 the	 majority	 of	 our	 deliverables	 under	 the	 MUOS	 program	 for	 the	 U.S.	 military	 under	 our	
agreement	with	General	Dynamics.

In	 2005	 and	 2004,	 respectively,	 52%	 and	 79%	 of	 our	 revenues	 were	 from	 companies	 that	
individually	accounted	for	10%	or	more	of	total	revenues.	In	2005,	those	companies	were	NEC	
(30%)	and	Sharp	(22%).	In	2004,	the	comparable	list	included	NEC	(43%),	Sharp	(24%)	and	Sony	
Ericsson	(12%).

Operating Expenses

Operating	 expenses	 increased	 33%	 from	 $110.0	 million	 in	 2004	 to	 $146.0	 million	 in	 2005.	 The	
$36.0	million	increase	was	primarily	due	to	increases	in	the	following	items	(in	millions):

Patent	litigation	and	arbitration	

Long-term	compensation	program	(LTCP)	

Other	personnel	related	costs	

Executive	severance	&	repositioning	

Patent	amortization	
Other(a)	

Total	increase	in	operating	expense	

$	

	13.8

7.0

4.1

2.1

1.9
7.1

$	 36.0

(a)	 	Other	cost	increases	include	tools	and	equipment,	commissions,	travel	and	all	other	costs,	none	of	which	represent	more	than	25%	of	the	increase	

in	this	line	item.

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Patent	litigation	and	arbitration	costs	increased	as	a	result	of	(i)	arbitration	and	related	litigations	
with	Nokia,	(ii)	litigation	with	Lucent	that	was	settled	in	2005,	and	(iii)	preparation	for	arbitration	
with	Samsung,	the	hearing	for	which	took	place	in	January	2006.	Costs	associated	with	our	LTCP	
increased	 due	 to	 the	 overlap	 of	 Cycles	 1	 and	 2	 that	 occurred	 in	 2005.	 Other	 personnel	 costs	
increased	primarily	due	to	higher	levels	of	headcount	prior	to	a	third	quarter	repositioning.	The	
increase	 in	 patent	 amortization	 resulted	 from	 an	 acquisition	 of	 a	 patent	 portfolio	 in	 2005	 and	
higher	levels	of	internal	inventive	activity	in	recent	years.	Other	costs	increased	due	to	work	on	
our	 HSDPA	 platform	 development,	 higher	 commission	 expense	 resulting	 from	 higher	 levels	 of	
royalty	 revenue,	 and	 higher	 travel	 costs	 associated	 with	 increased	 customer	 procurement	 and	
service	requirements.

The	following	table	summarizes	the	change	in	operating	expenses	by	category	(in	millions):

2005	

2004	

Increase

Sales	and	marketing	

General	and	administrative	

Patents	administration	and	licensing	

Development	

Repositioning	

$	

7.9	

$	

6.2	

24.1	

49.4	

63.1	

1.5	

21.6	

30.4	

51.2	

0.6	

Total	operating	expense	

$	 146.0	

$	110.0	

$	 1.7	

2.5	

	 19.0	

	 11.9	

0.9	

$	36.0	

27%

12

63

23

	 150

33%

Sales	and	Marketing	Expense:	Approximately	63%	of	the	increase	in	sales	and	marketing	expense	
was	due	to	personnel	costs,	primarily	resulting	from	the	overlap	of	Cycles	1	and	2	of	our	LTCP	
that	occurred	in	2005.	The	balance	of	the	increase	was	mainly	due	to	higher	costs	associated	with	
increased	trade	show	activities.

General	 and	 Administrative	 Expense:	 The	 increase	 in	 general	 and	 administrative	 expenses	
resulted	 from	 increased	 personnel	 costs,	 including	 $1.2	 million	 of	 executive	 severance	 and	 a	
$1.6	million	increase	in	LTCP	costs	resulting	from	overlapping	cycles	in	2005.

Patents	 Administration	 and	 Licensing	 Expense:	 Approximately	 $13.8	 million	 of	 the	 overall	
increase	in	patents	administration	and	licensing	expense	was	due	to	higher	patent	enforcement	
costs	 related	 to	 an	 arbitration	 with	 Nokia	 that	 concluded	 in	 2005,	 litigation	 with	 Nokia	 that	
remains	 outstanding,	 litigation	 with	 Lucent	 that	 was	 settled	 in	 2005	 and	 preparation	 for	 an	
arbitration	with	Samsung	that	took	place	in	January	2006.	Another	$1.9	million	of	the	increase	
was	due	to	increased	patent	amortization	resulting	from	the	acquisition	of	a	patent	portfolio	in	
2005	 and	 higher	 levels	 of	 internal	 inventive	 activity	 in	 recent	 years.	 In	 addition,	 commission	
expense	 increased	 approximately	 $1.0	 million	 due	 to	 higher	 levels	 of	 royalty	 revenue.	 The	
balance	of	the	increase	was	due	to	higher	staff	levels	and	LTCP	costs	resulting	from	overlapping	
cycles	in	2005.

Development	Expense:	Approximately	$6.4	million	of	the	increase	in	development	expenses	was	
due	 to	 personnel	 costs.	 Approximately	 $4.1	 million	 of	 this	 increase	 was	 due	 to	 LTCP	 costs	
resulting	from	overlapping	cycles	in	2005,	with	the	balance	related	to	higher	levels	of	headcount	
prior	 to	 a	 third	 quarter	 2005	 repositioning.	 The	 remaining	 increase	 in	 development	 expense	
resulted	from	targeted	outsourced	services,	tools	and	equipment	and	other	costs	related	to	work	
on	our	HSDPA	platform	development.

Repositioning	Expense:	Costs	associated	with	the	2005	repositioning	were	higher	than	the	2004	
repositioning	due	to	both	higher	levels	of	headcount	reduction	and	higher	facility	closure	costs.

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Interest and Investment Income, Net

Net	interest	and	investment	income	of	$3.2	million	in	2005	increased	$1.4	million	or	82%	from	
$1.7	million	in	2004.	The	increase	resulted	from	higher	rates	of	return	on	our	investments	in	2005.

Income Taxes

Our	income	tax	provision	in	2005	included	benefits	totaling	$43.7	million,	primarily	related	to	the	
fourth	quarter	2005	reversal	of	our	Federal	deferred	tax	asset	valuation	allowance	(a	portion	of	
this	reversal	was	credited	directly	to	additional	paid-in	capital),	which	were	partly	offset	by	$7.2	
million	 of	 federal	 income	 tax	 and	 alternative	 minimum	 tax,	 and	 $2.1	 million	 of	 foreign	 source	
withholding	tax.

Our	income	tax	provision	in	2004	included	a	benefit	of	approximately	$17.1	million	related	to	the	
partial	 reversal	 of	 our	 Federal	 deferred	 tax	 asset	 valuation	 allowance	 and	 was	 offset	 in	 part	 by	
approximately	$7.8	million	of	federal	income	tax	and	alternative	minimum	tax	and	approximately	
$4.6	million	of	foreign	source	withholding	tax.

The	net	income	tax	benefit	associated	with	adjustments	to	the	value	of	our	deferred	tax	assets	is	
comprised	of	the	following	components	(in	millions):

Reversal	of	U.S.	Federal	valuation	allowance	

Change	in	effective	tax	rate	applied	to	U.S.	Federal	deferred	tax	assets	

Other	adjustments	to	deferred	tax	assets	

Total	adjustments	related	to	U.S.	Federal	deferred	tax	asset	valuation	

2005	

2004

$	 (46.4)	

(1.4)	

4.1	

$	 (43.7)	

$	 (17.1)

	 —

	 —

$	 (17.1)

The	$46.4	million	and	$17.1	million	reversals	of	the	U.S.	Federal	valuation	allowance	in	2005	and	
2004,	 respectively,	 were	 based	 on	 expectations	 that	 we	 will	 generate	 sufficient	 future	 taxable	
income	to	utilize	our	U.S.	Federal	deferred	tax	assets.	The	$1.4	million	change	in	the	effective	tax	
rate	applied	to	U.S.	Federal	deferred	tax	assets	is	related	to	a	change	in	the	estimated	tax	rate	we	
expect	will	apply	when	these	deferred	tax	assets	reverse.	The	remaining	$4.1	million	adjustment	
of	 our	 deferred	 tax	 assets	 reduces	 the	 recorded	 value	 of	 credits	 associated	 with	 federal	 NOL	
carryforwards	and	research	and	development	activities	based	on	our	assessment	of	the	likelihood	
of	realizing	such	credits.

Expected Trends

In	 first	 quarter	 2007,	 we	 expect	 to	 report	 recurring	 revenues	 from	 existing	 agreements	 of	 $53	
million	 to	 $55	 million.	 We	 currently	 expect	 sequential	 percentage	 growth	 in	 first	 quarter	 2007	
expenses	to	be	in	the	mid-teens,	excluding	patent	arbitration	and	litigation	costs.	The	majority	of	
this	 increase	 is	 structural	 in	 nature,	 reflecting	 normal	 wage	 inflation,	 seasonality	 related	 to	
vacation	 accruals	 and	 other	 personnel	 costs,	 and	 the	 effect	 of	 overlapping	 long-term	
compensation	 program	 RSU	 cycles.	 In	 addition,	 we	 anticipate	 modest	 increases	 related	 to	
investments	directed	toward	meeting	our	schedule	to	have	engineering	samples	of	our	2G/3G	
ASIC	by	summer	2007.	We	also	currently	expect	that	our	patent	arbitration	and	litigation	costs	in	
first	quarter	2007	will	be	between	$6	million	and	$8	million	as	we	continue	to	invest	appropriately	
in	 this	 critical	 activity.	 Lastly,	 we	 expect	 that	 our	 book	 tax	 rate	 for	 the	 first	 quarter	 of	 2007	 will	
approximate	35%	to	37%.

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Forward-looking Statements

This	 Annual	 Report	 on	 Form	 10-K,	 including	 “Item  1.  Business”	 and	 “Item  7.  Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,”	contains	forward-looking	
statements.	 Words	 such	 as	 “expect,”	 “will,”	 “believe,”	 “could,”	 “would,”	 “should,”	 “if,”	 “may,”	
“might,”	“anticipate,”	“unlikely	that,”	“our	strategy,”	“future,”	“target,”	“goal,”	”	trend,”	“seek	to,”	
“seeking,”	“will	continue,”	“outcome,”	“assuming,”	”	predict,”	“estimate,”	“due	to	receive,”	“likely,”	
“in	 the	 event”	 or	 similar	 expressions	 contained	 herein	 are	 intended	 to	 identify	 such	 forward-
looking	 statements.	 Although	 forward-looking	 statements	 in	 this	 Annual	 Report	 on	 Form	 10-K	
reflects	 the	 good	 faith	 judgment	 of	 our	 management,	 such	 statements	 can	 only	 be	 based	 on	
facts	 and	 factors	 currently	 known	 by	 us.	 These	 statements	 reflect,	 among	 other	 things,	 our	
current	beliefs,	plans	and	expectations	as	to:

(i)	

	Our	 plans	 to	 offer	 a	 2G/3G	 dual-mode	 modem	 ASIC	 and	 platform	 to	 customers	 in	 the	
digital	 cellular	 terminal	 unit	 market	 and	 our	 ability	 to	 increase	 revenues	 by	 creating	
synergies	between	our	patent	licensing	and	technology	licensing	businesses	through	the	
sale	of	our	ASIC	and	platform.

(ii)	

	Our	belief	that:

(a)	

	a	 number	 of	 our	 patented	 inventions	 are	 essential	 to	 products	 built	 to	 2G	 and	 3G	
cellular	Standards,	and	other	Standards	such	as	IEEE	802	wireless	Standards,	and	that	
companies	 making,	 using	 or	 selling	 products	 compliant	 with	 these	 Standards	 are	
required	to	take	a	license	under	our	essential	patents;

(b)	 our	patent	enforcement	costs	could	continue	to	be	a	significant	expense	for	us;

(c)	

	there	 would	 not	 be	 any	 material	 adverse	 impact	 on	 our	 ongoing	 revenues	 under	
existing	 patent	 license	 agreements,	 but	 there	 could	 be	 an	 impact	 on	 our	 ability	 to	
generate	new	royalty	streams	if	a	party	successfully	asserted	that	some	of	our	patents	
are	 not	 valid,	 should	 be	 revoked	 or	 do	 not	 cover	 their	 products,	 or	 if	 products	 are	
implemented	in	a	manner	such	that	patents	we	believe	are	commercially	important	
are	not	infringed;	and

(d)	

	the	loss	of	revenues	or	cash	payments	from	our	licensees	generating	2006	revenues	
exceeding	10%	of	total	revenues	would	adversely	affect	either	our	cash	flow	or	results	
of	 operations	 and	 could	 affect	 our	 ability	 to	 achieve	 or	 sustain	 acceptable	 levels	 of	
profitability.

(iii)	

(iv)	

(v)	

(vi)	

	The	 anticipated	 proliferation	 of	 converged	 devices	 and	 growth	 in	 global	 wireless	
subscribers.

	Factors	driving	the	continued	growth	of	wireless	product	and	services	sales	through	the	
end	of	the	decade,	including	3G	enabled	phones.

	The	 types	 of	 licensing	 arrangements	 and	 various	 royalty	 structure	 models	 which	 we	
anticipate	using	under	our	future	license	agreements.

	The	possible	outcome	of	audits	of	our	licenses	when	underreporting	or	underpayment	is	
revealed.

(vii)	

	Our	 goal	 to	 derive	 revenue	 on	 every	 3G	 mobile	 terminal	 unit	 sold	 and	 our	 strategy	 for	
achieving	this	goal	including:

(a)	

	Licensing	 our	 patented	 technology	 to	 wireless	 equipment	 producers	 worldwide	 on	
appropriate	economic	terms	and	vigorously	defending	our	intellectual	property	and	
related	contractual	rights;

(b)	

	Offering	 our	 intellectual	 property	 rights	 and	 technology	 products	 on	 both	 a	
complementary	and	stand-alone	basis;

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
(c)	 Continuing	to	fund	substantial	technology	development;

(d)	

	Offering	technology	blocks	as	well	as	a	2G/3G	dual-mode	modem	ASIC	and	platform;

(e)	 Establish	key	strategic	relationships;	and

(f)	

	Maintaining	substantial	involvement	in	key	worldwide	Standards	bodies	to	contribute	
to	the	ongoing	definition	of	wireless	standards	and	to	incorporate	our	inventions	into	
those	Standards.

(g)	

	Our	intention	to	initially	market	our	2G/3G	dual-mode	modem	ASIC	and	platform	to	
data	card	manufacturers.

(viii)	

	The	impact	of	(a)	a	settlement,	(b)	a	judgment	in	our	favor,	or	(c)	an	adverse	ruling	in	a	
patent	 litigation	 or	 arbitration	 proceeding	 with	 regard	 to	 our	 costs,	 future	 license	
agreements,	and	accounting	recognition.

(ix)	

(x)	

(xi)	

(xii)	

(xiii)	

(xiv)	

(xv)	

(xvi)	

	Our	 plans	 to	 continue	 to	 pursue	 discussions	 and	 negotiate	 license	 agreements	 with	
companies	 which	 we	 believe	 require	 a	 license	 under	 our	 patents,	 and	 to	 pursue	 legal	
actions	if	negotiations	do	not	result	in	license	agreements.

	Pre-tax	cost	savings	associated	with	our	2005	repositioning	activities	and	our	belief	that	
our	 financial	 obligations	 associated	 with	 repositioning	 activities	 are	 substantially	
complete.

	Our	 competition	 and	 factors	 necessary	 for	 us	 to	 remain	 successful	 in	 light	 of	 such	
competition.

	A	 potential	 material	 adverse	 effect	 on	 our	 consolidated	 financial	 position,	 results	 of	
operations	 or	 cash	 flows	 in	 light	 of	 any	 potential	 adverse	 decision	 or	 settlement	 in	 the	
Federal	legal	proceeding	and	our	belief	that	an	adverse	resolution	should	not	prevent	us	
from	supporting	our	operating	requirements	for	the	near	future	and	our	belief	that	the	
arbitration	is	non-binding.

	Our	 2G/3G	 royalty	 mix	 will	 shift	 to	 a	 higher	 percentage	 of	 3G	 royalties	 throughout	 this	
decade.

	Our	critical	accounting	policies,	our	accounting	for	contingencies	under	the	Federal	legal	
proceeding	and	factors	affecting	our	revenue	recognition.

	2007	expense	levels	associated	with	our	LTCP	and	our	expense	recognition	with	regard	to	
our	other	equity-based	incentive	programs.

	The	 adequacy	 of	 our	 accrual	 for	 tax	 contingencies,	 our	 assessment	 of	 the	 valuation	
allowance	associated	with	our	Federal	and	state	deferred	tax	assets,	our	future	tax	paying	
status,	and	our	expectation	that	we	will	provide	for	income	taxes	in	2007	at	a	rate	equal	to	
our	 combined	 Federal	 and	 state	 effective	 rates	 plus	 an	 amount	 for	 foreign	 source	
withholding	tax	expense,	as	applicable.

(xvii)	

	Our	expectations	concerning	first	quarter	2007	revenues,	increase	in	expenses,	book	tax	
rate,	investment	activity	and	patent	litigation	and	arbitration	expense.

(xviii)	

	Fiscal	year	2007	(and	near	future),	capitalized	patent	costs,	acquisitions	of	property	and	
equipment	 and	 technology	 rights,	 operating	 cash	 requirements	 and	 our	 ability	 to	
repurchase	our	common	stock.

(xix)	

		Our	lack	of	need	to	seek	additional	financing	but	possible	introduction	of	debt	in	2007.

(xx)	

	Samsung’s	estimated	royalty	obligation	for	2006	and	estimated	interest	obligation.

(xxi)	

	Our	belief	that	the	ultimate	outcome	of	current	legal	proceedings	will	not	have	a	material	
adverse	effect	on	us.

page 

	
	
	
	
	
(xxii)	

	Our	 expectations	 as	 to	 the	 impact	 of	 amortization	 of	 fixed	 fee	 royalty	 payments	 on	
deferred	revenue	balances	in	2007.

(xxiii)	

	Possible	outcomes	of	our	discussions	with	NEC	on	their	intent	to	enforce	an	MFL	provision	
in	their	license	agreement.

Consequently,	 forward-looking	 statements	 concerning	 our	 business,	 results	 of	 operations	 and	
financial	 condition	 are	 inherently	 subject	 to	 risks	 and	 uncertainties.	 We	 caution	 readers	 that	
actual	 results	 and	 outcomes	 could	 differ	 materially	 from	 those	 expressed	 in	 or	 anticipated	 by	
such	 forward-looking	 statements.	 You	 should	 carefully	 consider	 the	 risks	 and	 uncertainties	
outlined	in	greater	detail	in	this	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K,	including	“Item 1A—Risk Factors.”	
before	making	any	investment	decision	with	respect	to	our	common	stock.	You	should	not	place	
undue	reliance	on	these	forward-looking	statements,	which	are	only	as	of	the	date	of	this	Annual	
Report	 on	 Form	 10-K.	 We	 undertake	 no	 obligation	 to	 revise	 or	 publicly	 update	 any	 forward-
looking	statement	for	any	reason,	except	as	otherwise	required	by	law.

ITeM	 7a.	 QUaNTITaTIve	 a ND	 QUaLIT aTIve 	 DI SCL OS UReS	 aBO UT 	 MaRKeT	 RISK

Cash Equivalents and Investments

We	 do	 not	 use	 derivative	 financial	 instruments	 in	 our	 investment	 portfolio.	 We	 place	 our	
investments	in	instruments	that	meet	high	credit	quality	standards,	as	specified	in	our	investment	
policy	 guidelines.	 This	 policy	 also	 limits	 our	 amount	 of	 credit	 exposure	 to	 any	 one	 issue,	
issuer,	 and	 type	 of	 instrument.	 We	 do	 not	 expect	 any	 material	 loss	 with	 respect	 to	 our	
investment	portfolio.

The	 following	 table	 provides	 information	 about	 our	 cash	 and	 investment	 portfolio	 as	 of	
December	31,	2006.	For	investment	securities,	the	table	presents	principal	cash	flows	and	related	
weighted	average	contractual	interest	rates	by	expected	maturity	dates.	All	investment	securities	
are	classified	as	available	for	sale.

$	 41.8

$	 124.6

$	 97.6

$	 264.0

	 4.95%

	 5.33%

	 5.31%

	 5.26%

(in millions)

Cash	and	demand	deposits	

	 Average	interest	rate	

Cash	equivalents	

	 Average	interest	rate	

Short-term	investments	

	 Average	interest	rate	

Total	portfolio	

	 Average	interest	rate	

page 0

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Long-Term Debt

The	 table	 below	 sets	 forth	 information	 about	 our	 long-term	 debt	 obligation,	 by	 expected	
maturity	dates.

Expected	Maturity	Date

(In millions)	

December	31,	

2007	

2008	

2009	

2010	

2011	

Debt	obligation	

Interest	rate	

$	 0.4	

	 8.01%	

$	 0.2		

	 8.28%	

$	 0.2	

	 8.28%	

$	 0.3	

	 8.28%	

$	 0.3	

	 8.28%	

2012	
and	
Beyond	

$	 0.2	

	 8.28%	

Total	
Fair	
Value

$	 1.6

	 8.20%

ITeM	 8.	 FINaNC IaL	 ST aTeMeNTS 	 a ND	 SUPPLeMeNT aRY	 DaTa

Consolidated Financial Statements:

Report	of	Independent	Registered	Public	Accounting	Firm	

Consolidated	Balance	Sheets	as	of	December	31,	2006	and	2005	

Consolidated	Statements	of	Operations	for	each		
of	the	three	years	ended	December	31,	2006,	2005	and	2004	

Consolidated	Statements	of	Shareholders’	Equity	and		
Comprehensive	Income	for	each	of	the	three	years	ended		
December	31,	2006,	2005	and	2004	

Consolidated	Statements	of	Cash	Flows	for	each	of	the	
three	years	ended	December	31,	2006,	2005	and	2004	

Notes	to	Consolidated	Financial	Statements	

Schedules:

Schedule	II—Valuation	and	Qualifying	Accounts	

All	other	schedules	are	omitted	because	they	are	either	not	required	or		
applicable	or	equivalent	information	has	been	included	in	the	financial		
statements	and	notes	thereto.

62

64

65

66

67

68

97

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

to the Board of directors and shareholders of interdigital Communications Corporation:

We	have	completed	integrated	audits	of	InterDigital	Communications	Corporation’s	consolidated	
financial	statements	and	of	its	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	as	of	December	31,	2006,	
in	 accordance	 with	 the	 standards	 of	 the	 Public	 Company	 Accounting	 Oversight	 Board	 (United	
States).	Our	opinions,	based	on	our	audits,	are	presented	below.

Consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule

In	our	opinion,	the	consolidated	financial	statements	listed	in	the	accompanying	index	present	
fairly,	in	all	material	respects,	the	financial	position	of	InterDigital	Communications	Corporation	
and	its	subsidiaries	at	December	31,	2006	and	2005,	and	the	results	of	their	operations	and	their	
cash	flows	for	each	of	the	three	years	in	the	period	ended	December	31,	2006	in	conformity	with	
accounting	 principles	 generally	 accepted	 in	 the	 United	 States	 of	 America.	 In	 addition,	 in	 our	
opinion,	the	financial	statement	schedule	listed	in	the	accompanying	index	presents	fairly,	in	all	
material	 respects,	 the	 information	 set	 forth	 therein	 when	 read	 in	 conjunction	 with	 the	 related	
consolidated	financial	statements.	These	financial	statements	and	financial	statement	schedule	
are	the	responsibility	of	the	Company’s	management.	Our	responsibility	is	to	express	an	opinion	
on	 these	 financial	 statements	 and	 financial	 statement	 schedule	 based	 on	 our	 audits.	 We	
conducted	 our	 audits	 of	 these	 statements	 in	 accordance	 with	 the	 standards	 of	 the	 Public	
Company	Accounting	Oversight	Board	(United	States).	Those	standards	require	that	we	plan	and	
perform	 the	 audit	 to	 obtain	 reasonable	 assurance	 about	 whether	 the	 financial	 statements	 are	
free	 of	 material	 misstatement.	 An	 audit	 of	 financial	 statements	 includes	 examining,	 on	 a	 test	
basis,	evidence	supporting	the	amounts	and	disclosures	in	the	financial	statements,	assessing	the	
accounting	principles	used	and	significant	estimates	made	by	management,	and	evaluating	the	
overall	financial	statement	presentation.	We	believe	that	our	audits	provide	a	reasonable	basis	
for	our	opinion.

As	discussed	in	Note	1,	the	Company	adopted	Statement	of	Financial	Accounting	Standard	No.	
123R,	Share-Based Payment,	on	January	1,	2006.

internal Control Over financial Reporting

Also,	 in	 our	 opinion,	 management’s	 assessment,	 included	 in	 “Management’s	 Annual	 Report	 on	
Internal	 Control	 over	 Financial	 Reporting”	 appearing	 under	 Item	 9A,	 that	 the	 Company	
maintained	effective	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	as	of	December	31,	2006	based	on	
criteria	 established	 in	 Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework	 issued	 by	 the	 Committee	 of	
Sponsoring	 Organizations	 of	 the	 Treadway	 Commission	 (COSO),	 is	 fairly	 stated,	 in	 all	 material	
respects,	 based	 on	 those	 criteria.	 Furthermore,	 in	 our	 opinion,	 the	 Company	 maintained,	 in	 all	
material	 respects,	 effective	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	 reporting	 as	 of	 December	 31,	 2006,	
based	on	criteria	established	in	Internal Control—Integrated Framework	issued	by	the	COSO.	The	
Company’s	 management	 is	 responsible	 for	 maintaining	 effective	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	
reporting	and	for	its	assessment	of	the	effectiveness	of	internal	control	over	financial	reporting.	
Our	responsibility	is	to	express	opinions	on	management’s	assessment	and	on	the	effectiveness	
of	the	Company’s	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	based	on	our	audit.	We	conducted	our	
audit	of	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	in	accordance	with	the	standards	of	the	Public	
Company	Accounting	Oversight	Board	(United	States).	Those	standards	require	that	we	plan	and	
perform	the	audit	to	obtain	reasonable	assurance	about	whether	effective	internal	control	over	
financial	 reporting	 was	 maintained	 in	 all	 material	 respects.	 An	 audit	 of	 internal	 control	 over	
financial	 reporting	 includes	 obtaining	 an	 understanding	 of	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	
reporting,	 evaluating	 management’s	 assessment,	 testing	 and	 evaluating	 the	 design	 and	

page 

operating	 effectiveness	 of	 internal	 control,	 and	 performing	 such	 other	 procedures	 as	 we	
consider	necessary	in	the	circumstances.	We	believe	that	our	audit	provides	a	reasonable	basis	
for	our	opinions.

A	company’s	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	is	a	process	designed	to	provide	reasonable	
assurance	 regarding	 the	 reliability	 of	 financial	 reporting	 and	 the	 preparation	 of	 financial	
statements	for	external	purposes	in	accordance	with	generally	accepted	accounting	principles.	A	
company’s	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	includes	those	policies	and	procedures	that	(i)	
pertain	to	the	maintenance	of	records	that,	in	reasonable	detail,	accurately	and	fairly	reflect	the	
transactions	and	dispositions	of	the	assets	of	the	company;	(ii)	provide	reasonable	assurance	that	
transactions	 are	 recorded	 as	 necessary	 to	 permit	 preparation	 of	 financial	 statements	 in	
accordance	with	generally	accepted	accounting	principles,	and	that	receipts	and	expenditures	of	
the	 company	 are	 being	 made	 only	 in	 accordance	 with	 authorizations	 of	 management	 and	
directors	of	the	company;	and	(iii)	provide	reasonable	assurance	regarding	prevention	or	timely	
detection	of	unauthorized	acquisition,	use,	or	disposition	of	the	company’s	assets	that	could	have	
a	material	effect	on	the	financial	statements.

Because	of	its	inherent	limitations,	internal	control	 over	financial	reporting	may	not	prevent	or	
detect	misstatements.	Also,	projections	of	any	evaluation	of	effectiveness	 to	future	periods	are	
subject	 to	 the	 risk	 that	 controls	 may	 become	 inadequate	 because	 of	 changes	 in	 conditions,	 or	
that	the	degree	of	compliance	with	the	policies	or	procedures	may	deteriorate.

PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP	
Philadelphia,	PA	
March	1,	2007

page 

consolIDaTeD balance sHeeTs 
Interdigital	Communications	Corporation	and	Subsidiaries

(in thousands, except per share data)

December	31,	

Assets 
Current assets:

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	

Short-term	investments	

Accounts	receivable	

Deferred	tax	assets	

Prepaid	and	other	current	assets	

Total	current	assets	

Property and equipment, net	

Patents, net	

Deferred tax assets, net	

Other non-current assets, net	

Total assets	

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity 
Current liabilities:
Current	portion	of	long-term	debt	
Accounts	payable	

Accrued	compensation	and	related	expenses	

Deferred	revenue	

Foreign	and	domestic	taxes	payable	

Other	accrued	expenses	

Total	current	liabilities	

Long-term debt	

Long-term deferred revenue	

Other long-term liabilities	

Total liabilities	

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 6 & 7) 
Shareholders’ equity:

Preferred	stock,	$0.10	par	value,	14,399	shares	authorized,		
	 0	shares	issued	and	outstanding	

Common	stock,	$.01	par	value,	100,000	shares	authorized,		
	 64,393	and	60,537	shares	issued	and	51,347	and	54,031	shares	outstanding	

Additional	paid-in	capital	

Retained	earnings	(Accumulated	deficit)	

Accumulated	other	comprehensive	loss	

Treasury	stock,	13,046	and	6,506	shares	of	common	held	at	cost	

Total	shareholders’	equity	

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	

The	accompanying	notes	are	an	integral	part	of	these	statements.

page 

2006	

2005

$  166,385	

$	

27,877

97,581	

  131,852	

43,520	

14,464	

77,831

19,534

42,103

8,370

  453,802	

175,715

16,682	

70,496	

6,418	
16,678	

10,660

59,516

48,681
4,965

  110,274	

123,822

$  564,076	

$	 299,537

$ 

369	

$	

21,913	

9,725	

70,709	

11,448	

7,064	

  121,228	

1,203 

  160,895	

5,274	

350

7,163

17,040

20,055

160

5,766

50,534

1,572

71,193

1,924

  288,600	

125,223

—	

644	

  445,930	

  115,383	

(46)	

	 561,911	

	 286,435	

—

605

377,648

(109,839)

(192)

268,222

93,908

	 275,476	

174,314

$  564,076	

$	 299,537

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	 	 	 	 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
 
	
	 	 	 	 	
	
	
	
consolIDaTeD sTaTeMenTs of oPeRaTIons 
Interdigital	Communications	Corporation	and	Subsidiaries

(in thousands, except per-share data)

December	31,	

Revenues

2006	

2005	

2004

Licensing	and	technology	solutions	

$  480,466	

$	163,125	

$	 103,685

Operating expenses:

Sales	and	marketing	

General	and	administrative	

Patents	administration	and	licensing	

Development	

Repositioning	

Income	(loss)	from	operations	

Other income:
Interest	and	investment	income,	net	

Income	(loss)	before	income	taxes	

Income tax (provision) benefit	

Net	income	

Preferred stock dividends	

Net income applicable to common shareholders	

Net income per common share—basic	

Weighted average number of common shares  
  outstanding—basic	

6,610	

20,953	

51,060	

65,427	
—	

7,914	

24,150	

49,399	

63,095	

1,480	

6,201

21,622

30,340

51,218

596

	 144,050	

	 146,038	

	 109,977

  336,416	

17,087	

(6,292)

13,195	

  349,611	

  (124,389)	

  225,222	

—	

3,164	

20,251	

34,434	

54,685	

—	

$  225,222	

$	 54,685	

$ 

4.22	

$	

1.01	

$	

$	

1,743

(4,549)

4,704

155

(66)

89

0.00

53,426	

54,058	

55,264

Net income per common share—diluted	

$ 

4.04	

$	

0.96	

$	

0.00

Weighted average number of common shares 	
  outstanding—diluted	

The	accompanying	notes	are	an	integral	part	of	these	statements.

55,778	

57,161	

59,075

page 

	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
consolIDaTeD sTaTeMenTs of sHaReHolDeRs’ eQUIT Y  
anD coMPReHensIVe IncoMe 
Interdigital	Communications	Corporation	and	Subsidiaries

(in thousands, except per share data) 

$2.50	
Convertible

Common	Stock

Shares	 Amount	 Shares	

Amount	

Additional	
Paid-In	
Capital	

(Accumulated	 Accumulated	

Deficit)	
Retained	
Earnings	

Other	
Comprehensive	
Income	(Loss)	

Treasury	Stock

Shares	

Amount	

Total	
Shareholders’	
Equity	

Total	
Comprehensive	
Income

53	 $	
—	

5	 58,202	 $	

	 —	 —	

585	 $	
—	

304,540	 $	 (164,613)	
155	

—	

(270)	
$	
	 —	

3,500	 $	
—	

(42,762)	 $	

—	

Balance,	December	31,	2003	
Net	income	
Net	change	in	unrealized	loss		
	 on	short-term	investments	
Total	comprehensive	income	
Exercise	of	common	stock	options	 —	
Exercise	of	common	stock	warrants	 —	
Dividend	of	common	stock	and		
	 cash	to	$2.50	preferred		
	 shareholders	
Conversion	of	$2.50	preferred		
	 stock	to	common	stock	and	

—	

	 —	 —	

	 —	
	 —	

1,051	
92	

	 —	

2	

	redemptions	

(53)	

(5)	

106	

Sale	of	common	stock	under		
	 employee	stock	purchase	plan	 —	
Issuance	of	restricted		
	 common	stock	
Partial	reversal	of		
	 valuation	allowance	
—	
Recognition	of	deferred	tax	benefit	 —	
Amortization	of	unearned		
	 compensation	
Repurchase	of	common	stock	

—	
—	

—	

—	

—	
—	

Balance,	December	31,	2004	
Net	income	
Net	change	in	unrealized	loss	on		
	 short-term	investments	
Total	comprehensive	income	
Exercise	of	common	stock	options	 —	
Sale	of	common	stock	under		
	 employee	stock	purchase	plan	 —	
Issuance	of	common	stock		
	 under	profit	sharing	plan	
Issuance	of	restricted		
	 common	stock,	net	
Acceleration	of	options	
Partial	reversal	of	valuation		
	 allowance	
—	
Recognition	of	deferred	tax	benefit	 —	
Amortization	of	unearned		
	 compensation	
Repurchase	of	common	stock	

—	
—	

—	
—	

—	

—	

—	
—	

Balance,	December	31,	2005	
Net	income	
Net	change	in	unrealized	loss		
	 on	short-term	investments	
Total	comprehensive	income	
Exercise	of	common	stock	options	 —	
Exercise	of	common	stock	warrants	
Other	share-based	compensation	 —	
Sale	of	common	stock	under		
employee	stock	purchase	plan	
Issuance	of	common	stock		
	 under	profit	sharing	plan	
Issuance	of	restricted		
common	stock,	net	
Tax	benefit	from	exercise		
of	stock	options	
Amortization	of	unearned		
compensation	
Repurchase	of	common	stock	

—	
—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

91	

	 —	

118	

	 —	 —	
	 —	 —	

	 —	 —	
	 —	 —	

	 —	 59,662	
	 —	 —	

	 —	 —	

	 —	

519	

	 —	

	 —	

1	

33	

	 —	
322	
	 —	 —	

	 —	
	 —	 —	

	 —	 —	
	 —	 —	

	 —	 60,537	
	 —	 —	

	 —	 —	

	 —	

3,379	
80	
	 —	 —	

	 —	

	 —	

1	

24	

	 —	

372	

	 —	 —	

	 —	 —	
	 —	 —	

—	

—	
—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	
—	

—	
(17,061)	

(59,823)	
—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	
—	

—	
—	

—	
(34,085)	

(93,908)	
—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

10	
—	

—	

1	

1	

—	

—	
—	

—	
—	

597	
—	

—	

5	

—	

—	

3	
—	

—	
—	

—	
—	

605	
—	

—	

34	
1	
—	

—	

—	

4	

—	

—	

10,349	
583	

—	

—	
—	

204	

	 —	
	 —	

—	

—	
—	

29	

(66)	

	 —	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	
—	

—	
1,006	

4,506	
—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	
—	

—	
—	

—	
2,000	

6,506	
—	

—	

—	

—	

(47)	

—	

	 —	

1,211	

450	

9,789	
7,489	

5,082	
—	

—	

	 —	

—	

	 —	

—	
—	

—	
—	

	 —	
	 —	

	 —	
	 —	

339,475	
—	

(164,524)	
54,685	

(66)	
	 —	

—	

—	

(126)	

4,824	

—	

	 —	

25	

568	

300	
190	

20,268	
3,227	

8,771	
—	

—	

	 —	

—	

	 —	

—	
—	

—	
—	

—	
—	

	 —	
	 —	

	 —	
	 —	

	 —	
	 —	

377,648	
—	

(109,839)	
225,222	

(192)	
	 —	

—	

—	

146	

39,919	
609	
1,096	

15	

442	

410	

—	

	 —	

—	

	 —	

—	

	 —	

—	

	 —	

—	

	 —	

20,717	

—	

	 —	

5,074	
—	

—	
—	

	 —	
	 —	

	 —	

	 —	

	 —	

	 —	

	 —	

6,540	

(192,527)	

$	

$	

155

204
359

$	

54,685

(126)
54,559

$	

$	 225,222

146
$	 225,368

97,485
155	

204	

10,359	
583	

(37)	

(51)	

1,212	

450	

9,789	
7,489	

5,082	
(17,061)	

115,659	
54,685	

(126)	

4,829	

25	

568	

303	
190	

20,268	
3,227	

8,771	
(34,085)	

174,314	
225,222	

146	

39,953	
610	
1,096	

15	

442	

414	

20,717	

5,074	
(192,527)	

Balance,	December	31,	2006	

—	 $	 —	 64,393	 $	

644	 $	 445,930	 $	 115,383	

$	

(46)	

13,046	 $	(286,435)	 $	 275,476	

The	accompanying	notes	are	an	integral	part	of	these	statements.

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
consolIDaTeD sTaTeMenTs of casH floWs 
Interdigital	Communications	Corporation	and	Subsidiaries

(in thousands)

For	the	Year	Ended	December	31,	

2006	

2005	

2004

Cash flows from operating activities:	
Net	income	
Adjustments	to	reconcile	net	income	to		
	 net	cash	provided	by	operating	activities:	
Depreciation	and	amortization	
Deferred	revenue	recognized	
Increase	in	deferred	revenue	
Share-based	compensation	
Deferred	income	taxes	
Tax	benefit	from	stock	options	
Non-cash	repositioning	charges	
Other	
(Increase)	decrease	in	assets:	
Receivables	
Deferred	charges	
Other	current	assets	
Increase	(decrease)	in	liabilities:	
Accounts	payable	
Accrued	compensation	
Accrued	taxes	payable	
Other	accrued	expenses	

$  225,222	

$	

54,685	

$	

155

14,621	
(196,294)	
336,650	
7,014	
40,846	
—	
—	
132	

(112,318)	
(10,328)	
(3,326)	

3,958	
(3,817)	
11,291	

1,160	

11,421	
(65,553)	
57,605	
9,766	
(37,298)	
2,343	
222	
(75)	

(7,922)	
1,509	
(409)	

846	
6,672	
(219)	

81	

9,707
(53,601)
66,202
6,100
(15,631)
7,489
—
41

26,227
(4,031)
74

323
4,087
(880)

1,968

Net	cash	provided	by	operating	activities	

314,811	

33,674	

48,230

Cash flows from investing activities:	
Purchases	of	short-term	investments	
Sales	of	short-term	investments	
Purchases	of	property	and	equipment	
Capitalized	patent	costs	
Capitalized	technology	license	costs	
Acquisition	of	patents	
Proceeds	from	sale	of	fixed	assets	

Net	cash	(used)	provided	by	investing	activities	

Cash flows from financing activities:	
Net	proceeds	from	exercise	of	stock	options	and	warrants		
	 and	employee	stock	purchase	plan	
Tax	benefit	from	stock	options	
Payments	on	long-term	debt,	including	capital	lease	obligations	
Repurchase	of	common	stock	
Dividends	on	preferred	stock	
Redemption	of	preferred	stock	

Net	cash	used	by	financing	activities	

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	

(172,210)	
152,550	
(11,152)	
(18,865)	
(2,700)	
—	
—	

(52,377)	

40,578	
20,717	
(351)	
(184,870)	
—	
—	

(123,926)	

138,508	

27,877	

(151,453)	
189,685	
(5,372)	
(16,954)	
—	
(8,050)	
169	

8,025	

4,853	
—	
(327)	
(34,085)	
—	
—	

(29,559)	

12,140	

15,737	

(199,127)
167,850
(3,746)
(13,153)
—
—
—

(48,176)

12,154
—
(199)
(17,061)
(37)
(51)

(5,194)

(5,140)

20,877

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	

$  166,385	

$	

27,877	

$	

15,737

Supplemental cash flow information:	
Interest	paid	
Income	taxes	paid,	including	foreign	withholding	taxes	
Non-cash	activities	
Issuance	of	restricted	common	stock	

Issuance	of	common	stock	for	profit	sharing	

Accrued	purchase	of	treasury	stock	

Leased	asset	additions	and	related	obligation	

Non-cash	dividends	on	preferred	stock	

The	accompanying	notes	are	an	integral	part	of	these	statements.

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

383	
51,488	

414	

442	

7,657	

—	

—	

$	
$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

183	
755	

494	

568	

—	

365	

—	

$	
$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

$	

160
4,187

450

—

—

113

29

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
noTes To consolIDaTeD fInancIal sTaTeMenTs 
Interdigital	Communications	Corporation	and	Subsidiaries

DECEMBER	31,	2006

1.	 BaCKgR OU ND

InterDigital	 Communications	 Corporation	 (collectively	 with	 its	 subsidiaries	 referred	 to	 as	
“InterDigital,”	 the	 “Company,”	 ”we,”	 ”us”	 and	 “our”)	 designs	 and	 develops	 advanced	 digital	
wireless	 technology	 solutions.	 We	 are	 developing	 technologies	 that	 may	 be	 utilized	 to	 extend	
the	 life	 of	 the	 current	 generation	 of	 products,	 may	 be	 applicable	 to	 multiple	 generational	
standards	such	as	2G,	2.5G	and	3G	cellular	standards,	as	well	as	IEEE	802	wireless	standards,	and	
may	 have	 applicability	 across	 multiple	 air	 interfaces.	 In	 conjunction	 with	 our	 technology	
development,	we	have	assembled	an	extensive	body	of	technical	know-how,	related	intangible	
products	and	a	broad	patent	portfolio.	We	offer	our	solutions	for	license	or	sale	to	semiconductor	
companies	and	producers	of	wireless	equipment	and	components.

2.	 SU MM aR Y	 OF	 SIgNIFI CaNT	 a CCOUNTIN g	 POLIC IeS

Principles of Consolidation

The	 consolidated	 financial	 statements	 include	 the	 accounts	 of	 the	 Company	 and	 its	 wholly-
owned	subsidiaries.	All	significant	intercompany	accounts	and	transactions	have	been	eliminated	
in	consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The	 preparation	 of	 financial	 statements	 in	 conformity	 with	 generally	 accepted	 accounting	
principles	 requires	 management	 to	 make	 estimates	 and	 assumptions	 that	 affect	 the	 reported	
amounts	of	assets	and	liabilities,	the	disclosure	of	contingent	assets	and	liabilities	as	of	the	date	
of	 the	 financial	 statements	 and	 the	 reported	 amounts	 of	 revenues	 and	 expenses	 during	 the	
reporting	 period.	 Actual	 results	 could	 differ	 from	 these	 estimates.	 We	 believe	 the	 accounting	
policies	that	are	of	particular	importance	to	the	portrayal	of	our	financial	condition	and	results,	
and	that	may	involve	a	higher	degree	of	complexity	and	judgment	in	their	application	compared	
to	others,	are	those	relating	to	patents,	contingencies,	revenue	recognition,	compensation,	and	
income	 taxes.	 If	 different	 assumptions	 were	 made	 or	 different	 conditions	 had	 existed,	 our	
financial	results	could	have	been	materially	different.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

We	consider	all	highly	liquid	investments	purchased	with	initial	maturities	of	three	months	or	less	
to	be	cash	equivalents.	Management	determines	the	appropriate	classification	of	our	investments	
at	 the	 time	 of	 acquisition	 and	 re-evaluates	 such	 determination	 at	 each	 balance	 sheet	 date.	
At	December	31,	2006	and	2005,	all	of	our	short-term	investments	were	classified	as	available-for-
sale	and	carried	at	amortized	cost,	which	approximates	market	value.	We	determine	the	cost	of	
securities	 by	 specific	 identification	 and	 report	 unrealized	 gains	 and	 losses	 on	 our	 available-	
for-sale	 securities	 as	 a	 separate	 component	 of	 equity.	 Net	 unrealized	 losses	 on	 short-term	
investments	 were	 $0.4	 million	 at	 December	 31,	 2006	 and	 less	 than	 $0.2	 million	 at	
December	 31,	 2005.	 We	 did	 not	 have	 any	 realized	 gains	 or	 losses	 in	 2006,	 realized	 gains	 and	
losses	for	2005	and	2004	were	as	follows	(in	thousands):

Year	

2005	

2004	

page 

Gains	

Losses	

$	 —	

$	 34	

$	 (82)	

$	 (55)	

Net

$	 (82)

$	 (21)

Cash	 and	 cash	 equivalents	 at	 December	 31,	 2006	 and	 2005	 consisted	 of	 the	 following	 (in	
thousands):

December	31,	

Money	market	funds	and	demand	accounts	

Repurchase	agreements	

2006	

2005

$  166,043	

$	 26,365

342	

1,512

$  166,385	

$	 27,877

Our	repurchase	agreements	are	fully	collateralized	by	United	States	Government	securities	and	
are	stated	at	cost,	which	approximates	fair	market	value.

Short-term	 investments	 as	 of	 December	 31,	 2006	 and	 2005	 consisted	 of	 the	 following	
(in	thousands):

December	31,	

US	Government	agency	instruments	

Corporate	bonds	

2006	

2005

$  52,392	

45,189	

$	 25,837

	 51,994

$  97,581	

$	 77,831

At	December	31,	2006	and	2005,	$71.5	million	and	$65.4	million,	respectively,	of	our	short-term	
investments	had	contractual	maturities	within	one	year.	The	remaining	portions	of	our	short-term	
investments	had	contractual	maturities	within	two	to	five	years.

Property and Equipment

Property	 and	 equipment	 are	 stated	 at	 cost.	 Depreciation	 and	 amortization	 of	 property	 and	
equipment	are	provided	using	the	straight-line	method.	The	estimated	useful	lives	for	computer	
equipment,	 computer	 software,	 machinery	 and	 equipment,	 and	 furniture	 and	 fixtures	 are	
generally	 three	 to	 five	 years.	 Leasehold	 improvements	 are	 being	 amortized	 over	 the	 lesser	 of	
their	estimated	useful	lives	or	their	respective	lease	terms,	which	are	generally	five	to	ten	years.	
Buildings	 are	 being	 depreciated	 over	 twenty-five	 years.	 Expenditures	 for	 major	 improvements	
and	 betterments	 are	 capitalized	 while	 minor	 repairs	 and	 maintenance	 are	 charged	 to	 expense	
as	incurred.

Internal-Use Software Costs

Under	the	provisions	of	the	American	Institute	of	Certified	Public	Accountants	(AICPA)	Statement	
of	 Position	 (SOP)	 98-1	 Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for 
Internal-Use,	we	capitalize	costs	associated	with	software	for	internal-use.	All	computer	software	
costs	capitalized	to	date	relate	to	the	purchase,	development	and	implementation	of	engineering,	
accounting	 and	 other	 enterprise	 software.	 Capitalization	 begins	 when	 the	 preliminary	 project	
stage	 is	 complete	 and	 ceases	 when	 the	 project	 is	 substantially	 complete	 and	 ready	 for	 its	
intended	purpose.	Capitalized	computer	software	costs	are	amortized	over	their	estimated	useful	
life	of	three	years.

Investments in Other Entities

We	 may	 make	 strategic	 investments	 in	 companies	 that	 have	 developed	 or	 are	 developing	
technologies	that	are	complementary	to	our	patent	licensing	or	product	strategy.	Although	we	
did	not	have	any	such	investments	as	of	December	31,	2006,	we	made	a	$5	million	investment	
for	a	non-controlling	interest	of	another	entity	in	first	quarter	2007.	We	will	not	have	significant	
influence	 over	 the	 investee	 and	 will	 account	 for	 this	 investment	 using	 the	 cost	 method	 of	
accounting.	Under	the	cost	method,	we	will	not	adjust	our	investment	balance	when	the	entity	
reports	 profit	 or	 loss	 but	 will	 monitor	 the	 investment	 for	 an	 other-than-temporary	 decline	 in	

page 

	
	
 
	
	 	 	 	 	
	
	
 
	 	 	 	 	
value.	When	assessing	whether	an	other-than-temporary	decline	in	value	has	occurred,	we	will	
consider	such	factors	as	the	valuation	placed	on	the	investee	in	subsequent	rounds	of	financing,	
the	performance	of	the	investee	relative	to	its	own	performance	targets	and	business	plan,	and	
the	investee’s	revenue	and	cost	trends,	liquidity	and	cash	position,	including	its	cash	burn	rate,	
and	updated	forecasts.

Patents

We	capitalize	external	costs,	such	as	filing	fees	and	associated	attorney	fees,	incurred	to	obtain	
issued	 patents	 and	 patent	 license	 rights.	 We	 expense	 costs	 associated	 with	 maintaining	 and	
defending	 patents	 subsequent	 to	 their	 issuance.	 We	 amortize	 capitalized	 patent	 costs	 on	 a	
straight-line	 basis	 over	 the	 estimated	 useful	 lives	 of	 the	 patents.	 Ten	 years	 represents	 our	 best	
estimate	of	the	average	useful	life	of	our	patents	relating	to	technology	developed	directly	by	us.	
The	ten	year	estimated	useful	life	of	internally	generated	patents	is	based	on	our	assessment	of	
such	factors	as	the	integrated	nature	of	the	portfolios	being	licensed,	the	overall	makeup	of	the	
portfolio	over	time	and	the	length	of	license	agreements	for	such	patents.	The	estimated	useful	
lives	 of	 acquired	 patents	 and	 patent	 rights,	 however,	 have	 and	 will	 continue	 to	 be	 based	 on	 a	
separate	 analysis	 related	 to	 each	 acquisition	 and	 may	 differ	 from	 the	 estimated	 useful	 lives	 of	
internally	 generated	 patents.	 We	 assess	 the	 potential	 impairment	 to	 all	 capitalized	 net	 patent	
costs	when	there	is	evidence	that	events	or	changes	in	circumstances	indicate	that	the	carrying	
amount	 of	 these	 patents	 may	 not	 be	 recoverable.	 Amortization	 expense	 related	 to	 capitalized	
patent	costs	was	$7.8	million,	$6.3	million	and	$4.4	million	in	2006,	2005	and	2004,	respectively.	
As	of	December	31,	2006	and	2005,	we	had	capitalized	gross	patent	costs	of	$106.2	million	and	
$87.3	million,	respectively,	which	were	offset	by	accumulated	amortization	of	$35.7	million	and	
$27.8	million,	respectively.	Our	capitalized	gross	patent	costs	in	2005	increased	$8.1	million	as	a	
result	 of	 patents	 acquired	 from	 third	 parties	 in	 those	 years.	 The	 weighted	 average	 estimated	
useful	life	of	our	capitalized	patent	costs	at	December	31,	2006	and	2005	was	11.2	years	and	11.4	
years,	respectively.

The	estimated	aggregate	amortization	expense	related	to	our	patents	balance	as	of	December	
31,	2006	is	as	follows	(in	thousands):

2007	

2008	

2009	

2010	

2011	

$		8,131

	 8,014

	 7,871

	 7,711

	 7,451

Intangible Assets

Our	 other	 non-current	 asset	 balance	 at	 December	 31,	 2006	 includes	 $4.2	 million,	 representing	
the	 net	 value	 of	 licensed	 technology	 used	 in	 our	 current	 and	 future	 product	 offerings.	
These	 licenses	 are	 being	 amortized	 over	 a	 period	 of	 five	 years	 and	 are	 presented	 net	 of	
accumulated	amortization	of	$0.9	million.	We	did	not	have	any	licensed	technology	capitalized	at	
December	31,	2005.

Contingencies

We	 recognize	 contingent	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 in	 accordance	 with	 Statement	 of	 Financial	
Accounting	Standards	(SFAS)	No.	5	Accounting for Contingencies.

page 0

Revenue Recognition

We	derive	the	majority	of	our	revenue	from	patent	licensing.	The	timing	and	amount	of	revenue	
recognized	from	each	licensee	depends	upon	a	variety	of	factors,	including	the	specific	terms	of	
each	agreement	and	the	nature	of	the	deliverables	and	obligations.	Such	agreements	are	often	
complex	and	multi-faceted.	These	agreements	can	include,	without	limitation,	elements	related	
to	the	settlement	of	past	patent	infringement	liabilities,	up-front	and	non-refundable	license	fees	
for	the	use	of	patents	and/or	know-how,	patent	and/or	know-how	licensing	royalties	on	covered	
products	sold	by	licensees,	cross	licensing	terms	between	us	and	other	parties,	the	compensation	
structure	 and	 ownership	 of	 intellectual	 property	 rights	 associated	 with	 contractual	 technology	
development	arrangements,	and	advanced	payments	and	fees	for	service	arrangements.	Due	to	
the	 combined	 nature	 of	 some	 agreements	 and	 the	 inherent	 difficulty	 in	 establishing	 reliable,	
verifiable	 and	 objectively	 determinable	 evidence	 of	 the	 fair	 value	 of	 the	 separate	 elements	 of	
these	 agreements,	 the	 total	 revenue	 resulting	 from	 such	 agreements	 may	 sometimes	 be	
recognized	 over	 the	 combined	 performance	 period.	 In	 other	 circumstances,	 such	 as	 those	
agreements	involving	consideration	for	past	and	expected	future	patent	royalty	obligations,	the	
determining	factors	necessary	to	allocate	revenue	across	past,	current,	and	future	years	may	be	
difficult	to	establish.	In	such	instances,	after	consideration	of	the	particular	facts	and	circumstances,	
the	 appropriate	 recording	 of	 revenue	 between	 periods	 may	 require	 the	 use	 of	 judgment.	
Generally,	we	will	not	recognize	revenue	or	establish	a	receivable	related	to	payments	that	are	
due	 greater	 than	 twelve	 months	 from	 the	 balance	 sheet	 date.	 In	 all	 cases,	 revenue	 is	 only	
recognized	after	all	of	the	following	criteria	are	met:	(1)	written	agreements	have	been	executed;	
(2)	 delivery	 of	 technology	 or	 intellectual	 property	 rights	 has	 occurred	 or	 services	 have	 been	
rendered;	(3)	fees	are	fixed	or	determinable;	and	(4)	collectibility	of	fees	is	reasonably	assured.

patent license Agreements

Upon	 signing	 a	 patent	 license	 agreement,	 we	 provide	 the	 licensee	 permission	 to	 use	 our	
patented	inventions	in	specific	applications.	We	have	no	material	future	obligations	associated	
with	such	licenses,	other	than,	in	some	instances,	to	provide	such	licensees	with	notification	of	
future	 license	 agreements	 pursuant	 to	 most	 favored	 licensee	 rights.	 Under	 our	 patent	 license	
agreements,	 we	 typically	 receive	 one	 or	 a	 combination	 of	 the	 following	 forms	 of	 payment	 as	
consideration	 for	 permitting	 our	 licensees	 to	 use	 our	 patented	 inventions	 in	 their	 applications	
and	products:

Consideration  for  Prior  Sales:	 Consideration	 related	 to	 a	 licensee’s	 product	 sales	 from	 prior	
periods	 may	 result	 from	 a	 negotiated	 agreement	 with	 a	 licensee	 that	 utilized	 our	 patented	
inventions	 prior	 to	 signing	 a	 patent	 license	 agreement	 with	 us	 or	 from	 the	 resolution	 of	 a	
disagreement	 or	 arbitration	 with	 a	 licensee	 over	 the	 specific	 terms	 of	 an	 existing	 license	
agreement.	In	each	of	these	cases,	we	record	the	consideration	as	revenue.	We	may	also	receive	
consideration	 from	 the	 settlement	 of	 patent	 infringement	 litigation	 where	 there	 was	 no	
prior	 patent	 license	 agreement.	 We	 record	 the	 consideration	 related	 to	 such	 litigation	 as	
other	income.

Fixed Fee Royalty Payments: Up-front,	non-refundable	royalty	payments	that	fulfill	the	licensee’s	
obligations	to	us	under	a	patent	license	agreement,	for	a	specified	time	period	or	for	the	term	of	
the	agreement.

Prepayments: Up-front,	non-refundable	royalty	payments	towards	a	licensee’s	future	obligations	
to	us	related	to	its	expected	sales	of	covered	products	in	future	periods.	Our	licensees’	obligations	
to	 pay	 royalties	 extend	 beyond	 the	 exhaustion	 of	 their	 Prepayment	 balance.	 Once	 a	 licensee	
exhausts	its	Prepayment	balance,	we	may	provide	them	with	the	opportunity	to	make	another	
Prepayment	toward	future	sales	or	it	will	be	required	to	make	Current	Royalty	Payments.

page 

Current Royalty Payments: Royalty	payments	covering	a	licensee’s	obligations	to	us	related	to	its	
sales	of	covered	products	in	the	current	contractual	reporting	period.

We	recognize	revenues	related	to	Consideration	for	Prior	Sales	when	we	have	obtained	a	signed	
agreement,	 identified	 a	 fixed	 or	 determinable	 price	 and	 determined	 that	 collectibility	 is	
reasonably	assured.	We	recognize	revenues	related	to	Fixed	Fee	Royalty.	Payments	on	a	straight-
line	basis	over	the	effective	term	of	the	license.	We	utilize	the	straight-line	method	because	we	
have	no	future	obligations	under	these	licenses	and	we	can	not	reliably	predict	in	which	periods,	
within	the	term	of	a	license,	the	licensee	will	benefit	from	the	use	of	our	patented	inventions.

Licensees	that	either	owe	us	Current	Royalty	Payments	or	have	Prepayment	balances	provide	us	
with	quarterly	or	semi-annual	royalty	reports	that	summarize	their	sales	of	covered	products	and	
their	related	royalty	obligations	to	us.	We	typically	receive	these	royalty	reports	subsequent	to	
the	 period	 in	 which	 our	 licensees’	 underlying	 sales	 occurred.	 Consideration	 for	 Prior	 Sales,	 the	
exhaustion	of	Prepayments	and	Current	Royalty	Payments	are	often	calculated	based	on	related	
per-unit	sales	of	covered	products.

In	third	quarter	2004,	we	transitioned	to	recognizing	these	per-unit	royalties	in	the	period	when	
we	 receive	 royalty	 reports	 from	 licensees,	 rather	 than	 in	 the	 period	 in	 which	 our	 licensees’	
underlying	sales	occur.	This	transition	was	necessary	because	we	could	no	longer	wait	to	receive	
royalty	 reports	 from	 our	 licensees	 and	 file	 our	 financial	 statements	 on	 a	 timely	 basis.	 Without	
royalty	 reports,	 our	 visibility	 into	 our	 licensees	 sales	 is	 very	 limited.	 We	 are	 not	 involved	 in	 the	
supply	or	sale	of	their	products	and	industry	analysts	do	not	provide	information	either	detailed	
or	timely	enough	to	give	us	sufficient	visibility	to	make	reasonably	accurate	revenue	estimates	
for	our	most	significant	licensees.	As	such,	it	is	unlikely	that	we	could	arrive	at	revenue	estimates	
for	our	most	significant	licensees	that	would	be	objective	and	supportable.

Previously,	we	recognized	revenue	related	to	per-unit	sales	of	covered	products	in	the	period	the	
sales	 occurred,	 and	 when	 we	 did	 not	 receive	 the	 royalty	 reports	 prior	 to	 the	 issuance	 of	 our	
financial	 statements,	 we	 accrued	 the	 related	 royalty	 revenue	 if	 reasonable	 estimates	 could	 be	
made.	Such	estimates,	which	were	limited	to	a	small	number	of	licensees	and	never	exceeded	5%	
of	our	revenue	in	any	period	presented,	were	based	on	the	historical	royalty	data	of	the	licensees	
involved,	third	party	forecasts	of	royalty	related	product	sales	in	the	applicable	market	available	
at	the	time	and,	if	available,	information	provided	by	the	licensee.	When	our	licensees	formally	
reported	royalties	for	which	we	had	previously	accrued	revenues	based	on	estimates,	or	when	
they	 reported	 updates	 to	 prior	 royalty	 reports,	 we	 adjusted	 revenue	 in	 the	 period	 in	 which	
the	 final	 reports	 were	 received.	 In	 cases	 where	 we	 receive	 objective,	 verifiable	 evidence	 that	
a	 licensee	 has	 discontinued	 sales	 of	 covered	 products,	 we	 recognize	 any	 remaining	
deferred	 revenue	 balance	 related	 to	 unexhausted	 Prepayments	 in	 the	 period	 that	 we	 receive	
such	evidence.

Technology Solutions Revenue

Technology	 solutions	 revenue	 consists	 primarily	 of	 revenue	 from	 software	 licenses	 and	
engineering	services.	Software	license	revenues	are	recognized	in	accordance	with	the	American	
Institute	 of	 Certified	 Public	 Accountants	 Statement	 of	 Position	 (SOP)	 97-2	 Software Revenue 
Recognition	 and	 SOP	 98-9.	 Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition.	 When	 the	
arrangement	with	the	customer	includes	significant	production,	modification	or	customization	of	
the	software,	we	recognize	the	related	revenue	using	the	percentage-of-completion	method	in	
accordance	with	SOP	81-1	Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-
Type Contracts.	Under	this	method,	revenue	and	profit	are	recognized	throughout	the	term	of	the	
contract,	based	on	actual	labor	costs	incurred	to	date	as	a	percentage	of	the	total	estimated	labor	
costs	related	to	contract.	Changes	in	estimates	for	revenues,	costs	and	profits	are	recognized	in	

page 

the	period	in	which	they	are	determinable.	When	such	estimates	indicate	that	costs	will	exceed	
future	revenues	and	a	loss	on	the	contract	exists,	a	provision	for	the	entire	loss	is	recognized	at	
that	time.

We	recognize	revenues	associated	with	engineering	service	arrangements	that	are	outside	the	
scope	 of	 SOP	 81-1	 on	 a	 straight-line	 basis	 under	 Staff	 Accounting	 Bulletin	 No.	 104	 Revenue 
Recognition,	unless	evidence	suggests	that	the	revenue	is	earned	or	obligations	are	fulfilled	in	a	
different	pattern,	over	the	contractual	term	of	the	 arrangement	or	the	expected	period	during	
which	those	specified	services	will	be	performed,	whichever	is	longer.	When	recognizing	revenue	
based	on	our	proportional	performance,	we	measure	the	progress	of	our	performance	based	on	
the	 relationship	 between	 incurred	 contract	 costs	 and	 total	 estimated	 contract	 costs.	 Our	 most	
significant	cost	has	been	labor	and	we	believe	labor	cost	provides	a	measure	of	the	progress	of	
our	services.	The	effect	of	changes	to	total	estimated	contract	costs	is	recognized	in	the	period	
such	changes	are	determined.	Estimated	losses,	if	any,	are	recorded	when	the	loss	first	becomes	
probable	and	reasonably	estimable.

When	 technology	 solutions	 agreements	 include	 royalty	 payments,	 we	 recognize	 revenue	 from	
the	royalty	payments	using	the	same	methods	described	above	under	our	policy	for	recognizing	
revenue	from	patent	license	agreements.

deferred Charges

From	 time-to-time,	 we	 use	 sales	 agents	 to	 assist	 us	 in	 our	 licensing	 activities.	 We	 often	 pay	 a	
commission	 related	 to	 successfully	 negotiated	 license	 agreements.	 The	 commission	 rate	 varies	
from	agreement	to	agreement.	Commissions	are	normally	paid	shortly	after	our	receipt	of	cash	
payments	associated	with	the	patent	license	agreements.

We	defer	recognition	of	commission	expense	related	to	both	Prepayments	and	Fixed	Fee	Royalty	
Payments	and	amortize	these	expenses	in	proportion	to	the	recognition	of	the	related	revenue.	
In	2006,	2005	and	2004,	we	paid	cash	commissions	of	approximately	$18.8	million,	$3.1	million	
and	 $7.5	 million	 and	 recognized	 commission	 expense	 of	 $8.4	 million,	 $4.5	 million,	 and	
$3.5	 million,	 respectively,	 as	 part	 of	 patent	 administration	 and	 licensing	 expense.	 At	
December	31,	2006	and	2005	we	had	deferred	commission	expense	of	approximately	$4.1	million	
and	$1.4	million,	respectively,	included	within	prepaid	and	other	current	assets	and	$12.0	million	
and	$4.4	million,	respectively,	included	within	other	non-current	assets.

Research and Development

Research	 and	 development	 expenditures	 are	 expensed	 in	 the	 period	 incurred,	 except	 certain	
software	development	costs	which	are	capitalized	between	the	point	in	time	that	technological	
feasibility	 of	 the	 software	 is	 established	 and	 the	 product	 is	 available	 for	 general	 release	 to	
customers.	We	did	not	have	any	such	capitalized	software	costs	in	any	period	presented.

Compensation Programs

Through	December	31,	2005,	we	accounted	for	stock-based	employee	compensation	using	the	
intrinsic	 value	 method	 and	 provided	 pro	 forma	 disclosures	 related	 to	 our	 stock-based	
compensation	under	the	provisions	of	SFAS	No.	148	Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—	
Transition and Disclosure an Amendment of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Statement 
No. 123.	 On	 January	 1,	 2006,	 we	 adopted	 the	 provisions	 of	 SFAS	 No.	 123	 (revised	 2004),	Share-
Based  Payment,	 using	 the	 modified-prospective	 method.	 SFAS	 No.	 123(R)	 requires	 that	
compensation	 cost	 relating	 to	 share-based	 payment	 transactions	 be	 recognized	 in	 financial	
statements	 based	 on	 the	 fair	 value	 of	 the	 instruments	 issued.	 SFAS	 No.	 123(R)	 covers	 a	 wide	
range	 of	 share-based	 compensation	 arrangements	 including	 share	 options,	 restricted	 share	
plans,	performance-based	awards,	share	appreciation	rights	and	employee	share	purchase	plans.	

page 

SFAS	No.	123(R)	also	amends	No.	95	Statement of Cash Flows,	to	require	that	excess	tax	benefits,	
as	 defined,	 realized	 from	 the	 exercise	 of	 stock	 options	 be	 reported	 as	 a	 financing	 cash	 inflow	
rather	than	as	a	reduction	of	taxes	paid	in	flow	from	operations.

In	 fourth	 quarter	 2005,	 we	 accelerated	 the	 vesting	 of	 all	 remaining	 unvested	 options.	 We	
recorded	 a	 charge	 of	 approximately	 $0.2	 million	 related	 to	 the	 acceleration.	 This	 charge	 was	
based,	in	part,	on	our	estimate	that	approximately	12%	of	the	accelerated	options	would	have	
been	forfeited	had	the	acceleration	not	occurred.	The	acceleration	eliminates	a	non-cash	charge	
of	approximately	$7.1	million	that	would	have	been	recognized	under	SFAS	No.	123(R)	between	
2006	and	2011.	Prior	to	our	January	1,	2006	adoption	of	SFAS	No.	123(R),	no	other	option-based	
employee	 compensation	 cost	 was	 reflected	 in	 net	 income,	 as	 all	 options	 granted	 under	 those	
plans	had	an	exercise	price	equal	to	the	market	value	of	the	underlying	common	stock	on	the	
date	of	grant.	The	following	table	illustrates	the	effect	on	net	income	and	earnings	per	share	if	
we	had	applied	the	fair	value	recognition	provisions	of	SFAS	No.	123	Accounting for Stock-Based 
Compensation,	to	stock-based	employee	compensation	(in	thousands,	except	per	share	data)	in	
2005	and	2004:

For	the	Year	Ended	December	31,	

2005	

2004

Net	income	applicable	to	common	shareholders—as	reported	

$	 54,685	

$	

89

Add:	Stock-based	employee	compensation	expense	included		
	 in	reported	net	income	

Deduct:	Total	stock-based	employee	compensation	expense		
	 determined	under	fair	value	based	method	for	all	awards(a)	
Tax	effect(b)	
Net	income	(loss)	applicable	to	Common	Shareholders—pro	forma	

Net	income	per	share—as	reported—basic	

Net	income	per	share—as	reported—diluted	

Net	income	(loss)	per	share—pro	forma—basic	

Net	income	(loss)	per	share—pro	forma—diluted	

9,766	

6,100

	 (20,784)	

3,746	

(14,494)

2,854

$	 47,413	

$	

(5,451)

1.01	

0.96	

0.88	

0.83	

0.00

0.00

(0.10)

(0.10)

(a)	 In	2005,	we	recorded	a	pro-forma	charge	of	$7.1	million	associated	with	the	acceleration	of	0.8	million	unvested	options.
(b)	 	In	2004,	the	pro-forma	tax	effect	has	been	limited	to	tax	effects	directly	related	to	additional	stock-based	compensation	expense	recognized	in	the	

period	for	pro	forma	purposes.

The	 fair	 value	 of	 each	 option	 grant	 is	 estimated	 on	 the	 date	 of	 grant	 using	 the	 Black-Scholes	
option	pricing	model	with	the	following	weighted-average	assumptions:

For	the	Year	Ended	December	31,	

Expected	option	life	(in	years)	

Risk-free	interest	rate	

Volatility	

Dividend	yield	

Weighted-average	fair	value	

2005	

5.7	

4.1%	

80.0%	

—	

2004

4.8

3.5%

86.0%

—

$	

12.78	

$	

19.59

SFAS	No.	123(R)	requires	that	we	reserve	for	estimated	forfeitures	of	stock-based	compensation	
awards.	 In	 2006,	 we	 recorded	 a	 reduction	 in	 operating	 expenses	 for	 the	 cumulative	 effect	 of	 a	
change	 in	 accounting	 principle	 of	 less	 than	 $0.2	 million	 upon	 adopting	 SFAS	 No.	 123(R).	 This	
cumulative	 effect	 adjustment	 was	 recorded	 to	 apply	 an	 estimated	 forfeiture	 rate	 of	 3%	 to	
unvested	restricted	stock	units	(RSUs)	which	had	been	issued	under	the	2005-2007	cycle	of	our	
Long	 Term	 Compensation	 Program	 (LTCP)	 and	 which	 remained	 unvested	 and	 outstanding	 at	
December	31,	2005.	At	December	31,	2006,	we	have	estimated	the	forfeiture	rates	for	outstanding	
RSUs	 to	 be	 between	 0%	 and	 16%	 over	 their	 lives	 of	 one	 to	 three	 years,	 depending	 upon	 the	
group	receiving	the	grant	and	the	specific	terms	of	the	award	issued.

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
In	 2006,	 we	 adopted	 the	 short-cut	 method	 to	 establish	 the	 historical	 additional	 paid-in-capital	
pool	(APIC	Pool)	related	to	the	tax	effects	of	employee	share-based	compensation.	Any	positive	
balance	 would	 be	 available	 to	 absorb	 tax	 shortfalls	 (which	 occur	 when	 the	 tax	 deductions	
resulting	 from	 share-based	 compensation	 are	 less	 than	 the	 related	 book	 expense)	 recognized	
subsequent	to	the	adoption	of	SFAS	No.	123(R).	We	did	not	incur	any	net	tax	shortfalls	in	2006.

In	all	periods,	our	policy	has	been	to	set	the	value	of	RSU	and	restricted	stock	awards	equal	to	the	
value	of	our	underlying	common	stock	on	the	date	of	grant.	We	amortize	expense	for	all	such	
awards	using	an	accelerated	method.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Financial	instruments	that	potentially	subject	us	to	concentration	of	credit	risk	consist	primarily	
of	 cash	 equivalents,	 short-term	 investments,	 and	 accounts	 receivable.	 We	 place	 our	 cash	
equivalents	and	short-term	investments	only	in	highly	rated	financial	instruments	and	in	United	
States	Government	instruments.

Our	accounts	receivable	are	derived	principally	from	patent	license	agreements	and	technology	
solutions.	At	December	31,	2006,	two	customers	represented	72%	and	18%,	respectively,	of	our	
accounts	receivable	balance.	At	December	31,	2005,	four	customers	represented	31%,	19%,	14%	
and	14%,	respectively,	of	our	accounts	receivable	balance.	We	perform	ongoing	credit	evaluations	
of	 our	 customers	 who	 generally	 include	 large,	 multi-national,	 wireless	 telecommunications	
equipment	 manufacturers.	 We	 believe	 that	 the	 book	 value	 of	 our	 financial	 instruments	
approximate	their	fair	values.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Pursuant	 to	 SFAS	 No.	 144,	 Accounting  for  the  Impairment  or  Disposal  of  Long-Lived  Assets,	
we	 evaluate	 long-lived	 assets	 and	 intangible	 assets	 for	 impairment	 when	 factors	 indicate	 that	
the	 carrying	 value	 of	 an	 asset	 may	 not	 be	 recoverable.	 When	 factors	 indicate	 that	 such	 assets	
should	be	evaluated	for	possible	impairment,	we	review	the	realizability	of	our	long-lived	assets	
by	 analyzing	 the	 projected	 undiscounted	 cash	 flows	 in	 measuring	 whether	 the	 asset	 is	
recoverable.	In	2005,	we	recorded	an	impairment	to	our	fixed	assets	of	approximately	$0.2	million	
in	connection	with	our	2005	Repositioning	(Note	4).	No	such	adjustments	were	recorded	in	2006	
or	2004.

Income Taxes

Income	taxes	are	accounted	for	under	the	asset	and	liability	method.	Under	this	method,	deferred	
tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	recognized	for	the	estimated	future	tax	consequences	attributable	to	
differences	 between	 the	 financial	 statement	 carrying	 amounts	 of	 existing	 assets	 and	 liabilities	
and	 their	 respective	 tax	 bases,	 and	 operating	 loss	 and	 tax	 credit	 carryforwards.	 Deferred	 tax	
assets	and	liabilities	are	measured	using	enacted	tax	rates	in	effect	for	the	year	in	which	those	
temporary	differences	are	expected	to	be	recovered	or	settled.	The	effect	on	deferred	tax	assets	
and	liabilities	of	a	change	in	tax	rates	is	recognized	in	the	Consolidated	Statement	of	Operations	
in	the	period	that	includes	the	enactment	date.	A	valuation	allowance	is	recorded	to	reduce	the	
carrying	amounts	of	deferred	tax	assets	if	management	has	determined	that	it	is	more	likely	than	
not	that	such	assets	will	not	be	realized.

In	addition,	the	calculation	of	tax	liabilities	involves	significant	judgment	in	estimating	the	impact	
of	uncertainties	in	the	application	of	complex	tax	laws.	We	are	subject	to	compliance	reviews	by	
the	Internal	Revenue	Service	(IRS)	and	other	taxing	jurisdictions	on	various	tax	matters,	including	
challenges	to	various	positions	we	assert	in	our	filings.	Certain	tax	contingencies	are	recognized	
when	 they	 are	 determined	 to	 be	 probable	 and	 reasonably	 estimable.	 We	 believe	 we	 have	
adequately	 accrued	 for	 tax	 contingencies	 that	 have	 met	 both	 the	 probable	 and	 reasonably	
estimable	 criteria.	 As	 of	 December	 31,	 2006	 and	 2005,	 there	 are	 certain	 tax	 contingencies	 that	

page 

either	 are	 not	 considered	 probable	 or	 are	 not	 reasonably	 estimable	 by	 us	 at	 this	 time.	 In	 the	
event	that	the	IRS	or	another	taxing	jurisdiction	levies	an	assessment	in	the	future,	it	is	possible	
the	assessment	could	have	a	material	adverse	effect	on	our	consolidated	financial	condition	or	
results	of	operations.

In	 2006	 we	 credited	 foreign	 source	 withholding	 tax	 payments	 against	 our	 U.S.	 Federal	 Income	
Tax	Liability.	Prior	to	2006,	we	recognized	deferred	tax	assets	related	to	deferred	revenue	for	both	
U.S.	Federal	Income	Tax	purposes	and	non-U.S.	jurisdictions	that	assess	a	source	withholding	tax	
on	related	royalty	payments.	We	expense	these	deferred	tax	assets	as	we	recognize	the	revenue	
and	the	related	temporary	differences	reverse.

Net Income Per Common Share

Basic	 earnings	 per	 share	 (EPS)	 are	 calculated	 by	 dividing	 income	 available	 to	 common	
shareholders	 by	 the	 weighted-average	 number	 of	 common	 shares	 outstanding	 for	 the	 period.	
Diluted	EPS	reflects	the	potential	dilution	that	could	occur	if	options,	warrants	or	other	securities	
with	features	that	could	result	in	the	issuance	of	common	stock	were	exercised	or	converted	to	
common	stock.	The	following	tables	reconcile	the	numerator	and	the	denominator	of	the	basic	
and	diluted	net	income	per	share	computation	(in	thousands,	except	for	per	share	data):

Income	
(Numerator)	

Shares	
(Denominator)	

Per-Share	
Amount

$  225,222 

— 

53,426 

2,352 

$  4.22

(0.18)

$  225,222 

55,778 

$  4.04

Income	
(Numerator)	

Shares	
(Denominator)	

Per-Share	
Amount

$	

54,685	

—	

54,058	

3,103	

$	 1.01

(0.05)

$	

54,685	

57,161	

$	 0.96

Income	
(Numerator)	

Shares	
(Denominator)	

Per-Share	
Amount

$	

89	

—	

55,264	

$	 0.00

3,811	

0.00

$	

89	

59,075	

$	 0.00

For	the	Year	Ended	December	31,	2006	

Income per share—basic:
Income	available	to	common	shareholders	
Dilutive	effect	of	options,	warrants	and	RSUs	

Income per share—diluted:

Income	available	to	common	shareholders	plus		
	 dilutive	effects	of	options,	warrants	and	RSUs	

For	the	Year	Ended	December	31,	2005	

Income per share—basic:
Income	available	to	common	shareholders	
Dilutive	effect	of	options,	warrants	and	RSUs	

Income per share—diluted:	

Income	available	to	common	shareholders	
	 plus	dilutive	effects	of	options,	warrants,		
	 RSUs	and	convertible	preferred	stock	

For	the	Year	Ended	December	31,	2004	

Income per share—basic:
Income	available	to	common	shareholders	
Dilutive	effect	of	options,	warrants,	RSUs	and		
	 convertible	preferred	stock	

Income per share—diluted:

Income	available	to	common	shareholders		
	 plus	dilutive	effects	of	options,	warrants,		
RSUs	and	convertible	preferred	stock	

page 

	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
For	 the	 years	 ended	 December	 31,	 2006,	 2005	 and	 2004,	 options	 and	 warrants	 to	 purchase	
approximately	0.7	million,	1.8	million	and	1.7	million	shares,	respectively,	of	common	stock	were	
excluded	from	the	computation	of	diluted	EPS	because	the	exercise	prices	of	the	options	were	
greater	 than	 the	 weighted	 average	 market	 price	 of	 our	 common	 stock	 during	 the	 respective	
periods	and,	therefore,	their	effect	would	have	been	anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In	July	2006,	the	FASB	issued	Interpretation	No.	48,	Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an 
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109	(FIN	48).	FIN	48	clarifies	the	accounting	for	uncertainty	in	
income	 taxes	 recognized	 in	 an	 entity’s	 financial	 statements	 in	 accordance	 with	 SFAS	 No.	 109	
Accounting	 for	 Income	 Taxes,	 by	 prescribing	 the	 minimum	 recognition	 threshold	 and	
measurement	attribute	a	tax	position	taken	or	expected	to	be	taken	on	a	tax	return	is	required	to	
meet	 before	 being	 recognized	 in	 the	 financial	 statements.	 FIN	 48	 also	 provides	 guidance	 on	
derecognition,	measurement,	classification,	interest	and	penalties,	accounting	in	interim	periods,	
disclosure	 and	 transition.	 We	 are	 currently	 evaluating	 the	 impact	 of	 FIN	 48,	 which	 must	 be	
implemented	effective	January	1,	2007.

In	 September	 2006,	 FASB	 issued	 SFAS	 No.	 157	 Fair Value Measurements,	 which	 is	 effective	 for	
fiscal	 years	 beginning	 after	 November	 15,	 2007.	 The	 statement	 was	 issued	 to	 define	 fair	 value,	
establish	 a	 framework	 for	 measuring	 fair	 value,	 and	 expand	 disclosures	 about	 fair	 value	
measurements.	The	Company	is	currently	assessing	the	effect,	if	any,	this	statement	will	have	on	
its	financial	statements	or	its	results	of	operations.

In	September	2006,	the	SEC	issued	Staff	Accounting	Bulletin	(SAB)	No.	108	Quantifying Financial 
Misstatements	 which	 expresses	 the	 Staff’s	 views	 regarding	 the	 process	 of	 quantifying	 financial	
statement	 misstatements.	 Registrants	 are	 required	 to	 quantify	 the	 impact	 of	 correcting	 all	
misstatements,	including	both	the	carryover	and	reversing	effects	of	prior	year	misstatements,	on	
current	year	financial	statements.	The	techniques	most	commonly	used	in	practice	to	accumulate	
and	 quantify	 misstatements	 are	 generally	 referred	 to	 as	 the	 “rollover”	 (current	 year	 income	
statement	perspective)	and	“iron	curtain”	(year-end	balance	sheet	perspective)	approaches.	The	
financial	 statements	 would	 require	 adjustment	 when	 either	 approach	 results	 in	 quantifying	 a	
misstatement	that	is	material,	after	considering	all	relevant	quantitative	and	qualitative	factors.	
This	bulletin	is	effective	for	financial	statements	for	the	first	fiscal	year	ending	after	November	15,	
2006.	The	adoption	of	SAB	No.	108	did	not	have	a	material	impact	on	our	consolidated	financial	
position,	results	of	operations	or	cash	flows.

Change in Classification

The	classification	of	certain	prior	period	amounts	have	been	changed	to	conform	to	the	current	
year	presentation.

3.	 geOgRaPHIC /C US TOM eR	 CONCeNTRaTION

We	have	one	reportable	segment.	As	of	December	31,	2006,	substantially	all	of	our	revenue	was	
derived	from	a	limited	number	of	customers	based	outside	of	the	United	States	(primarily	Asia	
and	Europe).	These	revenues	were	paid	in	U.S.	dollars	and	not	subject	to	any	substantial	foreign	
exchange	transaction	risk.	During	2006,	2005,	and	2004,	revenue	from	our	Asian-based	licensees	
comprised	39%,	71%,	and	78%	of	total	revenues,	respectively.	For	the	same	years,	revenue	from	
our	European-based	licensees	comprised	58%,	14%,	and	18%	of	total	revenues,	respectively.

page 

During	 2006,	 2005,	 and	 2004,	 the	 following	 customers	 accounted	 for	 10%	 or	 more	 of	
total	revenues:

Nokia	Corporation	

LG	Electronics	Inc.	

NEC	Corporation	of	Japan	

Sharp	Corporation	of	Japan	

Sony	Ericsson	Mobile	Communications	AB	

(a)	Less	than	10%

4.	 SIgNIF ICaNT	 agReeMeNTS 	 aND	 eve NTS

Nokia Litigation and Legal Proceedings

2006	

53%	

11%	

(a)	

(a)	

(a)	

2005	

(a)	

(a)	

30%	

22%	

(a)	

2004

(a)

(a)

43%

24%

12%

In	 April	 2006,	 InterDigital	 Communications	 Corporation	 (IDCC)	 and	 InterDigital	 Technology	
Corporation	(ITC)	entered	into	two	principle	agreements	with	Nokia	Corporation	(Nokia)	which	
resolved	 certain	 legal	 proceedings	 between	 them.	 Specifically,	 in	 an	 Arbitration	 Settlement	
Agreement	(Arbitration	Settlement	Agreement),	the	parties	resolved	their	disputes	arising	out	of	
the	June	2005	International	Court	of	Arbitration	of	the	International	Chamber	of	Commerce	(ICC)	
Arbitration	 Tribunal	 Award,	 which	 related	 to	 the	 January	 1999	 Patent	 License	 Agreement	 (the	
Nokia	License	Agreement)	between	the	parties.	Pursuant	to	a	second	agreement	(UK	Settlement	
Agreement),	Nokia	dismissed	its	claims	under	Claim	No.	HC04	C01952,	a	proceeding	that	Nokia	
instituted	in	June	2004	against	ITC	in	the	High	Court	of	Justice	of	England	and	Wales,	Chancery	
Division,	Patents	Court,	seeking	to	challenge	three	of	our	TDMA-related	patents.

Pursuant	 to	 the	 Arbitration	 Settlement	 Agreement,	 on	 April	 28,	 2006,	 Nokia	 paid	 InterDigital	
$253	 million.	 Nokia	 is	 deemed	 to	 have	 a	 fully	 paid-up	 license	 covering	 worldwide	 sales	 of	 2G	
TDMA-based	products,	consisting	primarily	of	GSM/GPRS/EDGE	terminal	units	and	infrastructure.	
Nokia	 is	 also	 released	 from	 infringement	 liability	 for	 worldwide	 sales	 of	 3G	 terminal	 units	 and	
infrastructure	 through	 April	 26,	 2006.	 Under	 the	 Arbitration	 Settlement	 Agreement,	 the	 Nokia	
License	Agreement	was	terminated.	We	recognized	the	full	$253	million	payment	from	Nokia	as	
revenue	in	2006.

LG Electronics Inc.

In	January	2006,	IDCC’s	patent	holding	subsidiaries	entered	into	a	worldwide,	non-transferable,	
non-exclusive,	patent	license	agreement	with	LG	Electronics	Inc.	(LG).	The	five-year	patent	license	
agreement,	effective	January	1,	2006,	covers	the	sale,	both	prior	to	January	1,	2006	and	during	
the	 five-year	 term,	 of	 terminal	 units	 compliant	 with	 all	 TDMA-based	 2G	 standards	 (including	
TIA-136,	 GSM,	 GPRS,	 and	 EDGE)	 and	 all	 3G	 standards	 (including	 WCDMA,	 TD-SCDMA	 and	
cdma2000®	 technology	 and	 its	 extensions),	 and	 infrastructure	 products	 compliant	 with	
cdma2000®	technology	and	its	extensions	up	to	a	limited	threshold	amount,	under	all	patents	
owned	by	us	prior	to	and	during	the	term	of	the	license.	At	the	end	of	the	five-year	term,	LG	will	
receive	a	paid-up	license	to	sell	single-mode	GSM/GPRS/EDGE	terminal	units	under	the	patents	
included	under	the	patent	license	agreement.

Under	the	terms	of	the	patent	license	agreement,	LG	paid	us	the	first	of	three	equal	installments	
of	 $95	 million	 in	 first	 quarter	 2006.	 The	 remaining	 two	 installments	 are	 due	 in	 first	 quarter	
2007	 and	 2008,	 respectively.	 We	 have	 recorded	 the	 second	 installment	 of	 $95	 million	 in	 both	
accounts	 receivable	 and	 deferred	 revenue	 at	 December	 31,	 2006,	 in	 accordance	 with	 our	
policy	 to	 recognize	 receivables	 that	 are	 due	 within	 twelve	 months.	 We	 are	 recognizing	 the	
revenue	 associated	 with	 this	 agreement	 on	 a	 straight-line	 basis	 from	 its	 inception	 through	
December	31,	2010.

page 

	
	
Technology Solution Agreements

In	 August	 2005,	 we	 entered	 into	 an	 agreement	 with	 Philips	 Semiconductors	 B.V.	 (Philips)	 to	
deliver	our	HSDPA	technology	solution	to	Philips	for	integration	into	Philips’	family	of	Nexperia™	
cellular	system	solutions.	Under	the	agreement,	we	will	also	assist	Philips	with	chip	design	and	
development,	 software	 modification	 and	 system	 integration	 and	 testing	 to	 implement	 our	
HSDPA	technology	solution	into	the	Philips	chipset.	Subsequent	to	the	delivery	of	portions	of	our	
HSDPA	technology	solution,	we	agreed	to	provide	Philips	with	support	and	maintenance	over	an	
aggregate	estimated	period	of	approximately	2	years.

In	December	2004,	we	entered	into	an	agreement	with	General	Dynamics	C4	Systems	(formerly	
known	 as,	 General	 Dynamics	 Decision	 Systems,	 Inc.)	 (General	 Dynamics),	 to	 serve	 as	 a	
subcontractor	on	the	Mobile	User	Objective	System	(MUOS)	program	for	the	U.S.	military.	MUOS	
is	an	advanced	tactical	terrestrial	and	satellite	communications	system	utilizing	3G	commercial	
cellular	technology	to	provide	significantly	improved	high	data	rate	and	assured	communications	
for	 U.S.	 warfighters.	 The	 Software	 License	 Agreement,	 as	 amended	 as	 of	 October	 2006	 (SLA)	
required	 us	 to	 deliver	 to	 General	 Dynamics	 standards-compliant	 WCDMA	 modem	 technology,	
originating	from	the	technology	we	developed	under	our	agreement	with	Infineon	Technologies	
AG,	for	incorporation	into	handheld	terminals.	We	completed	delivery	of	this	technology	in	2006.	
In	 fourth	 quarter	 2006,	 General	 Dynamics	 agreed	 to	 amend	 the	 SLA	 to	 release	 us	 from	 our	
maintenance	 obligations	 over	 the	 final	 two	 years	 of	 the	 SLA,	 in	 exchange	 for	 a	 $0.5	 million	
reduction	 to	 their	 remaining	 payments.	 We	 recognized	 approximately	 $0.9	 million	 in	 fourth	
quarter	2006	as	a	result	of	this	amendment.

We	 are	 accounting	 for	 portions	 of	 these	 and	 other	 technology	 solution	 agreements	 using	 the	
percentage-of-completion	method.	From	the	inception	of	these	agreements	through	December	
31,	2006,	we	recognized	related	revenue	of	approximately	$23.3	million	using	the	percentage-of-
completion	method,	including	$4.5	million	and	$18.7	million	in	2006	and	2005,	respectively.	Our	
accounts	receivable	at	December	31,	2006	and	December	31,	2005	included	unbilled	amounts	of	
$1.7	 million	 and	 $4.1	 million,	 respectively.	 We	 expect	 to	 bill	 and	 collect	 such	 amounts	 within	
twelve	months	of	each	respective	balance	sheet	date.

Acquisition of Patents

In	 2005,	 we	 acquired,	 for	 a	 purchase	 price	 of	 approximately	 $8.1	 million,	 selected	 patents,	
intellectual	 property	 blocks	 and	 related	 assets	 from	 an	 unrelated	 third	 party.	 These	 assets	 are	
designed	 to	 improve	 the	 range,	 throughput	 and	 reliability	 of	 wireless	 LAN	 and	 other	 wireless	
technology	 systems.	 The	 purchase	 price	 was	 allocated	 almost	 entirely	 to	 patent	 assets	 with	 a	
nominal	amount	being	allocated	to	other	assets.	Based	on	our	assessment	in	connection	with	the	
asset	acquisition,	we	are	amortizing	these	patents	over	their	expected	useful	lives	of	approximately	
15	years.

2005 Repositioning

In	August	2005,	we	announced	plans	to	close	our	Melbourne,	Florida	design	facility.	We	ceased	
our	development	activity	at	this	facility	in	third	quarter	2005	and	relocated	certain	development	
efforts	and	personnel	to	other	Company	locations.	We	closed	the	facility	in	fourth	quarter	2005.	
On	the	date	of	the	announced	closing,	there	were	thirty-three	full	or	part-time	employees	at	this	
facility,	of	which,	five	full-time	employees	accepted	offers	of	continued	employment	elsewhere	
within	our	organization.	We	estimate	the	repositioning	resulted	in	annual	pre-tax	cost	savings	of	
approximately	$6.0	million.

page 

In	connection	with	the	closure,	we	recognized	repositioning	charges	totaling	approximately	$1.5	
million,	comprised	of	severance	and	relocation	costs	of	$1.0	million	and	facility	closing	costs	of	
$0.5	 million.	 The	 facility	 closing	 costs	 include	 lease	 termination	 costs,	 fixed	 asset	 writeoffs	 and	
costs	to	wind	down	the	facility.	We	recorded	these	charges	in	2005.	We	believe	that	our	financial	
obligations	associated	with	this	repositioning	are	complete.

2004 Repositioning

In	second	quarter	2004,	we	reduced	our	headcount	by	25	employees	and	recorded	a	charge	of	
approximately	 $0.6	 million	 associated	 with	 this	 repositioning.	 The	 charge	 was	 comprised	
primarily	of	severance	and	other	cash	benefits	associated	with	the	workforce	reduction.	During	
the	 balance	 of	 2004,	 we	 adjusted	 our	 repositioning	 charge	 by	 less	 than	 $0.1	 million	 and	
completely	satisfied	all	liabilities	associated	with	this	restructuring.	We	believe	that	our	financial	
obligations	associated	with	this	repositioning	are	complete.

5.	 PROPeR TY	 aND	 e QUIPM eNT

(In thousands)

December	31,	

Land		

Building	and	improvements	

Machinery	and	equipment	

Computer	equipment	

Computer	software	

Furniture	and	fixtures	

Leasehold	improvements	

Less:	accumulated	depreciation	

2006	

2005

$ 

695	

$	

695

6,545	

  19,389 

	 17,117	

  18,761	

4,355 

2,673	

6,075

	 13,454

	 15,652

	 15,286

4,110

2,376

  69,535	

	 57,648

(52,853)	

(46,988)

$  16,682	

$	 10,660

Depreciation	 expense	 was	 $5.9	 million,	 $5.1	 million,	 and	 $5.3	 million	 in	 2006,	 2005	 and	 2004,	
respectively.	 Depreciation	 expense	 included	 depreciation	 of	 computer	 software	 costs	 of	 $1.9	
million,	 $1.5	 million	 and	 $2.0	 million	 in	 2006,	 2005	 and	 2004,	 respectively.	 Accumulated	
depreciation	related	to	computer	software	costs	was	$15.0	million	and	$13.1	million	at	December	
31,	2006	and	2005,	respectively.

6.	 OBLI gaTIONS

(In thousands)

December	31,	

Credit	facility	

Mortgage	debt	

Capital	leases	

Total	long-term	debt	obligations	
Less:	current	portion	

page 0

2006	

2005

$ 

—	

$	

—

1,410	

162	

1,572	

(369)	

1,601

321

1,922

(350)

$  1,203	

$	 1,572

	
	
	
	
	
	
	 	 	 	 	
 
	
	 	 	 	 	
 
	
	
	
 
	
 
	
	 	 	 	 	
In	December	2005,	we	entered	into	a	two-year	$60	million	unsecured	revolving	credit	facility	(the	
Credit	Agreement).	The	Credit	Agreement	was	entered	into	by	the	Company,	Bank	of	America,	
N.A.,	as	Administrative	Agent,	and	Citizens	Bank	of	Pennsylvania.	At	our	option,	borrowings	under	
the	Credit	Agreement	will	bear	interest	at	LIBOR	plus	75-90	basis	points,	depending	on	the	level	
of	borrowing	under	the	credit	facility,	or	under	certain	conditions	at	the	prime	rate	or	if	higher,	50	
basis	 points	 above	 the	 Federal	 Funds	 Rate.	 The	 Credit	 Agreement	 further	 contains	 certain	
customary	restrictive	financial	and	operating	covenants	which,	among	other	things,	require	us	to	
(i)	 maintain	 certain	 minimum	 cash	 and	 short-term	 investment	 levels	 of	 1.15	 times	 outstanding	
borrowings	 subject	 to	 adjustments	 defined	 in	 the	 agreement,	 (ii)	 maintain	 minimum	 financial	
performance	 requirements	 as	 measured	 by	 our	 income	 or	 loss	 before	 taxes,	 with	 certain	
adjustments,	 and	 (iii)	 limit	 or	 prohibit	 the	 incurrence	 of	 certain	 indebtedness	 and/or	 liens,	
judgments	above	a	threshold	amount	for	which	a	reserve	is	not	maintained,	and	certain	other	
activities	outside	the	ordinary	course	of	business.	Borrowings	under	the	Credit	Agreement	can	be	
used	 for	 general	 corporate	 purposes	 including	 capital	 expenditures,	 working	 capital,	 letters	 of	
credit,	certain	permitted	acquisitions	and	investments,	cash	dividends	and	stock	repurchases.	As	
of	December	31,	2006,	we	did	not	have	any	amounts	outstanding	under	the	Credit	Agreement.

During	 1996,	 we	 purchased	 our	 King	 of	 Prussia,	 Pennsylvania	 facility	 for	 $3.7	 million,	 including	
cash	 of	 $0.9	 million	 and	 a	 16-year	 mortgage	 of	 $2.8	 million	 with	 interest	 payable	 at	 a	 rate	 of	
8.28%	per	annum.

Capital	lease	obligations	are	payable	in	monthly	installments	at	an	average	rate	of	5.70%,	through	
2007.	The	net	book	value	of	equipment	under	capitalized	lease	obligations	was	$0.1	million	at	
December	31,	2006	and	$0.3	million	at	December	31,	2005.

Maturities	of	principal	of	the	long-term	debt	obligations	as	of	December	31,	2006	are	as	follows	
(in	thousands):

2007	

2008	

2009	

2010	

2011	

Thereafter	

$	

	369

225

244

266

288

180

$	 1,572

7.	 COMMITMeNTS

Leases

We	have	entered	into	various	operating	lease	agreements.	Total	rent	expense,	primarily	for	office	
space,	 was	 $3.1	 million,	 $3.1	 million,	 and	 $2.7	 million	 in	 2006,	 2005	 and	 2004,	 respectively.	
Minimum	future	rental	payments	for	operating	leases	as	of	December	31,	2006	are	as	follows	(in	
thousands):

2007	

2008	

2009	

2010	
2011	

Thereafter	

$	 1,859

	 1,830

	 1,874
	 1,920
	 1,809

	 1,413

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	 	
8.	 LIT IgaTION 	 aND	 Lega L	 PROCee DI NgS

Nokia

nokia delaware proceeding

In	January	2005,	Nokia	and	Nokia,	Inc.	filed	a	complaint	in	the	United	States	District	Court	for	the	
District	of	Delaware	against	IDCC	and	ITC	for	declaratory	judgments	of	patent	invalidity	and	non-
infringement	 of	 certain	 claims	 of	 certain	 patents,	 and	 violations	 of	 the	 Lanham	 Act	 (Nokia	
Delaware	 Proceeding).	 In	 December	 2005,	 as	 a	 result	 of	 our	 motion	 to	 dismiss	 all	 of	 Nokia’s	
claims,	the	Delaware	District	Court	dismissed	all	of	Nokia’s	patent	invalidity	and	non-infringement	
declaratory	 judgment	 claims	 due	 to	 lack	 of	 jurisdiction.	 The	 Delaware	 District	 Court	 did	 not	
dismiss	 Nokia’s	 claims	 relating	 to	 violations	 of	 the	 Lanham	 Act.	 Under	 the	 Lanham	 Act	 claim,	
Nokia	 alleges	 that	 we	 have	 used	 false	 or	 misleading	 descriptions	 or	 representations	 regarding	
our	patents’	scope,	validity,	and	applicability	to	products	built	to	comply	with	3G	wireless	phone	
Standards,	and	that	such	statements	have	caused	Nokia	harm.

In	late	2006,	we	sought	to	file	a	motion	for	summary	judgment	as	to	Nokia’s	then-current	Lanham	
Act	claims.	If	such	a	motion	is	filed	and	granted	in	our	favor	in	its	entirety,	the	court	would	enter	
judgment	in	our	favor	as	to	Nokia’s	Lanham	Act	claims,	including	its	amended	Lanham	Act	claims	
as	noted	below.	The	court	has	not	yet	ruled	on	whether	we	will	be	allowed	to	file	the	motion	for	
summary	judgment.	A	hearing	is	not	currently	scheduled	for	this	motion.

In	first	quarter	2007,	we	filed	a	motion	for	leave	to	amend	our	Answer	and	to	assert	claims	for	
affirmative	 relief	 based	 on	 Nokia’s	 licensing	 activities	 as	 well	 as	 Nokia’s	 false	 or	 misleading	
descriptions	 or	 representations	 regarding	 Nokia’s	 3G	 patents	 and	 Nokia’s	 undisclosed	 funding	
and	direction	of	an	allegedly	independent	study	of	the	essentiality	of	3G	patents.	These	claims	for	
affirmative	relief	include	Lanham	Act	claims,	as	well	as	state	law	claims	for	common	law	unfair	
competition,	 intentional	 interference	 with	 prospective	 business	 relations,	 violation	 of	 the	
Delaware	 Deception	 Trade	 Practices	 Act,	 injurious	 falsehood,	 commercial	 disparagement,	
business	disparagement	and	unjust	enrichment.	A	hearing	on	our	motion	for	leave	to	amend	our	
Answer,	if	necessary,	is	scheduled	for	first	quarter	2007.

Also	in	first	quarter	2007,	the	court	granted	Nokia	leave	to	amend	its	Complaint	and	assert	new	
causes	of	action	based	on	Nokia’s	allegations	concerning	InterDigital	3G	patents	and	notifications	
to	ETSI.	Specifically,	Nokia	now	asserts	two	Lanham	Act	claims	based	on	this	alleged	conduct,	as	
well	 as	 state	 law	 claims	 for	 common	 law	 unfair	 competition,	 intentional	 interference	 with	
prospective	business	relations,	violation	of	the	Delaware	Deception	Trade	Practices	Act,	injurious	
falsehood,	commercial	disparagement,	business	disparagement	and	unjust	enrichment.	We	have	
filed	a	motion	to	dismiss	Nokia’s	amended	claims	as	well	as	our	Answer	to	those	amended	claims,	
together	with	the	counterclaims	described	above.	We	intend	vigorously	to	oppose	Nokia’s	claims	
and	pursue	our	claims	for	affirmative	relief.

Samsung

In	2002,	during	an	arbitration	proceeding	(Samsung	1st	Arbitration),	Samsung	Electronics	Co.	Ltd.	
(Samsung)	 elected,	 under	 a	 most	 favored	 licensee	 (MFL)	 clause	 in	 its	 1996	 patent	 license	
agreement	 with	 ITC	 (Samsung	 Agreement),	 commencing	 January	 1,	 2002,	 to	 have	 Samsung’s	
royalty	 obligations	 for	 2G	 GSM/TDMA	 and	 2.5G	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 wireless	 communications	
products	be	determined	in	accordance	with	the	terms	of	the	Nokia	Agreement,	including	its	MFL	
provision,	commencing	January	1,	2002.	By	notice	in	March	2003,	ITC	notified	Samsung	that	such	
Samsung	obligations	had	been	defined	by	the	relevant	licensing	terms	of	the	Ericsson	Agreement	
(for	infrastructure	products)	and	the	Sony	Ericsson	Agreement	(for	terminal	unit	products)	as	a	
result	of	the	MFL	provision	in	the	Nokia	Agreement.

page 

In	 November	 2003,	 Samsung	 filed	 a	 Request	 for	 Arbitration	 with	 the	 International	 Chamber	 of	
Commerce	(ICC)	against	IDCC	and	ITC	regarding	Samsung’s	royalty	payment	obligations	to	ITC	
for	 its	 worldwide	 sales	 of	 2G	 GSM/TDMA	 and	 2.5G	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 products	 (Samsung	 2nd	
Arbitration).	This	arbitration	proceeding	related	to	ITC’s	claim	that	the	Ericsson	Agreement	and	
the	 Sony	 Ericsson	 Agreement	 defined	 the	 financial	 terms	 under	 which	 Samsung	 is	 required	 to	
pay	 royalties	 on	 its	 worldwide	 sales	 of	 2G	 GSM/TDMA	 and	 2.5G	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 products	
commencing	 January	 1,	 2002	 through	 December	 31,	 2006.	 In	 the	 proceeding,	 we	 sought	 a	
declaration	 that	 the	 parties’	 rights	 and	 obligations	 are	 governed	 by	 the	 Samsung	 Agreement,	
and	 that,	 as	 a	 result	 of	 Samsung’s	 prior	 MFL	 election	 of	 the	 Nokia	 Agreement,	 the	 Nokia	
Agreement	dictated	Samsung’s	royalty	obligations	for	those	TDMA	products	licensed	under	the	
Samsung	 Agreement.	 Samsung	 sought	 a	 determination	 that	 it	 had	 succeeded	 to	 all	 of	 Nokia’s	
then-existing	rights	under	the	Nokia	Agreement,	including	the	license	to	sell	3G	and	other	CDMA	
products.	Samsung	also	sought	a	determination	that	its	royalty	obligations	were	not	defined	by	
the	Ericsson	Agreement	or	the	Sony	Ericsson	Agreement.	In	the	alternative,	Samsung	sought	a	
determination	 of	 the	 amount	 of	 the	 appropriate	 royalty	 to	 be	 paid,	 and	 argued	 that	 it	 owes	
substantially	less	than	the	amount	that	we	believe	is	owed.

An	evidentiary	hearing	was	conducted	in	January	2005	by	an	arbitral	tribunal	(Samsung	Tribunal)	
operating	 under	 the	 auspices	 of	 the	 ICC.	 In	 August	 2006,	 the	 Samsung	 Tribunal	 rendered	 the	
Samsung	 Award	 in	 the	 Samsung	 2nd	 Arbitration.	 Among	 its	 determinations,	 the	 Samsung	
Tribunal	 awarded	 InterDigital	 approximately	 $134	 million	 in	 past	 royalties	 plus	 interest	 on	
Samsung’s	sales	of	single-mode	2G	GSM/TDMA	and	single-mode	2.5G	GSM/GPRS/EDGE	terminal	
units	 through	 2005.	 The	 Samsung	 Tribunal	 also	 established	 the	 royalty	 rates	 to	 be	 applied	 to	
Samsung’s	sales	of	covered	products	in	2006.

Separate	from	the	royalty	issues	on	2G	and	2.5G	products,	the	Samsung	Tribunal	also	determined	
that	 Samsung	 has	 not	 obtained	 the	 broader	 CDMA	 and	 3G	 patent	 license	 rights	 in	 the	
Nokia	 License	 Agreement	 with	 InterDigital,	 notwithstanding	 Samsung’s	 2002	 MFL	 election	 of	
the	Nokia	Agreement.

In	September	2006,	InterDigital	filed	an	action	in	the	U.S.	District	Court	for	the	Southern	District	
of	New	York	seeking	judicial	confirmation	of	the	Samsung	Award.	Samsung	filed	an	opposition	to	
the	confirmation	action,	including	filing	a	cross-petition	to	vacate	or	modify	the	Samsung	Award	
and	to	stay	the	Samsung	Award.

In	 October	 2006,	 Samsung	 filed	 a	 request	 for	 a	 new	 ICC	 arbitration	 proceeding	 relating	 to	 the	
ongoing	patent	royalty	dispute	between	Samsung	and	InterDigital	(Samsung	3rd	Arbitration).	In	
the	 Samsung	 3rd	 Arbitration,	 Samsung	 seeks	 to	 have	 a	 new	 arbitration	 panel	 determine	 new	
royalty	 rates	 for	 Samsung’s	 2G/2.5G	 GSM/GPRS/EDGE	 product	 sales	 based	 on	 the	 April	 2006	
Nokia	Settlement,	which	implemented	the	June	2005	Nokia	Award.	Samsung	has	purported	to	
have	elected	the	Nokia	Settlement	under	the	MFL	clause	in	the	Samsung	Agreement.	Samsung	
contends	that	it	has	the	right	to	have	a	new	rate,	based	on	the	Nokia	Settlement,	applied	to	its	
sales	in	the	period	from	January	1,	2002	through	December	31,	2006	in	lieu	of	the	royalty	rates	
that	have	been	determined	by	the	Tribunal	in	the	Samsung	2nd	Arbitration	for	that	period.	In	the	
Samsung	 3rd	 Arbitration	 proceeding,	 we	 have	 denied	 that	 Samsung	 is	 entitled	 to	 receive	 any	
new	royalty	rate	adjustment	based	on	the	Nokia	Settlement.

Federal

In	 October	 2003,	 Federal	 Insurance	 Company	 (Federal),	 the	 insurance	 carrier	 which	 provided	
partial	 reimbursement	 to	 the	 Company	 of	 certain	 legal	 fees	 and	 expenses	 for	 the	 now-settled	
litigation	involving	the	Company	and	Ericsson	Inc.,	delivered	to	us	a	demand	for	arbitration	under	
the	 Pennsylvania	 Uniform	 Arbitration	 Act.	 Federal	 claims,	 based	 on	 their	 determination	 of	
expected	 value	 to	 the	 Company	 resulting	 from	 our	 settlement	 involving	 Ericsson	 Inc.,	 that	 an	
insurance	reimbursement	agreement	(Agreement)	requires	us	to	reimburse	Federal	approximately	

page 

$28.0	million	for	attorneys’	fees	and	expenses	it	claims	were	paid	by	it.	Additionally,	under	certain	
circumstances,	Federal	may	seek	to	recover	interest	on	its	claim.	In	November	2003,	the	Company	
filed	an	action	in	United	States	District	Court	for	the	Eastern	District	of	Pennsylvania	(the	Court)	
seeking	a	declaratory	judgment	that	the	reimbursement	agreement	is	void	and	unenforceable,	
seeking	 reimbursement	 of	 attorneys’	 fees	 and	 expenses	 which	 have	 not	 been	 reimbursed	 by	
Federal	 and	 which	 were	 paid	 directly	 by	 the	 Company	 in	 connection	 with	 the	 Ericsson	 Inc.	
litigation,	 and	 seeking	 damages	 for	 Federal’s	 bad	 faith	 and	 breach	 of	 its	 obligations	 under	 the	
insurance	policy.	In	the	alternative,	in	the	event	the	reimbursement	agreement	was	found	to	be	
valid	 and	 enforceable,	 the	 Company	 was	 seeking	 a	 declaratory	 judgment	 that	 Federal	 would	
have	been	entitled	to	reimbursement	based	only	on	certain	portions	of	amounts	received	by	the	
Company	from	Ericsson	Inc.	pursuant	to	the	settlement	of	the	litigation	involving	Ericsson	Inc.,	
Federal	requested	the	Court	dismiss	the	action	and/or	have	the	matter	referred	to	arbitration.

In	October	2005,	the	Court	filed	an	order	granting	in	part	and	denying	in	part	Federal’s	motion	to	
dismiss	 the	 Company’s	 complaint.	 As	 part	 of	 its	 decision,	 the	 Court	 determined	 that	 the	
Agreement	between	Federal	and	the	Company	(which	Agreement	served	as	a	basis	for	Federal’s	
demand	 to	 recover	 any	 legal	 fees	 and	 expenses)	 is	 enforceable,	 but	 did	 not	 address	 whether	
Federal	is	entitled	to	recover	any	legal	fees	and	expenses.	Also,	the	Court	reserved	to	a	later	time	
consideration	of	whether	any	arbitration	award	would	be	binding	on	the	parties.	An	arbitrator	
has	been	selected	and	an	arbitration	hearing	has	been	scheduled	for	late	first	quarter	2007.

Prior	 to	 Federal’s	 demand	 for	 arbitration,	 we	 had	 accrued	 a	 contingent	 liability	 of	 $3.4	 million	
related	to	the	Agreement.	We	continue	to	evaluate	this	contingent	liability	and	have	maintained	
this	accrual	at	December	31,	2006.	While	we	continue	to	contest	this	matter,	any	adverse	decision	
or	settlement	obligating	us	to	pay	amounts	materially	in	excess	of	the	accrued	contingent	liability	
could	have	a	material	negative	effect	on	our	consolidated	financial	position,	results	of	operations	
or	cash	flows.

Other

We	have	filed	patent	applications	in	the	United	States	and	in	numerous	foreign	countries.	In	the	
ordinary	 course	 of	 business,	 we	 currently	 are,	 and	 expect	 from	 time-to-time	 to	 be,	 subject	 to	
challenges	with	respect	to	the	validity	of	our	patents	and	with	respect	to	our	patent	applications.	
We	intend	to	continue	to	vigorously	defend	the	validity	of	our	patents	and	defend	against	any	
such	challenges.	However,	if	certain	key	patents	are	revoked	or	patent	applications	are	denied,	
our	patent	licensing	opportunities	could	be	materially	and	adversely	affected.

We	and	our	licensees,	in	the	normal	course	of	business,	have	disagreements	as	to	the	rights	and	
obligations	of	the	parties	under	the	applicable	patent	license	agreement.	For	example,	we	could	
have	a	disagreement	with	a	licensee	as	to	the	amount	of	reported	sales	of	covered	products	and	
royalties	owed.	Our	patent	license	agreements	typically	provide	for	arbitration	as	the	mechanism	
for	resolving	disputes.	Arbitration	proceedings	can	be	resolved	through	an	award	rendered	by	an	
arbitration	panel	or	through	private	settlement	between	the	parties.

Among	 the	 types	 of	 legal	 proceedings	 we	 encounter	 in	 the	 normal	 course	 of	 business,	 we	
continue	to	be	engaged	in	the	following	actions	with	Nokia:

In	July	2005,	Nokia	filed	a	claim	in	the	English	High	Court	of	Justice,	Chancery	Division,	Patents	
Court	against	ITC	seeking	a	Declaration	that	thirty-one	of	ITC’s	UMTS	European	Patents	registered	
in	the	UK	are	not	essential	IPR	for	the	3GPP	Standard.	Trial	in	this	action	is	scheduled	for	fourth	
quarter	 2007.	 In	 December	 2006,	 ITC	 filed	 a	 claim	 in	 the	 same	 court	 against	 Nokia	 seeking	 a	
Declaration	 that	 thirty-five	 of	 Nokia’s	 UMTS	 European/UK	 Patents	 registered	 in	 the	 UK	 are	 not	
essential	IPR	for	the	3GPP	Standard.	Nokia	has	issued	an	application	to	strike	out	(i.e.	dismiss),	or	
alternatively	to	stay,	this	action.	This	application	will	be	vigorously	opposed	by	ITC.

page 

In	fourth	quarter	2006,	IDCC	and	ITC	initiated	an	arbitration	proceeding	with	the	ICC	to	prohibit	
Nokia’s	attempted	use	of	certain	confidential,	proprietary	materials	previously	provided	by	us	to	
Nokia	under	the	terms	of	the	Master	Agreement	entered	into	between	the	parties	in	1999	(Nokia	
Master	 Agreement).	 We	 believe	 that	 Nokia’s	 use	 of	 such	 materials	 is	 prohibited	 by	 the	 Nokia	
Master	Agreement.	Nokia	believes	that	it	is	permitted	to	use	such	materials	in	the	Nokia	Delaware	
proceeding	and	Nokia’s	UK	proceeding,	and	denies	that	we	are	entitled	to	the	requested	relief.	
No	schedule	has	yet	been	set	by	the	ICC	for	this	proceeding.

In	 addition	 to	 disputes	 associated	 with	 enforcement	 and	 licensing	 activities	 regarding	 our	
intellectual	property,	including	the	litigation	and	other	proceedings	described	above,	we	are	a	
party	to	other	disputes	and	legal	actions	not	related	to	our	intellectual	property,	but	also	arising	
in	the	ordinary	course	of	our	business,	including	claims	by	us	for	insurance	coverage	involving	
the	 Nokia	 Delaware	 Proceeding.	 Based	 upon	 information	 presently	 available	 to	 us,	 we	 believe	
that	 the	 ultimate	 outcome	 of	 these	 other	 disputes	 and	 legal	 actions	 will	 not	 have	 a	 material	
adverse	affect	on	us.

9.	 ReLaTeD	 PaRTY	 TRaNSaCT IONS

In	2006,	2005	and	2004,	we	engaged	a	consulting	firm	and	paid	less	than	$0.1	million,	for	their	
services	 in	 each	 year.	 One	 of	 our	 outside	 directors	 is	 Chairman	 of	 the	 Advisory	 Board	 to	 the	
consulting	 firm.	 Our	 board	 member	 did	 not	 receive	 any	 direct	 compensation	 or	 commissions	
related	to	the	engagement.

10.	 PReFeR ReD	 STOCK

During	 second	 quarter	 2004,	 our	 Board	 of	 Directors	 approved	 the	 redemption	 of	 all	 shares	
outstanding	of	our	$2.50	Cumulative	Convertible	Preferred	Stock	(Preferred	Stock).	We	issued	a	
redemption	 notice	 for	 52,762	 shares	 of	 Preferred	 Stock	 outstanding	 as	 of	 June	 15,	 2004.	 The	
holders	of	the	Preferred	Stock	were	entitled	to	convert	their	Preferred	Stock	at	any	time	prior	to	
the	July	19,	2004	redemption	date	at	a	conversion	rate	of	2.08	shares	of	our	common	stock	for	
each	share	of	Preferred	Stock.	Between	the	date	of	our	redemption	notice	and	the	redemption	
date,	50,738	shares	of	Preferred	Stock	were	converted.	In	early	third	quarter	2004,	we	paid	less	
than	 $0.1	 million	 to	 fulfill	 our	 redemption	 obligation,	 the	 redemption	 price	 being	 $25.00	 per	
share	plus	accrued	dividends,	for	the	remaining	2,024	Preferred	Shares.

Prior	to	the	above-noted	redemption,	the	holders	of	the	Preferred	Stock	were	entitled	to	receive,	
when	and	as	declared	by	our	Board	of	Directors,	cumulative	annual	dividends	of	$2.50	per	share	
payable	in	cash	or	common	stock	at	our	election	(subject	to	a	cash	election	right	of	the	holder),	if	
legally	 available.	 Such	 dividends	 were	 payable	 semi-annually	 on	 June	 1	 and	 December	 1.	 The	
Preferred	 Stock	 was	 convertible	 into	 common	 stock	 at	 any	 time	 prior	 to	 redemption	 at	 a	
conversion	rate	of	2.08	shares	of	common	stock	for	each	share	of	preferred.	In	2004,	we	declared	
and	paid	dividends	on	the	Preferred	Stock	of	less	than	$0.1	million.	These	dividends	were	paid	
with	both	cash	and	1,759	shares	of	our	common	stock	in	2004.

11.	 COMPeNSaTION 	 PLaNS	 aND	 PROgRaMS

Common Stock Compensation Plans

We	 have	 stock-based	 compensation	 plans	 under	 which,	 depending	 on	 the	 plan,	 directors,	
employees,	 consultants	 and	 advisors	 can	 receive	 share-based	 awards	 such	 as,	 stock	 options,	
stock	 appreciation	 rights,	 restricted	 stock	 awards	 and	 other	 stock	 unit	 awards.	 We	 issue	 the	
share-based	awards	authorized	under	these	plans	through	a	variety	of	compensation	programs.

page 

Common Stock Option Plans

We	 have	 granted	 options	 under	 two	 incentive	 stock	 option	 plans,	 three	 non-qualified	 stock	
option	plans	and	two	plans	which	provide	for	grants	of	both	incentive	and	non-qualified	stock	
options	(Pre-existing	Plans)	to	non-employee	directors,	officers	and	employees	of	the	Company	
and	other	specified	groups,	depending	on	the	plan.	No	further	grants	are	allowed	under	the	Pre-
existing	 Plans.	 In	 2000,	 our	 shareholders	 approved	 the	 2000	 Stock	 Award	 and	 Incentive	 Plan	
(2000	Plan)	that	allows	for	the	granting	of	incentive	and	non-qualified	options,	as	well	as	other	
securities.	The	2000	Plan	authorizes	the	offer	and	sale	of	up	to	approximately	6.9	million	shares	of	
common	stock.	The	Board	of	Directors	or	the	Compensation	and	Stock	Option	Committee	of	the	
Board	 determine	 the	 number	 of	 options	 to	 be	 granted.	 Under	 the	 terms	 of	 the	 2000	 Plan,	 the	
option	price	cannot	be	less	than	100%	of	the	fair	market	value	of	the	common	stock	at	the	date	
of	grant.

In	2002,	the	Board	of	Directors	approved	the	2002	Stock	Award	and	Incentive	Plan	(2002	Plan)	
that	allows	for	the	granting	of	incentive	and	non-qualified	options,	as	well	as	other	securities,	to	
Company	 employees	 who	 are	 not	 subject	 to	 the	 reporting	 requirements	 of	 Section	 16	 of	 the	
Securities	Act	of	1934	or	an	“affiliate”	for	purposes	of	Rule	144	of	the	Securities	Act	of	1933.	The	
2002	Plan	authorizes	the	offer	and	sale	of	up	to	1.5	million	shares	of	common	stock.	The	Board	of	
Directors	or	the	Compensation	and	Stock	Option	Committee	of	the	Board	determine	the	number	
of	options	to	be	granted.	Under	all	of	these	plans,	options	are	generally	exercisable	for	a	period	
of	10	years	from	the	date	of	grant	and	may	vest	on	the	grant	date,	another	specified	date	or	over	
a	period	of	time.	However,	under	plans	that	provide	for	both	incentive	and	non-qualified	stock	
options,	grants	most	commonly	vest	in	six	semi-annual	installments.

Information	 with	 respect	 to	 current	 year	 stock	 options	 activity	 under	 the	 above	 plans	 is	
summarized	as	follows	(in	thousands,	except	per	share	amounts):

Available	
For	Grant	

Outstanding	Options

Number	

Price	Range	

Weighted	
Average	
Exercise	
Price

$	 13.93

	 34.81

	 11.82

7,926	

$		0.01–39.00	

(21)	

	 15.72–39.00	

(3,379)	

	 4.38–31.81	

4,526	

$ 0.01–39.00	

$	 15.41

Balance at December 31, 2005	

Canceled	

Exercised	

Balance at December 31, 2006	

913	
21	

	 —	

934	

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
The	 following	 table	 summarizes	 information	 regarding	 the	 stock	 options	 outstanding	 at	
December	31,	2006	(in	thousands,	except	for	per	share	amounts):

Range	of	
Exercise	Prices	

Number	
Outstanding	

	 $	 0.01	–	5.44	

	 $	 5.50	–	9.00	

	 $	 9.03	–	9.60	

	 $	 9.76	–	11.63	

	 $	 11.64	–	13.19	

	 $	 13.25	–	17.13	

	 $	 17.26	–	24.54	

	 $	 24.80	–	31.81	

	 $	 34.13	–	34.13	

	 $	 39.00	–	39.00	

719	

426	

524	

523	

591	

459	

470	

275	

13	

526	

	 $	 0.01	–	39.00	

4,526	

Weighted	
Average	
Remaining	
Contractual	
Life	(Years)*	

2.10	

10.40	

4.98	

12.39	

4.56	

4.84	

6.27	

4.67	

3.18	

3.04	

5.70	

Weighted	
Average	
Exercise	Price	

Number	
Exercisable	

$	 5.06	

7.16	

9.59	

	 10.82	

	 12.49	

	 15.81	

	 20.45	

	 26.09	

	 34.13	

	 39.00	

$	15.41	

719	

426	

524	

523	

591	

459	

470	

275	

13	

526	

4,526	

Weighted	
Average	
Exercise	
Price

$	 5.06

7.16

9.59

	 10.82

	 12.49

	 15.81

	 20.45

	 26.09

	 34.13

	 39.00

$	 15.41

*	We	currently	have	approximately	230,000	options	outstanding	that	have	an	indefinite	contractual	life.	These	options	were	granted	between	1983	
and	1986	under	a	pre-existing	plan.	For	purposes	of	this	table	these	options	were	assigned	an	original	life	in	excess	of	50	years.	The	majority	of	these	
options	have	an	exercise	price	of	between	$9.76	and	$11.63.

The	total	intrinsic	value	of	stock	options	exercised	during	the	year	ended	December	31,	2006	was	
$61.5	 million.	 We	 recorded	 cash	 received	 from	 the	 exercise	 of	 options	 of	 $40.6	 million	 and	 tax	
benefits	of	$20.7	million.	Upon	option	exercise,	we	issued	new	shares	of	stock.

At	 December	 31,	 2006	 and	 2005,	 we	 had	 approximately	 4.0	 million	 and	 6.3	 million	 options	
outstanding,	respectively,	that	had	exercise	prices	less	than	the	fair	market	value	of	our	stock	at	
each	balance	sheet	date.	These	options	would	generate	$48.8	million	and	$63.5	million	of	cash	
proceeds	to	the	Company	if	they	were	fully	exercised.

Restricted Stock

Under	our	1999	Restricted	Stock	Plan,	as	amended	(1999	Plan),	we	may	issue	up	to	3.5	million	
shares	 of	 restricted	 common	 stock	 and	 restricted	 stock	 units	 (RSUs)	 to	 directors,	 employees,	
consultants	and	advisors.	The	restrictions	on	issued	shares	lapse	over	periods	generally	ranging	
from	1	to	5	years	from	the	date	of	the	grant.	As	of	December	31,	2006	and	2005,	we	had	issued	
approximately	2.3	million	and	2.0	million	shares,	respectively,	of	restricted	stock	and	RSUs	under	
the	 1999	 Plan.	 The	 related	 compensation	 expense	 is	 amortized	 over	 vesting	 periods	 that	 are	
generally	from	1	to	5	years.	At	December	31,	2006	and	December	31,	2005,	we	had	unrecognized	
compensation	cost	related	to	share-based	awards	of	$4.2	million	and	$5.8	million,	respectively.	
We	 expect	 to	 amortize	 the	 unrecognized	 compensation	 cost	 at	 December	 31,	 2006	 over	 a	
weighted	average	period	of	less	than	one	year	using	an	accelerated	method.

We	grant	RSUs	as	an	element	of	compensation	to	all	of	our	employees.	These	awards	vest	over	
three	years,	depending	upon	job	level,	according	to	the	following	schedules:

Employees	below	manager	level	

Managers	and	technical	equivalents	

Senior	officers	

Year	1	

Year	2	

Year	3

33%	

25%	

0%	

33%	

25%	

0%	

34%

50%

100%

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Information	 with	 respect	 to	 current	 year	 RSU	 activity	 under	 the	 above	 plan	 is	 summarized	 as	
follows	(in	thousands,	except	per	share	amounts):

Balance at December 31, 2005	

Granted*	

Forfeited	

Vested	

Balance at December 31, 2006	

Number	of	
Unvested	
RSUs	

Weighted	
Average	
Grant	Date	
Fair	Value

814	

209	

(32)	

(365)	

626	

$	 20.00

	 20.41

	 20.07

	 19.10

$	 20.66

*	The	numbers	of	RSUs	presented	as	issued	and	cancelled	in	this	table	do	not	reflect	the	impact	of	a	third	quarter	exchange	of	56,000	time-based	RSUs	
for	an	equal	number	of	performance-based	RSUs.

Compensation Programs

We	 use	 a	 variety	 of	 compensation	 programs	 to	 attract	 and	 retain	 employees,	 as	 well	 as	 more	
closely	align	employee	compensation	with	Company	performance.	These	programs	include	both	
cash	components	and	share-based	components.	We	issue	new	shares	of	our	common	stock	to	
satisfy	our	obligations	under	the	share-based	components	of	these	programs	from	the	Common	
Stock	and	Restricted	Stock	Plans	discussed	above.	However,	our	board	of	directors	has	the	right	
to	authorize	the	issuance	of	treasury	shares	to	satisfy	such	obligations	in	the	future.

We	recognized	$3.5	million,	$6.5	million	and	$3.0	million	of	compensation	expense	in	2006,	2005	
and	2004,	respectively,	related	to	a	performance-based	cash	incentive	under	our	LTCP,	discussed	
below.	We	also	recognized	share-based	compensation	expense	of	$7.0	million,	$9.8	million,	and	
$6.1	million	in	2006,	2005	and	2004,	respectively.	The	majority	of	the	share-based	compensation	
expense,	for	all	years,	related	to	RSU	awards	granted	to	managers	under	our	LTCP.	In	2006,	share-
based	compensation	expense	also	included	a	non-recurring	charge	of	$1.0	million	to	correct	our	
accounting	 related	 to	 share-based	 grants	 awarded	 to	 two	 non-employee,	 non-director	
consultants	in	1998.	We	previously	accounted	for	these	non-employee	grants	similarly	to	share-
based	 employee	 grants,	 using	 the	 intrinsic	 value	 method.	 The	 charge	 reflects	 the	 incremental	
cost	that	would	have	been	recognized	by	correctly	treating	these	grants	as	non-employee	grants	
using	 the	 fair	 value	 method.	 The	 balance	 of	 the	 share-based	 compensation	 expense	 relates	 to	
the	programs	described	below.

ltCp

The	 LTCP	 applies	 to	 all	 management	 personnel	 and	 includes	 both	 an	 RSU	 component	 and	 a	
performance-based	 cash	 incentive	 component.	 The	 LTCP	 was	 originally	 designed	 to	 include	
three	year	cycles	that	overlap	by	one	year.	However,	the	first	cycle	under	the	program	covered	
the	 period	 from	 April	 1,	 2004	 through	 January	 1,	 2006	 (Cycle	 1).	 The	 second	 cycle	 originally	
covered	 the	 period	 from	 January	 1,	 2005	 through	 January	 1,	 2008	 (Cycle	 2).	 In	 second	 quarter	
2005,	the	Compensation	Committee	of	our	Board	of	Directors	amended	the	LTCP	to	revise	the	
performance-based	cash	award	portion	of	Cycle	2	to	cover	a	31/2	year	period	from	July	1,	2005	
through	January	1,	2009	(Cycle	2a),	and	authorized	a	pro-rated	interim	payment,	of	approximately	
$0.9	million,	related	to	first	half	2005.

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	 	
	
	
	
	
	
During	2006,	fourteen	members	of	our	senior	management	voluntarily	exchanged	approximately	
56,000	 Cycle	 2	 time-based	 RSUs	 for	 an	 equal	 number	 of	 Cycle	 2	 performance-based	 RSUs.	
The	 Company	 will	 ultimately	 satisfy	 these	 performance-based	 RSUs	 through	 the	 issuance	 of	
between	zero	and	168,000	shares,	depending	upon	senior	management’s	performance	against	
specified	goals.

Other Rsu grants

We	also	grant	RSUs	to	all	non-management	employees,	non-employee	board	members	and,	in	
special	circumstances,	management	personnel	outside	of	the	LTCP.

401(k) and profit sharing

We	 have	 a	 401(k)	 plan	 wherein	 employees	 can	 elect	 to	 defer	 compensation	 based	 on	 federal	
limits.	The	Company	matches	a	portion	of	employee	contributions.	At	its	discretion,	the	Company	
may	also	make	a	profit	sharing	contribution	to	its	employees’	401(k)	plans.	In	2006	and	2005,	we	
issued	 24,084	 and	 32,632	 shares	 of	 common	 stock	 to	 satisfy	 our	 accrued	 obligations	 from	 the	
prior	years	of	$0.5	million	and	$0.6	million	related	to	our	profit	sharing	contribution	to	eligible	
employees	under	our	Savings	and	Protection	Plan	(Savings	Plan).

Annual Bonus

We	have	a	performance-based	annual	bonus	plan	that	is	applicable	to	all	employees.	Executive	
officers	and	other	key	management	personnel	may	be	paid	up	to	30%	of	their	bonus	in	shares	of	
restricted	stock.	These	shares	are	restricted	as	to	their	transferability	for	a	two	year	period	but	are	
not	 forfeitable.	 The	 shares	 have	 full	 voting	 power	 and	 have	 a	 right	 to	 receive	 dividends.	 We	
issued	17,000,	29,000	and	17,000	shares	of	restricted	stock	in	2006,	2005	and	2004,	respectively,	
to	satisfy	our	accrued	obligations	from	the	prior	years	of	$0.4	million,	$0.5	million	and	$0.5	million	
under	the	restricted	stock	portion	of	the	annual	bonus.

12.	 SHaR eHOL DeR	 RIgHTS 	 PLaN

In	December	1996,	our	Board	of	Directors	(Board)	declared	a	distribution	under	our	Shareholder	
Rights	 Plan	 (Rights	 Plan)	 of	 one	 Right	 (as	 defined	 in	 the	 Rights	 Plan)	 for	 each	 outstanding	
common	share	of	the	Company	to	shareholders	of	record	as	of	the	close	of	business	on	January	
3,	1997.	In	addition,	all	new	common	shares	issued	after	January	3,	1997	are	accompanied	by	one	
Right	 for	 each	 common	 share	 issued.	 On	 December	 15,	 2006,	 the	 Company	 entered	 into	 the	
Amended	 and	 Restated	 Rights	 Agreement	 (the	 “Amended	 Agreement”)	 dated	 as	 of	 December	
15,	 2006,	 between	 the	 Company	 and	 American	 Stock	 Transfer	 and	 Trust	 Company	 as	 Rights	
Agent	(“Rights	Agent”),	amending	and	restating	the	Rights	Plan.

In	addition	to	continuing	the	provisions	of	the	Rights	Plan	as	previously	in	effect,	the	Amended	
Agreement	 (i)	 implemented	 a	 regular	 evaluation	 thereof	 by	 a	 committee	 composed	 of	 non-
management	members	of	the	Board	who	have	been	determined	by	the	Board	to	be	“independent	
directors”,	 (ii)	 extended	 the	 term	 of	 the	 Rights	 Plan	 to	 December	 15,	 2016,	 (iii)	 simplified	 the	
determination	of	the	Stock	Acquisition	Date	under	the	Amended	Plan,	(iv)	changed	the	“Purchase	
Price”	(as	defined	in	the	Amended	Agreement)	from	$250	to	$200,	(v)	changed	the	redemption	
price	of	a	Right	from	$.01	to	$.001,	and	(vi)	made	certain	other	minor	or	conforming	changes	and	
other	changes	to	reflect	current	requirements	under	the	federal	securities	laws.

Pursuant	to	the	Rights	Plan,	as	amended	and	restated	by	the	Amended	Agreement,	each	Right	
entitles	shareholders	to	buy	one-thousandth	of	a	share	of	Series	B	Junior	Participating	Preferred	
Stock	 (Preferred	 Stock)	 at	 the	 Purchase	 Price	 of	 $200	 per	 1/1000th	 of	 a	 share,	 subject	 to	
adjustment.	 Ordinarily,	 the	 Rights	 will	 not	 be	 exercisable	 until	 (i)	 10	 business	 days	 after	 the	
earliest	of	any	of	the	following	events	(A)	a	person,	entity	or	group	other	than	certain	categories	
of	 shareholders	 exempted	 under	 the	 Rights	 Plan	 (collectively,	 a	 Person),	 acquires	 beneficial	

page 

ownership	 of	 10%	 or	 more	 of	 the	 Company’s	 outstanding	 common	 shares,	 or	 (B)	 a	 Person	
publicly	commences	a	tender	or	exchange	offer	for	10%	or	more	of	the	Company’s	outstanding	
common	 shares,	 or	 (C)	 a	 Person	 publicly	 announces	 an	 intention	 to	 acquire	 control	 over	 the	
Company	 and	 proposes	 to	 elect	 through	 a	 proxy	 or	 consent	 solicitation	 such	 a	 number	 of	
directors,	who	if	elected,	would	outnumber	the	Independent	Directors	(as	defined	in	the	Rights	
Plan)	 on	 the	 Board,	 or	 (ii)	 such	 later	 date	 as	 may	 be	 determined	 by	 action	 of	 a	 majority	 of	 the	
Independent	 Directors	 prior	 to	 the	 occurrence	 of	 any	 event	 specified	 in	 (i)	 above	 (Distribution	
Date).	In	general,	following	the	Distribution	Date	and	in	the	event	that	the	Company	enters	into	a	
merger	or	other	business	combination	with	an	Acquiring	Person	(as	such	term	is	defined	in	the	
Rights	Plan)	and	the	Company	is	the	surviving	entity,	each	holder	of	a	Right	will	have	the	right	to	
receive,	upon	exercise,	units	of	Preferred	Stock	(or,	in	certain	circumstances,	Company	common	
shares,	 cash,	 property,	 or	 other	 securities	 of	 the	 Company)	 having	 a	 value	 equal	 to	 twice	 the	
exercise	 price	 of	 the	 Right,	 or	 if	 the	 Company	 is	 acquired	 in	 such	 a	 merger	 or	 other	 business	
combination,	each	holder	of	a	Right	will	have	the	right	to	receive	stock	of	the	acquiring	entity	
having	a	value	equal	to	twice	the	exercise	price	of	the	Right.	The	Company	reserves	the	right	to	
redeem	the	Rights	by	majority	action	of	its	Independent	Directors	at	any	time	prior	to	the	date	
such	Rights	become	exercisable.

13.	 TaXeS

Our	income	tax	(benefit)	provision	consists	of	the	following	components	for	2006,	2005	and	2004	
(in	thousands):

Year	Ended	December	31,	

2006	

2005	

2004

Current

Federal	

State	

Alternative	Minimum	Tax	(AMT)	

Foreign	income	tax	

Foreign	source	withholding	tax	

Deferred

Federal	

State	

Foreign	source	withholding	tax	

Reversal	of	valuation	allowance	

Increase	in	valuation	allowance—federal	

Total	

$	 39,354	

$	 2,343	

$	 7,490

—	

—	

—	

28,488	

67,842	

61,131	

—	

(4,584)	

—	

—	

—	

350	

170	

—	

2,863	

6,938	

—	

2,136	

—

391

20

1,309

9,210

(18,090)

—

3,150

(46,371)	

(17,064)

—	

	 18,090

56,547	

(37,297)	

(13,914)

$	 124,389	

$	 (34,434)	

$	

(4,704)

page 0

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	 	
	
	
	
The	 deferred	 tax	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 are	 comprised	 of	 the	 following	 components	 at	
December	31,	2006	and	2005	(in	thousands):

	2006	

Net	operating	losses	

Deferred	revenue,	net	

Foreign	tax	credits	

Stock	compensation	

Patent	amortization	

Depreciation	

Other	accrued	liabilities	

Other	employee	benefits	

Less:	valuation	allowance	

Net	deferred	tax	asset	

2005	

Net	operating	losses	

Deferred	revenue,	net	

R&E	credits	

Stock	compensation	

Patent	amortization	

Depreciation	

AMT	credit	carryforward	

Other	employee	benefits	

Other	

Less:	valuation	allowance	

Net	deferred	tax	asset	

Federal	

State	

Foreign	

Total

$	 1,139	

	 10,803	

	 15,700	

5,172	

4,016	

1,680	

2,668	

830	

$	 28,408	

3,141	

—	

922	

716	

300	

475	

148	

	 42,008	

	 34,110	

—	

(34,110)	

$	 —	

	 7,930	

	 —	

	 —	

	 —	

	 —	

	 —	

	 —	

	 7,930	

	 —	

$	 29,547

21,874

15,700

6,094

4,732

1,980

3,143

978

84,048

(34,110)

$	42,008	

$	

—	

$	 7,930	

$	 49,938

Federal	

State	

Foreign	

Total

$	 29,827	

	 35,603	

$	 13,499	

7,007	

9,296	

4,551	

3,213	

1,348	

1,603	

1,211	

786	

—	

896	

632	

265	

—	

238	

155	

	 87,438	

	 22,692	

—	

	 (22,692)	

	 —	

	 3,346	

	 —	

	 —	

	 —	

	 —	

	 —	

	 —	

	 —	

	 3,346	

	 —	

$	 43,326

45,956

9,296

5,447

3,845

1,613

1,603

1,449

941

	 113,476

(22,692)

$	 87,438	

$	

—	

$	 3,346	

$	 90,784

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	 	
	
	
The	 following	 is	 a	 reconciliation	 of	 income	 taxes	 at	 the	 federal	 statutory	 rate	 with	 income	
taxes	 recorded	 by	 the	 Company	 for	 the	 years	 ended	 December	 31,	 2006,	 2005	 and	 2004	
(in	thousands):

Tax	at	U.S.	statutory	rate	

$  122,358	

$	

7,088	

$	

(1,547)

2006	

2005	

2004

Foreign	withholding	tax,	with	no	U.S.	foreign	tax	credit	

2,228	

1,388	

State	tax	provision	

Change	in	federal	and	state	valuation	allowance	

Adjustment	to	tax	credits	

Other	

Tax	provision	before	adjustments	related		
	 to	federal	deferred	tax	asset	valuation	
Reversal	of	federal	valuation	allowance	

Change	in	effective	rate	applied	to	federal	deferred	tax	assets	

Other	adjustments	to	deferred	tax	assets	

Total	adjustments	related	to	federal	deferred	tax	asset	valuation	

—	

—	

(910)	

713	

  124,389	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

—	

626	

173	

9,275	

(46,371)	

(1,438)	

4,100	

2,943

—

11,770

—

(806)

12,360

(17,064)

—

—

(43,709)	

(17,064)

Total	tax	provision	(benefit)	

$  124,389	

$	 (34,434)	

$	

(4,704)

In	2006	we	utilized	our	federal	NOL	carryforwards	and	began	to	pay	U.S.	Federal	Income	Tax.	We	
continue	 to	 pay	 foreign	 source	 withholding	 taxes	 on	 patent	 license	 royalties	 and	 state	 taxes	
when	applicable.	However,	we	now	apply	foreign	source	withholding	tax	payments	against	our	
U.S.	 Federal	 Income	 Tax	 obligations	 to	 the	 extent	 we	 have	 foreign	 source	 income	 to	 support	
these	 credits.	 In	 2006,	 we	 paid	 $28.5	 million	 in	 foreign	 source	 withholding	 taxes	 and	 applied	
these	 payments	 as	 credits	 against	 our	 U.S.	 Federal	 Tax	 Obligation.	 At	 December	 31,	 2006,	 we	
accrued	a	$15.7	million	of	foreign	source	withholding	tax	payable	associated	with	an	expected	
royalty	payment	from	a	licensee	and	recorded	a	corresponding	deferred	tax	asset	related	to	the	
expected	foreign	tax	credit	that	will	result	from	this	payment.	In	the	course	of	future	tax	planning,	
should	 we	 identify	 tax	 saving	 opportunities	 that	 entail	 amending	 prior	 year	 returns	 in	 order	
to	 fully	 avail	 ourselves	 of	 foreign	 tax	 credits	 that	 we	 previously	 considered	 unavailable	 to	 us,	
we	 will	 recognize	 the	 benefit	 of	 the	 credits	 in	 the	 period	 in	 which	 they	 are	 both	 identified	
and	quantified.

Generally	accepted	accounting	principles	require	that	we	establish	a	valuation	allowance	for	any	
portion	of	our	deferred	tax	assets	for	which	management	believes	it	is	more	likely	than	not	that	
we	will	be	unable	to	utilize	the	asset	to	offset	future	taxes.	At	December	31,	2003,	we	provided	a	
full	valuation	allowance	on	all	deferred	tax	assets	other	than	those	associated	with	revenue	that	
was	recognized	in	the	computation	of	our	foreign	source	withholding	tax	liability,	but	deferred	
for	 financial	 statement	 purposes.	 In	 2004,	 we	 determined	 that	 our	 operating	 performance,	
coupled	 with	 our	 expectations	 to	 generate	 future	 taxable	 income,	 indicated	 that	 it	 was	 more	
likely	 than	 not	 that	 we	 would	 utilize	 a	 portion	 of	 our	 deferred	 tax	 assets.	 Accordingly,	 in	 third	
quarter	2004,	we	recognized	an	increase	in	the	value	of	our	deferred	tax	assets	of	approximately	
$27	 million	 through	 a	 partial	 reversal	 of	 the	 valuation	 allowance.	 Of	 the	 $27	 million	 benefit,	
approximately	 $17	 million	 was	 recognized	 as	 income	 in	 our	 Statement	 of	 Operations	 and	
approximately	 $10	 million	 was	 credited	 directly	 to	 additional	 paid-in	 capital.	 In	 2005,	 we	
determined	that	our	expectations	to	generate	future	taxable	income	indicated	that	it	was	more	
likely	than	not	that	we	 would	utilize	our	remaining	Federal	deferred	tax	assets.	Accordingly,	in	
fourth	quarter	2005,	we	reversed	our	remaining	Federal	deferred	tax	asset	valuation	allowance	of	
approximately	 $66.7	 million.	 Of	 the	 $66.7	 million	 benefit,	 approximately	 $46.4	 million	 was	

page 

	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
recognized	 as	 income	 in	 our	 Statement	 of	 Operations	 and	 approximately	 $20.3	 million	 was	
credited	 directly	 to	 additional	 paid-in	 capital.	 In	 addition,	 at	 the	 same	 time,	 we	 increased	 the	
value	of	our	deferred	tax	assets	by	$2.4	million	as	a	result	of	a	1%	change	in	the	estimated	tax	
rate	 we	 expect	 will	 apply	 when	 these	 deferred	 tax	 assets	 reverse	 in	 future	 years.	 Of	 the	 $2.4	
million	 benefit,	 approximately	 $1.4	 million	 was	 recognized	 as	 income	 in	 our	 Statement	 of	
Operations	 and	 approximately	 $1.0	 million	 was	 credited	 directly	 to	 additional	 paid-in	 capital.	
These	tax	benefits	are	partly	offset	by	a	$4.1	million	adjustment	to	reduce	the	recorded	value	of	
credits	associated	with	federal	NOL	carryforwards	and	research	and	development	activities	based	
on	our	assessment	of	the	likelihood	of	realizing	such	credits.

In	 2005,	 we	 completed	 a	 study	 of	 our	 state	 net	 operating	 losses.	 As	 a	 result	 of	 that	 study,	 we	
adjusted	our	gross	deferred	tax	asset	associated	with	state	net	operating	losses	by	approximately	
$13.5	million.	However,	we	believe	it	is	more	likely	than	not	that	our	state	deferred	tax	assets	will	
not	 be	 utilized	 and	 we	 have	 therefore	 maintained	 a	 full	 valuation	 allowance	 against	 our	 state	
deferred	tax	assets.

Under	Internal	Revenue	Code	Section	382,	the	utilization	of	a	corporation’s	NOL	carryforwards	is	
limited	 following	 a	 change	 in	 ownership	 (as	 defined	 by	 the	 Internal	 Revenue	 Code)	 of	 greater	
than	 50%	 within	 a	 three-year	 period.	 If	 it	 is	 determined	 that	 prior	 equity	 transactions	 limit	 our	
NOL	carryforwards,	the	annual	limitation	will	be	determined	by	multiplying	the	market	value	of	
the	 Company	 on	 the	 date	 of	 the	 ownership	 change	 by	 the	 federal	 long-term	 tax-exempt	 rate.	
Any	 amount	 exceeding	 the	 annual	 limitation	 may	 be	 carried	 forward	 to	 future	 years	 for	 the	
balance	of	the	NOL	carryforward	period.

A	more-than-50%	cumulative	change	in	ownership	occurred	in	1992.	As	a	result	of	such	change,	
approximately	$14	million	of	our	NOL	carryforwards	were	limited	as	of	December	31,	2006.

14.	 e QUITY 	 TRaNS aCT IONS

Repurchase of Common Stock

In	 March	 2006	 our	 Board	 of	 Directors	 authorized	 the	 repurchase	 of	 up	 to	 $100	 million	 of	 our	
outstanding	common	stock.	In	April	2006	and	December	2006,	our	Board	of	Directors	authorized	
expansions	 of	 the	 Company’s	 share	 repurchase	 program	 of	 $100	 million	 and	 $150	 million,	
respectively,	to	a	total	of	$350	million.	The	Company	may	repurchase	shares	under	the	program	
through	open	market	purchases,	pre-arranged	trading	plans	or	privately	negotiated	purchases.	
We	 repurchased	 approximately	 6.5	 million	 shares	 of	 common	 stock	 for	 $192.5	 million	 in	 2006	
under	 this	 repurchase	 program.	 At	 December	 31,	 2006,	 we	 accrued	 accounts	 payable	 of	
approximately	$7.6	million	associated	with	our	obligation	to	settle	late	December	repurchases.	
From	January	1,	2007	through	February	27,	2007,	we	repurchased	an	additional	2.0	million	shares	
for	 $68.0	 million	 bringing	 the	 cumulative	 repurchase	 totals	 to	 8.5	 million	 shares	 at	 a	 cost	 of	
$260.5	 million	 under	 the	 current	 program.	 Under	 previous	 repurchase	 programs	 in	 2005	 and	
2004,	we	repurchased	2	million	and	1	million	shares	of	common	stock	for	$34.1	million	and	$17.1	
million,	respectively.

Common Stock Warrants

As	 of	 December	 31,	 2006	 we	 had	 no	 warrants	 outstanding.	 As	 of	 December	 31,	 2005	 we	 had	
warrants	outstanding	to	purchase	80,000	shares	of	common	stock	at	an	exercise	price	of	$7.63	
per	share.	These	previously	outstanding	warrants	were	exercised	in	2006.

page 

15.	 SeLeCTeD	 QUaRTeRLY 	 ReSULTS 	 (UNaUDIT eD)

The	table	below	presents	quarterly	data	for	the	years	ended	December	31,	2006	and	2005:

Selected Quarterly Results 

(in thousands, except per share amounts, unaudited) 

2006:
Revenues(a)	
Net	income	applicable	to	common	shareholders(a)	
Net	income	per	common	share—basic	

Net	income	per	common	share—diluted	

2005:

Revenues	

Net	(loss)	income	applicable	to		
	 common	shareholders(b)	
Net	(loss)	income	per	common	share—basic	

Net	(loss)	income	per	common	share—diluted	

First	

Second	

Third	

Fourth

$	51,606	

$	12,939	

$	

$	

0.24	

0.23	

$	296,617	

$	170,363	

$	

$	

3.13	

2.98	

$	 67,175	

$	 21,657	

$	

$	

0.41	

0.40	

$	65,068

$		20,263

$	

$	

0.39

0.37

$	35,497	

$	 38,601	

$	 48,538	

$	40,489

$	

$	

$	

(882)	

(0.02)	

(0.02)	

$	

$	

$	

4,011	

$	 6,526	

$	45,030

0.07	

0.07	

$	

$	

0.12	

0.11	

$	

$	

0.83

0.80

(a)	 	In	second	quarter	2006,	we	resolved	certain	disputes	with	Nokia	Corporation	(see	Note	4).	Pursuant	to	this	resolution,	Nokia	paid	us	$253	million.	
We	recognized	$228	million	of	revenue	related	to	this	resolution	in	second	quarter	2006,	and	$12.5	million	in	each	of	the	third	and	fourth	quarters	
of	2006.

(b)	 	Our	income	tax	provision	in	fourth	quarter	2005	included	a	benefit	of	approximately	$43.7	million,	primarily	related	to	the	reversal	of	our	Federal	

deferred	tax	asset	valuation	allowance.

ITeM	 9.	 CHaNgeS	 IN	 aND	 DI SagRee MeNTS 	 WITH 	 a CCO UNT aNTS	 	
ON	 aCCOUNTIN g	 aND	 FI NaNCIaL	 DI SCL OS URe

None.

ITeM	 9a.	 CONTROLS 	 aND	 PROCeDUReS

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The	Company’s	Chief	Executive	Officer	and	its	Chief	Financial	Officer,	with	the	assistance	of	other	
members	 of	 management,	 have	 evaluated	 the	 effectiveness	 of	 our	 disclosure	 controls	 and	
procedures	 (as	 defined	 in	 Rules	 13a-15(e)	 and	 15d-15(e)	 under	 the	 Securities	 Exchange	 Act	 of	
1934)	 as	 of	 the	 end	 of	 the	 period	 covered	 by	 this	 report.	 Based	 on	 that	 evaluation,	 the	 Chief	
Executive	 Officer	 and	 Chief	 Financial	 Officer	 have	 concluded	 that	 our	 disclosure	 controls	 and	
procedures	were	effective	in	their	design	to	ensure	that	the	information	required	to	be	disclosed	
by	us	in	the	reports	that	we	file	under	the	Securities	Exchange	Act	of	1934	is	recorded,	processed,	
summarized	and	reported	within	the	time	periods	specified	in	the	SEC’s	rules	and	forms	and	to	
ensure	that	the	information	required	to	be	disclosed	by	us	in	the	reports	that	we	file	under	the	
Securities	 and	 Exchange	 Act	 of	 1934	 is	 accumulated	 and	 communicated	 to	 our	 management,	
including	our	principal	executive	and	financial	officers,	as	appropriate	to	allow	timely	decisions	
regarding	required	disclosure.

page 

	
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

Management	 of	 InterDigital	 Communications	 Corporation	 is	 responsible	 for	 establishing	 and	
maintaining	adequate	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	as	defined	in	Rules	13a-15(f)	and	
15d-15(f)	 under	 the	 Securities	 Exchange	 Act	 of	 1934.	 The	 Company’s	 internal	 control	 over	
financial	reporting	is	a	process	designed	to	provide	reasonable	assurance	regarding	the	reliability	
of	 financial	 reporting	 and	 the	 preparation	 of	 financial	 statements	 for	 external	 purposes	 in	
accordance	 with	 accounting	 principles	 generally	 accepted	 in	 the	 United	 States	 of	 America.	
Internal	control	over	financial	reporting	includes	those	policies	and	procedures	that:

•		Pertain	to	the	maintenance	of	records	that,	in	reasonable	detail,	accurately	and	fairly	reflect	

the	transactions	and	dispositions	of	the	assets	of	the	Company;

•		Provide	 reasonable	 assurance	 that	 transactions	 are	 recorded	 as	 necessary	 to	 permit	
preparation	 of	 financial	 statements	 in	 accordance	 with	 accounting	 principles	 generally	
accepted	in	the	United	States	of	America,	and	that	receipts	and	expenditures	of	the	Company	
are	being	made	only	in	accordance	with	authorization	of	management	and	directors	of	the	
Company;	and

•		Provide	 reasonable	 assurance	 regarding	 prevention	 or	 timely	 detection	 of	 unauthorized	
acquisition,	use	or	disposition	of	the	Company’s	assets	that	could	have	a	material	effect	on	
the	consolidated	financial	statements.

Management,	 including	 the	 Chief	 Executive	 Officer	 and	 Chief	 Financial	 Officer,	 assessed	 the	
effectiveness	of	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	as	of	December	31,	2006.	Management	
based	this	assessment	on	criteria	for	effective	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	described	
in	“Internal Control, Integrated Framework”	issued	by	the	Committee	of	Sponsoring	Organizations	
of	 the	 Treadway	 Commission.	 Based	 on	 this	 assessment,	 management	 determined	 that,	 as	 of	
December	31,	2006,	the	Company	maintained	effective	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	
at	a	reasonable	assurance	level.

Our	 management’s	 assessment	 of	 the	 effectiveness	 of	 the	 Company’s	 internal	 control	 over	
financial	reporting	as	of	December	31,	2006	has	been	audited	by	PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP,	
an	independent	registered	public	accounting	firm,	as	stated	in	their	report	which	appears	under	
Item	8	in	this	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There	were	no	changes	in	our	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	during	the	fourth	quarter	
of	 2006	 that	 have	 materially	 affected,	 or	 are	 reasonably	 likely	 to	 materially	 affect,	 our	 internal	
control	over	financial	reporting.

ITeM	 9B.	 OTHeR 	 INFORMaTION

None.

page 

PaRT III

ITeM	 10.	 DIReCTORS,	 e XeCUTI ve	 OFFI CeRS	 aND	 CORPORaTe	 gOveRNaNCe

Information	 concerning	 directors	 is	 incorporated	 by	 reference	 herein	 from	 the	 information	
following	the	caption	“ELECTION	OF	DIRECTORS—Nominees	for	Election	to	the	Board	of	Directors	
Three	 Year	 Term	 Expiring	 at	 2010	 Annual	 Meeting	 of	 Shareholders”	 to,	 but	 not	 including,	
“Committees	 and	 Meetings	 of	 the	 Board	 of	 Directors”	 in	 our	 Definitive	 Proxy	 Statement	 to	 be	
filed	 with	 the	 Securities	 and	 Exchange	 Commission	 pursuant	 to	 Regulation	 14A,	 not	 later	 than	
120	days	after	the	end	of	our	fiscal	year	ended	December	31,	2006,	and	which	shall	be	forwarded	
to	shareholders	prior	to	the	2007	Annual	Meeting	of	Shareholders	(Proxy	Statement).

Our	Code	of	Business	Conduct	and	Ethics	is	applicable	to	all	employees	and	consultants	of	the	
Company	including	the	Chief	Executive	Officer,	Chief	Financial	Officer,	and	the	Board	of	Directors	
(Code).	In	addition,	each	of	our	consultants	agrees	to	abide	by	its	terms.	A	copy	of	the	Code	is	
available	 free	 of	 charge	 on	 our	 Internet	 website	 at	www.interdigital.com.	 We	 intend	 to	 disclose	
any	amendment	to	the	Code	or	waiver	from	a	provision	of	the	Code	made	to	our	Chief	Executive	
Officer,	Chief	Financial	Officer	-	Chief	Accounting	Officer	or	Controller	on	our	website.	Information	
concerning	 the	 Company’s	 Audit	 Committee	 and	 the	 Company’s	 Audit	 Committee	 financial	
expert	is	incorporated	herein	by	reference	to	the	Proxy	Statement	following	the	caption	“Audit	
Committee	 Report”	 to,	 but	 not	 including,	 “RATIFICATION	 OF	 APPOINTMENT	 OF	 INDEPENDENT	
REGISTERED	PUBLIC	ACCOUNTING	FIRM.”	In	addition,	information	set	forth	in	the	two	paragraphs	
immediately	following	the	caption	“Compliance	with	Section	16(a)	of	the	Securities	Exchange	Act	
of	 1934”	 in	 the	 Proxy	 Statement	 is	 incorporated	 by	 reference	 herein.	 Information	 concerning	
executive	officers	appears	under	the	caption	“Item	1.	Business,	Executive	Officers”	in	Part	I	of	this	
Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K.

ITeM	 11.	 e XeCU TIve	 CO MPeNSaTION

Information	 concerning	 executive	 compensation	 required	 by	 this	 item	 is	 incorporated	 by	
reference	 to	 the	 Proxy	 Statement	 following	 the	 caption	 “Director	 Compensation”	 to,	 but	 not	
including,	“Shareholder	Return	Performance	Graph”	and	information	in	the	section	“Compensation	
Committee	Interlocks	and	Insider	Participation”	and	“Executive	Compensation”.

ITeM	 12.	 SeCU RITY	 OWN eRSH IP	 OF	 CeRTaIN	 BeNeFICIaL	 OWN eRS	 aND	 MaNageMeNT	 aND	
ReLaTeD	 STOC KHOLD eR	 MaTTeRS

The	 information	 required	 by	 this	 item	 is	 incorporated	 by	 reference	 to	 the	 Proxy	 Statement	
following	 the	 caption	 “Security	 Ownership	 of	 Certain	 Beneficial	 Owners”	 to	 and	 including	 all	
information	in	the	section	“Equity	Compensation	Plan	Information.”

page 

ITeM	 13.	 CeRTaIN	 ReLaTIONSH IPS 	 a ND	 ReLaTeD	 TRaNSaCTIONS,	 	
aND	 DIReCTOR	 INDePeNDeNCe

The	information	required	by	this	item	is	incorporated	by	reference	to	the	Proxy	Statement	under	
the	captions	“Review	and	Approval	of	Related	Person	Transactions,”	“Transactions	with	Related	
Persons”	and	“Director	Independence.”

ITeM	 14.	 PRIN CIPaL 	 a CCOUNTaNT	 Fee S	 aND	 SeRvICeS

The	 information	 required	 by	 this	 item	 is	 incorporated	 by	 reference	 to	 the	 Proxy	 Statement	
following	the	caption	“Independent	Registered	Public	Accounting	Firm’s	Fees.”

PaRT IV

ITeM	 15.	 e XHIBITS	 aND	 FINaNCIaL 	 ST a TeMeNT	 S CHeDULeS

(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(1)		Financial	Statements	

The	information	required	by	this	Item	begins	on	Page	34.

(2)	Financial	Statement	Schedules

InterDigital Communications Corporation and Subsidiaries 
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(in thousands)

Description	

2006	Valuation	Allowance		
	 for	Deferred	Tax	Assets	
2005	Valuation	Allowance		
	 for	Deferred	Tax	Assets	

2004	Valuation	Allowance		
	 for	Deferred	Tax	Assets	

Balance	
Beginning	
of	Period	

Increase	
(Decrease)	

Reversal	of	
Valuation	
Allowance	

Balance,	
End	of	
Period

$	22,692	

$	11,418	(a)	

$	

—	 	

$	 34,110

	 86,168	

3,181	 	

(66,657)	(b)	

	 22,692

	 92,550	

	 20,471	 	

(26,853)	(c)	

	 86,168

(a)	 	The	$11.4	million	increase	was	necessary	to	maintain	a	full	valuation	allowance	against	our	state	deferred	tax	assets	and	did	not	result	in	additional	

tax	expense.

(b)	 	Of	 the	 $66.7	 million	 benefit,	 approximately	 $46.4	 million	 was	 recognized	 as	 income	 in	 our	 Statement	 of	 Operations	 and	 approximately	 $20.3	

(c)	

million	was	credited	directly	to	additional	paid-in	capital.
	Of	the	$27	million	benefit,	approximately	$17	million	was	recognized	as	income	in	our	Statement	of	Operations	and	approximately	$10	million	was	
credited	directly	to	additional	paid-in	capital.

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
(3)		Exhibits.	

See	Item	15(b)	below.	
Exhibits	10.18,	10.57,	10.58,	and	21	were	filed	with	the	Company's	2006	Annual	Report	of	
Form	10-K	dated	March	1,	2007.	Copies	of	these	exhibits	will	be	furnished	upon	request.

(b) Exhibit

Exhibit	Number	

Exhibit	Description

	Asset	 Purchase	 Agreement	 dated	 as	 of	 July	 30,	 2003	 by	 and	 between	 InterDigital	
Acquisition	 Corp.	 and	 Tantivy	 Communications,	 Inc.	 (Exhibit	 2.1	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Current	
Report	on	Form	8-K	dated	August	4,	2003).

	Amended	and	Restated	Articles	of	Incorporation	(Exhibit	3.1	to	InterDigital’s	Current	Report	
on	Form	8-K	dated	December	15,	2006).

	By-laws,	as	amended	June	1,	2005	(Exhibit	3.2	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	
10-Q	for	the	quarter	ended	June	30,	2005).

	Amended	 and	 Restated	 Rights	 Agreement	 between	 InterDigital	 and	 American	 Stock	
Transfer	 &	 Trust	 Co.,	 (Exhibit	 4.1	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Current	 Report	 on	 Form	 8-K	 dated	
December	15,	2006).

Contracts

	Credit	 Agreement	 dated	 as	 of	 December	 28,	 2005	 among	 InterDigital,	 Bank	 of	 America,	
N.A.	as	Administrative	Agent	and	L/C	Issuer	and	the	other	Lenders	party	thereto	(Exhibit	
10.86	to	InterDigital’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	dated	March	14,	2006).

	Intellectual	 Property	 License	 Agreement	 between	 InterDigital	 and	 Hughes	 Network	
Systems,	Inc.	(Exhibit	10.39	to	InterDigital’s	Registration	Statement	No.	33-28253	filed	on	
April	18,	1989).

	1992	 License	 Agreement	 dated	 February	 29,	 1992	 between	 InterDigital	 and	 Hughes	
Network	 Systems,	 Inc.	 (Exhibit	 10.3	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Current	 Report	 on	 Form	 8-K	 dated	
February	29,	1992).

	E-TDMA	 License	 Agreement	 dated	 February	 29,	 1992	 between	 InterDigital	 and	 Hughes	
Network	 Systems,	 Inc.	 (Exhibit	 10.4	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Current	 Report	 on	 Form	 8-K	 dated	
February	29,	1992).

	The	TDD	Development	Agreement	between	and	among	InterDigital,	ITC	and	Nokia	(Exhibit	
10.55	to	InterDigital’s	Current	Report	on	Form	8-K/A	dated	July	2,	2003).

	Amendment	 No.	 1	 to	 the	 TDD	 Development	 Agreement	 dated	 September	 30,	 2001	
between	 and	 among	 InterDigital,	 ITC	 and	 Nokia	 (Exhibit	 10.56	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Current	
Report	on	Form	8-K/A	dated	July	2,	2003).

	Amendment	 to	 the	 Patent	 License	 Agreement	 of	 May	 8,	 1995	 between	 ITC	 and	 NEC	
(Exhibit	10.52	to	InterDigital’s	Current	Report	on	Form	8-K	dated	February	21,	2003).

	Patent	License	Agreement	by	and	between	InterDigital	Communications	Corporation	and	
Samsung	 Electronics	 Co.,	 Ltd.,	 effective	 January	 22,	 1996	 (Exhibit	 10.85	 to	 InterDigital’s	
Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	November	9,	2006).

	PHS	and	PDC	Subscriber	Unit	Patent	License	Agreement	dated	March	19,	1998	between	
ITC	and	Sharp	Corporation	of	Japan	(Sharp)	(Exhibit	10.57	to	InterDigital’s	Current	Report	
on	Form	8-K	dated	February	21,	2003).

*2.1	

*3.1	

*3.2	

*4.1	

	 *10.1	

	 *10.2	

	 *10.3	

	 *10.4	

	 *10.5	

	 *10.6	

	 *10.7	

	 *10.8	

	 *10.9	

page 

	
	
	
	
	
	
(b) Exhibit continued

Exhibit	Number	

Exhibit	Description

	 *10.10	

	 *10.11	

	 *10.12	

	 *10.13	

	 *10.14	

	 *10.15	

	 *10.16	

	 *10.17	

	 10.18	

	†*10.19	

	†*10.20	

	†*10.21	

	†*10.22	

	†*10.23	

	†*10.24	

	†*10.25	

	†*10.26	

	Amendment	 No.	 1	 dated	 March	 23,	 2000	 and	 Amendment	 No.	 2	 dated	 May	 30,	 2003	 to	
PHS	and	PDC	Subscriber	Unit	Patent	License	Agreement	dated	March	19,	1998	between	
ITC	and	Sharp	(Exhibit	10.58	to	InterDigital’s	Amendment	No.	1	to	Current	Report	on	Form	
8-K/A	dated	July	2,	2003).

	Litigation	Expense	and	Reimbursement	Agreement	by	and	between	InterDigital,	ITC	and	
Federal	Insurance	Company	dated	February	15,	2000	(Exhibit	99.1	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	
Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	November	9,	2005).

	Narrowband	 CDMA	 and	 Third	 Generation	 Patent	 License	 Agreement	 dated	 January	 15,	
2002	 between	 ITC	 and	 NEC	 (Exhibit	 10.53	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Current	 Report	 on	 Form	 8-K	
dated	February	21,	2003).

	Settlement	 Agreement	 dated	 January	 15,	 2002	 between	 ITC	 and	 NEC	 (Exhibit	 10.54	 to	
InterDigital’s	Current	Report	on	Form	8-K	dated	February	21,	2003).

	License	 Agreement	 by	 and	 between	 InterDigital	 Group	 and	 LG	 Electronics,	 Inc.	 dated	
January	 1,	 2006	 (Exhibit	 10.82	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Quarterly	 Report	 on	 Form	 10-Q	 dated	
May	10,	2006).

	Arbitration	 Settlement	 Agreement	 by	 and	 between	 InterDigital	 Communications	
Corporation,	 InterDigital	 Technology	 Corporation	 and	 Nokia	 Corporation	 dated	 April	 26,	
2006	(Exhibit	10.83	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	August	7,	2006).

	Agreement	 of	 Lease	 dated	 November	 25,	 1996	 by	 and	 between	 InterDigital	 and	 We’re	
Associates	 Company	 (Exhibit	 10.42	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Annual	 Report	 on	 Form	 10-K	 for	 the	
year	ended	December	31,	2000).

	Modification	of	Lease	Agreement	dated	December	28,	2000	by	and	between	InterDigital	
and	We’re	Associates	Company	(Exhibit	10.43	to	InterDigital’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	
for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2000).

	Third	 Modification	 to	 Lease	 Agreement	 effective	 June	 1,	 2006	 by	 and	 InterDigital	 and	
Huntington	Quadrangle	2	(successor	to	We’re	Associates	Company)	(Filed	herewith).

Benefit Plans

	Non-Qualified	Stock	Option	Plan,	as	amended	(Exhibit	10.4	to	InterDigital’s	Annual	Report	
on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	1991).

	Amendment	to	Non-Qualified	Stock	Option	Plan	(Exhibit	10.31	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	
Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	August	14,	2000.

	Amendment	to	Non-Qualified	Stock	Option	Plan,	effective	October	24,	2001	(Exhibit	10.6	
to	InterDigital’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2001).

	1992	 Non-Qualified	 Stock	 Option	 Plan	 (Exhibit	 10.1	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Current	 Report	 on	
Form	8-K	dated	October	21,	1992).

	Amendment	 to	 1992	 Non-Qualified	 Stock	 Option	 Plan	 (Exhibit	 10.32	 to	 InterDigital’s	
Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	August	14,	2000).

	1992	Employee	Stock	Option	Plan	(Exhibit	10.71	to	InterDigital’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	
10-K	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	1992).

	Amendment	to	1992	Employee	Stock	Option	Plan	(Exhibit	10.29	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	
Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	August	14,	2000).

	Amendment	to	1992	Employee	Stock	Option	Plan,	effective	October	24,	2001	(Exhibit	10.11	
to	InterDigital’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2001).

page 

 
 
(b) Exhibit continued

Exhibit	Number	

Exhibit	Description

	1995	Stock	Option	Plan	for	Employees	and	Outside	Directors,	as	amended	(Exhibit	10.7	to	
InterDigital’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	1997).

	Amendment	to	the	1995	Stock	Option	Plan	for	Employees	and	Outside	Directors	(Exhibit	
10.25	to	InterDigital’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	1999).

	Amendment	to	1995	Stock	Option	Plan	for	Employees	and	Outside	Directors	(Exhibit	10.33	
to	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	August	14,	2000).

	Amendment	 to	 1995	 Stock	 Option	 Plan	 for	 Employees	 and	 Outside	 Directors,	 effective	
October	24,	2001	(Exhibit	10.15	to	InterDigital’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	
ended	December	31,	2001).

	1997	 Stock	 Option	 Plan	 for	 Non-Employee	 Directors	 (Exhibit	 10.34	 to	 InterDigital’s	
Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	for	the	quarter	ended	September	30,	1997).

	Amendment	 to	 1997	 Stock	 Option	 Plan	 for	 Non-Employee	 Directors	 (Exhibit	 10.34	 to	
InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	August	14,	2000).

	1997	Stock	Option	Plan	for	Non-Employee	Directors,	as	amended	March	30,	2000	(Exhibit	
10.42	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	August	14,	2000).

	Amendment	to	1997	Stock	Option	Plan	for	Non-Employee	Directors,	effective	October	24,	
2001	 (Exhibit	 10.19	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Annual	 Report	 on	 Form	 10-K	 for	 the	 year	 ended	
December	31,	2001).

	1999	 Restricted	 Stock	 Plan,	 as	 amended	 April	 13,	 2000	 (Exhibit	 10.43	 to	 InterDigital’s	
Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	August	14,	2000).

	1999	 Restricted	 Stock	 Plan,	 Form	 of	 Restricted	 Stock	 Unit	 Agreement	 [Awarded	 to	
Independent	 Directors	 Upon	 Re-Election]	 (Exhibit	 10.62	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Quarterly	 Report	
on	Form	10-Q	dated	November	9,	2004).

	1999	 Restricted	 Stock	 Plan,	 Form	 of	 Restricted	 Stock	 Unit	 Agreement	 [Annual	 Award	 to	
Independent	 Directors]	 (Exhibit	 10.63	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Quarterly	 Report	 on	 Form	 10-Q	
dated	November	9,	2004).

	1999	Restricted	Stock	Plan,	Form	of	Restricted	Stock	Unit	Agreement	[Periodically	Awarded	
to	Members	of	the	Board	of	Directors]	(Exhibit	10.64	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	
Form	10-Q	dated	November	9,	2004).

	1999	 Restricted	 Stock	 Plan,	 Form	 of	 Restricted	 Stock	 Agreement	 [Awarded	 to	 Executives	
and	Management	as	Part	of	Annual	Bonus]	(Exhibit	10.65	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	
on	Form	10-Q	dated	November	9,	2004).

	1999	 Restricted	 Stock	 Plan,	 Form	 of	 Restricted	 Stock	 Unit	 Agreement	 [Awarded	 to	
Independent	 Directors	 Upon	 Re-Election]	 (Exhibit	 10.62	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Quarterly	 Report	
on	Form	10-Q	dated	August	9,	2005).

	1999	 Restricted	 Stock	 Plan,	 Form	 of	 Restricted	 Stock	 Unit	 Agreement	 [Annual	 Award	 to	
Independent	 Directors]	 (Exhibit	 10.63	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Quarterly	 Report	 on	 Form	 10-Q	
dated	August	9,	2005).

	2000	 Stock	 Award	 and	 Incentive	 Plan	 (Exhibit	 10.28	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Quarterly	 Report	 on	
Form	10-Q	dated	August	14,	2000).

	2000	 Stock	 Award	 and	 Incentive	 Plan,	 as	 amended	 June	 1,	 2005	 (Exhibit	 10.74	 to	
InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	August	9,	2005).

	2000	 Stock	 Award	 and	 Incentive	 Plan,	 Form	 of	 Option	 Agreement	 [Director	 Awards]	
(Exhibit	10.66	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	November	9,	2004).

	†*10.27	

	†*10.28	

	†*10.29	

	†*10.30	

	†*10.31	

	†*10.32	

	†*10.33	

	†*10.34	

	†*10.35	

	†*10.36	

	†*10.37	

	†*10.38	

	†*10.39	

	†*10.40	

	†*10.41	

	†*10.42	

	†*10.43	

	†*10.44	

page 00

(b) Exhibit continued

Exhibit	Number	

Exhibit	Description

	†*10.45	

	†*10.46	

	†*10.47	

	†*10.48	

	†*10.49	

	†*10.50	

	†*10.51	

	†*10.52	

	†*10.53	

	†*10.54	

	†*10.55	

	†*10.56	

	 †10.57	

	 †10.58	

	†*10.59	

	2000	 Stock	 Award	 and	 Incentive	 Plan,	 Form	 of	 Option	 Agreement	 [Executive	 Awards]	
(Exhibit	10.67	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	November	9,	2004).

	2000	 Stock	 Award	 and	 Incentive	 Plan,	 Form	 of	 Option	 Agreement	 [Inventor	 Awards]	
(Exhibit	10.68	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	November	9,	2004).

	2002	 Stock	 Award	 and	 Incentive	 Plan	 (Exhibit	 10.50	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Quarterly	 Report	 on	
Form	10-Q	dated	May	15,	2002).

	InterDigital	 Communications	 Corporation	 2002	 Stock	 Award	 and	 Incentive	 Plan,	 as	
amended	through	June	4,	2003	(Exhibit	10.52	to	InterDigital’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	
for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2003).

	InterDigital’s	2002	Stock	Award	and	Incentive	Plan,	as	amended	June	1,	2005	(Exhibit	10.87	
to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	November	9,	2006).

	2002	 Stock	 Award	 and	 Incentive	 Plan,	 Form	 of	 Option	 Agreement	 [Inventor	 Awards]	
(Exhibit	10.69	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	November	9,	2004).

	InterDigital	Communications	Corporation	Long-Term	Compensation	Program,	as	amended	
December	2004	(“LTCP”)	(Exhibit	10.55	to	InterDigital’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	
year	ended	December	31,	2004).

	InterDigital	Communications	Corporation	Long-Term	Compensation	Program,	as	amended	
April	 2005	 (Exhibit	 10.70	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Quarterly	 Report	 on	 Form	 10-Q	 dated	 May	 9,	
2005).

	InterDigital	Communications	Corporation	Long-Term	Compensation	Program,	as	amended	
June	2005	(Exhibit	10.70	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	August	9,	
2005).

	InterDigital	 Communications	 Corporation	 Restricted	 Stock	 Unit	 Award	 Agreement	 with	
Harry	G.	Campagna	dated	February	4,	2005	(Exhibit	10.73	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	
on	Form	10-Q	dated	May	9,	2005).

	Form	of	InterDigital	Communications	Corporation	Restricted	Stock	Unit	Award	Agreement	
(Exhibit	10.86	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	November	9,	2006).

	Compensation	 Program	 for	 Outside	 Directors,	 as	 amended	 January	 2006	 (Incorporated	
from	Item	1.01	of	InterDigital’s	Current	Report	on	Form	8-K	dated	January	18,	2006).

	InterDigital	 Communications	 Corporation	 Annual	 Employee	 Bonus	 Plan,	 as	 amended	
December	15,	2006	(Filed	herewith).

	Form	of	InterDigital	Communications	Corporation	Restricted	Stock	Unit	Award	Agreement,	
as	amended	December	14,	2006	(Filed	herewith).

Employment-Related Agreements

	Indemnity	 Agreement	 dated	 as	 of	 March	 19,	 2003	 by	 and	 between	 the	 Company	 and	
Howard	E.	Goldberg	(pursuant	to	Instruction	2	to	Item	601	of	Regulation	S-K,	the	Indemnity	
Agreements,	 which	 are	 substantially	 identical	 in	 all	 material	 respects,	 except	 as	 to	 the	
parties	thereto	and	the	dates,	between	the	Company	and	the	following	individuals,	were	
not	 filed:	 Bruce	 Bernstein,	 D.	 Ridgely	 Bolgiano,	 Richard	 J.	 Brezski,	 Harry	 G.	 Campagna,	
Steven	T.	Clontz,	Joseph	S.	Colson,	Jr.,	Patrick	J.	Donahue,	Richard	J.	Fagan,	Guy	M.	Hicks,	
Gary	D.	Isaacs,	John	D.	Kaewell,	Edward	B.	Kamins,	Brian	G.	Kiernan,	Mark	A.	Lemmo,	Linda	
S.	Lutkefedder,	William	J.	Merritt,	William	C.	Miller,	Rebecca	B.	Opher,	Robert	S.	Roath,	Jane	
S.	Schultz,	and	Lawrence	F.	Shay)	(Exhibit	10.47	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	
10-Q	dated	May	15,	2003).

page 0

	
	
(b) Exhibit continued

Exhibit	Number	

Exhibit	Description

	†*10.60	

	†*10.61	

	†*10.62	

	†*10.63	

	†*10.64	

	†*10.65	

	†*10.66	

	†*10.67	

	†*10.68	

	†*10.69	

	†*10.70	

	†*10.71	

21	

23.1	

31.1	

31.2	

32.1	

32.2	

	Employment	 Agreement	 dated	 May	 7,	 1997	 by	 and	 between	 InterDigital	 and	
Mark	 A.	 Lemmo	 (Exhibit	 10.32	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Quarterly	 Report	 on	 Form	 10-Q	 for	 the	
quarter	ended	March	31,	1997).

	Amendment	 dated	 as	 of	 April	 6,	 2000	 by	 and	 between	 InterDigital	 and	 Mark	 A.	 Lemmo	
(Exhibit	10.37	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	August	14,	2000).

	Employment	 Agreement	 dated	 November	 16,	 1998	 by	 and	 between	 InterDigital	 and	
Richard	 J.	 Fagan	 (Exhibit	 10.24	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Annual	 Report	 on	 Form	 10-K	 for	 the	 year	
ended	December	31,	1998).

	Amendment	 dated	 as	 of	 April	 6,	 2000	 by	 and	 between	 InterDigital	 and	 Richard	 J.	 Fagan	
(Exhibit	10.36	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	August	14,	2000).

	Employment	 Agreement	 dated	 November	 19,	 1996	 by	 and	 between	 InterDigital	 and	
Brian	 G.	 Kiernan	 (Exhibit	 10.37	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Annual	 Report	 on	 Form	 10-K	 for	 the	 year	
ended	December	31,	2000).

	Amendment	 dated	 as	 of	 April	 6,	 2000	 by	 and	 between	 InterDigital	 and	 Brian	 G.	 Kiernan	
(Exhibit	 10.38	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Annual	 Report	 on	 Form	 10-K	 for	 the	 year	 ended	
December	31,	2000).

	Employment	 Agreement	 dated	 July	 24,	 2000	 by	 and	 between	 InterDigital	 and	
William	 C.	 Miller	 (Exhibit	 10.39	 to	 InterDigital’s	 Annual	 Report	 on	 Form	 10-K	 for	 the	 year	
ended	December	31,	2000).

	Employment	Agreement	dated	as	of	November	12,	2001	by	and	between	InterDigital	and	
Lawrence	F.	Shay	(Exhibit	10.38	to	InterDigital’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	
ended	December	31,	2001).

	Amended	 and	 Restated	 Employment	 Agreement,	 dated	 May	 16,	 2005,	 by	 and	 between	
William	J.	Merritt	and	InterDigital	(Exhibit	10.1	to	InterDigital’s	Current	Report	on	Form	8-K	
dated	May	16,	2005).

	Employment	Agreement,	dated	as	of	June	20,	2005,	by	and	between	Bruce	Bernstein	and	
InterDigital	(Exhibit	10.1	to	InterDigital’s	Current	Report	on	Form	8-K	dated	June	20,	2005).

	Employment	 Agreement	 by	 and	 between	 InterDigital	 Communications	 Corporation	 and	
James	Nolan	dated	May	16,	2006	(Exhibit	10.84	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	
10-Q	dated	August	7,	2006).

	Severance	Agreement	and	General	Release	between	InterDigital	and	Howard	E.	Goldberg	
dated	May	26,	2005	(Exhibit	10.78	to	InterDigital’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	dated	
August	9,	2005).

Subsidiaries	of	InterDigital.

Consent	of	PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP.

	Certification	of	Chief	Executive	Officer	pursuant	to	Section	302	of	the	Sarbanes-Oxley	Act	
of	2002.

	Certification	of	Chief	Financial	Officer	pursuant	to	Section	302	of	the	Sarbanes-Oxley	Act	
of	2002.

	Certification	pursuant	to	18	U.S.C.	Section	1350,	as	adopted	pursuant	to	Section	906	of	the	
Sarbanes-Oxley	Act	of	2002	for	William	J.	Merritt.

	Certification	pursuant	to	18	U.S.C.	Section	1350,	as	adopted	pursuant	to	Section	906	of	the	
Sarbanes-Oxley	Act	of	2002	for	Richard	J.	Fagan.

*Incorporated	by	reference	to	the	previous	filing	indicated.
†Management	contract	or	compensatory	plan	or	arrangement.

(c)	None.

page 0

	
	
	
	
	
	
SIgNaTUR eS

Pursuant	to	the	requirements	of	Section	13	or	15(d)	of	the	Securities	Exchange	Act	of	1934,	the	
registrant	has	duly	caused	this	report	to	be	signed	on	its	behalf	by	the	undersigned,	thereunto	
duly	authorized.

InterDigital Communications Corporation

Date:	February	28,	2007	

Date:	February	28,	2007	

/s/	William	J.	Merritt
William	J.	Merritt
President	and	Chief	Executive	Officer

/s/	R.	J.	Fagan
Richard	J.	Fagan
Chief	Financial	Officer

Pursuant	 to	 the	 requirement	 of	 the	 Securities	 Exchange	 Act	 of	 1934,	 this	 report	 has	 been	
signed	below	by	the	following	persons	on	behalf	of	InterDigital	and	in	the	capacities	and	on	the	
dates	indicated.

Date:	February	28,	2007	

Date:	February	28,	2007	

Date:	February	28,	2007	

Date:	February	28,	2007	

Date:	February	28,	2007	

Date:	February	28,	2007	

Date:	February	28,	2007	

Date:	February	28,	2007	

Date:	February	28,	2007	

Date:	February	28,	2007	

/s/	D.	Ridgely	Bolgiano
D.	Ridgely	Bolgiano,	Director

/s/	Harry	G.	Campagna
	Harry	G.	Campagna,		
Chairman	of	the	Board	of	Directors

/s/	Steven	T.	Clontz
Steven	T.	Clontz,	Director

/s/	Edward	B.	Kamins
Edward	B.	Kamins,	Director

/s/	Robert	S.	Roath
Robert	S.	Roath,	Director

/s/	Robert	W.	Shaner
Robert	W.	Shaner,	Director

/s/	Alan	P.	Zabarsky
Alan	P.	Zabarsky,	Director

/s/	William	J.	Merritt
William	J.	Merritt,	Director,	President	and
	Chief	Executive	Officer		
(Principal	Executive	Officer)

/s/	R.	J.	Fagan
Richard	J.	Fagan,	Chief	Financial	Officer
(Principal	Financial	Officer)

/s/	Richard	J.	Brezski
Richard	J.	Brezski,	Chief	Accounting	Officer

page 0

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
eXHIBIT	 INDeX

Exhibit

Exhibit	Number	

Exhibit	Description

	 10.18	

	 †10.57	

	 †10.58	

21	

23.1	

		 31.1	

31.2	

32.1	

32.2	

	Third	Modification	to	Lease	Agreement	effective	June	1,	2006	by	and	between	InterDigital	
and	Huntington	Quadrangle	2	(successor	to	We’re	Associates	Company).

	InterDigital	 Communications	 Corporation	 Annual	 Employee	 Bonus	 Plan,	 as	 amended	
December	15,	2006.

	Form	of	InterDigital	Communications	Corporation	Restricted	Stock	Unit	Award	Agreement,	
as	amended	December	14,	2006	(Filed	herewith).

Subsidiaries	of	InterDigital.

Consent	of	PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP.

	Certification	of	Chief	Executive	Officer	pursuant	to	Section	302	of	the	Sarbanes-Oxley	Act	
of	2002.

	Certification	of	Chief	Financial	Officer	pursuant	to	Section	302	of	the	Sarbanes-Oxley	Act	
of	2002.

	Certification	pursuant	to	18	U.S.C.	Section	1350,	as	adopted	pursuant	to	Section	906	of	the	
Sarbanes-Oxley	Act	of	2002	for	William	J.	Merritt.

	Certification	pursuant	to	18	U.S.C.	Section	1350,	as	adopted	pursuant	to	Section	906	of	the	
Sarbanes-Oxley	Act	of	2002	for	Richard	J.	Fagan.

†Management	contract	or	compensatory	plan	or	arrangement.

page 0

	
	
	
	
	
eXH IBIT	 23.1

Consent Of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We	 hereby	 consent	 to	 the	 incorporation	 by	 reference	 in	 the	 Registration	 Statements	 on	
Form	 S-8	 (Nos.	 333-96781,	 333-66626,	 333-85560,	 333-63276,	 333-56412,	 33-61021,	 333-94553,	
33-89920	 and	 33-89922)	 and	 Form	 S-3	 (No.	 333-85692)	 of	 InterDigital	 Communications	
Corporation	 of	 our	 report	 dated	 March	 1,	 2007	 relating	 to	 the	 financial	 statements,	 financial	
statement	 schedules,	 management’s	 assessment	 of	 the	 effectiveness	 of	 internal	 control	 over	
financial	 reporting	 and	 the	 effectiveness	 of	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	 reporting,	 which	
appears	in	this	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K.

PricewaterhouseCoopers	LLP	
Philadelphia,	PA	
March	1,	2007

page 0

eXHIBIT	 31.1

Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer  
of InterDigital Communications Corporation

I,	 William	 J.	 Merritt,	 President	 and	 Chief	 Executive	 Officer,	 InterDigital	 Communications	
Corporation,	certify	that:

1.	 	I	have	reviewed	this	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	of	InterDigital	Communications	Corporation;
2.	 	Based	on	my	knowledge,	this	report	does	not	contain	any	untrue	statement	of	a	material	fact	
or	 omit	 to	 state	 a	 material	 fact	 necessary	 to	 make	 the	 statements	 made,	 in	 light	 of	 the	
circumstances	under	which	such	statements	were	made,	not	misleading	with	respect	to	the	
period	covered	by	this	report;

3.	 	Based	on	my	knowledge,	the	financial	statements,	and	other	financial	information	included	in	
this	report,	fairly	present	in	all	material	respects	the	financial	condition,	results	of	operations	
and	cash	flows	of	the	registrant	as	of,	and	for,	the	periods	presented	in	this	report;

4.	 	The	registrant’s	other	certifying	officer	and	I	are	responsible	for	establishing	and	maintaining	
disclosure	controls	and	procedures	(as	defined	in	Exchange	Act	Rules	13a-15(e)	and	15d-15(e)),	
and	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	(as	defined	in	Exchange	Act	Rules	13a-15(f)	and	
15d-15(f))	for	the	registrant	and	have:
a)	 	Designed	such	disclosure	controls	and	procedures	or	caused	such	disclosure	controls	and	
procedures	 to	 be	 designed	 under	 our	 supervision,	 to	 ensure	 that	 material	 information	
relating	 to	 the	 registrant,	 including	 its	 consolidated	 subsidiaries,	 is	 made	 known	 to	 us	
by	 others	 within	 those	 entities,	 particularly	 during	 the	 period	 in	 which	 this	 report	 is	
being	prepared;

	 b)	 	Designed	such	internal	control	over	financial	reporting,	or	caused	such	internal	control	over	
financial	reporting	to	be	designed	under	our	supervision,	to	provide	reasonable	assurance	
regarding	the	reliability	of	financial	reporting	and	the	preparation	of	financial	statements	for	
external	purposes	in	accordance	with	generally	accepted	accounting	principles;

c)	 	Evaluated	 the	 effectiveness	 of	 the	 registrant’s	 disclosure	 controls	 and	 procedures	 and	
presented	in	this	report	our	conclusions	about	the	effectiveness	of	the	disclosure	controls	
and	 procedures	 as	 of	 the	 end	 of	 the	 period	 covered	 by	 this	 report	 based	 on	 such	
evaluation;	and

	 d)	 	Disclosed	 in	 this	 report	 any	 change	 in	 the	 registrant’s	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	
reporting	that	occurred	during	the	registrant’s	most	recent	fiscal	quarter	(the	registrant’s	
fourth	 fiscal	 quarter	 in	 the	 case	 of	 an	 annual	 report)	 that	 has	 materially	 affected,	 or	 is	
reasonably	 likely	 to	 materially	 affect,	 the	 registrant’s	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	
reporting;	and

5.	 	The	 registrant’s	 other	 certifying	 officer	 and	 I	 have	 disclosed,	 based	 on	 our	 most	 recent	
evaluation	 of	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	 reporting,	 to	 the	 registrant’s	 auditors	 and	 to	
the	 audit	 committee	 of	 the	 registrant’s	 board	 of	 directors	 (or	 persons	 performing	 the	
equivalent	functions):
a)	 	All	significant	deficiencies	and	material	weaknesses	in	the	design	or	operation	of	internal	
control	 over	 financial	 reporting	 which	 are	 reasonably	 likely	 to	 adversely	 affect	 the	
registrant’s	ability	to	record,	process,	summarize	and	report	financial	information;	and
	 b)	 	Any	 fraud,	 whether	 or	 not	 material,	 that	 involves	 management	 or	 other	 employees	 who	

have	a	significant	role	in	the	registrant’s	internal	control	over	financial	reporting.

Date:	February	28,	2007	
William	J.	Merritt,	President	and	Chief	Executive	Officer

page 0

	
	
	
	
eXH IBIT	 31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer of InterDigital Communications Corporation

I,	Richard	J.	Fagan,	Chief	Financial	Officer,	InterDigital	Communications	Corporation,	certify	that:

1.	 	I	 have	 reviewed	 this	 Annual	 Report	 on	 Form	 10-K	 of	 InterDigital	 Communications	

Corporation;

2.	 	Based	on	my	knowledge,	this	report	does	not	contain	any	untrue	statement	of	a	material	fact	
or	 omit	 to	 state	 a	 material	 fact	 necessary	 to	 make	 the	 statements	 made,	 in	 light	 of	 the	
circumstances	under	which	such	statements	were	made,	not	misleading	with	respect	to	the	
period	covered	by	this	report;

3.	 	Based	on	my	knowledge,	the	financial	statements,	and	other	financial	information	included	in	
this	report,	fairly	present	in	all	material	respects	the	financial	condition,	results	of	operations	
and	cash	flows	of	the	registrant	as	of,	and	for,	the	periods	presented	in	this	report;

4.	 	The	registrant’s	other	certifying	officer	and	I	are	responsible	for	establishing	and	maintaining	
disclosure	controls	and	procedures	(as	defined	in	Exchange	Act	Rules	13a-15(e)	and	15d-15(e)),	
and	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	(as	defined	in	Exchange	Act	Rules	13a-15(f)	and	
15d-15(f))	for	the	registrant	and	have:
a)	 	Designed	such	disclosure	controls	and	procedures	or	caused	such	disclosure	controls	and	
procedures	 to	 be	 designed	 under	 our	 supervision,	 to	 ensure	 that	 material	 information	
relating	to	the	registrant,	including	its	consolidated	subsidiaries,	is	made	known	to	us	by	
others	 within	 those	 entities,	 particularly	 during	 the	 period	 in	 which	 this	 report	 is	 being	
prepared;

	 b)	 	Designed	 such	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	 reporting,	 or	 caused	 such	 internal	 control	
over	 financial	 reporting	 to	 be	 designed	 under	 our	 supervision,	 to	 provide	 reasonable	
assurance	 regarding	 the	 reliability	 of	 financial	 reporting	 and	 the	 preparation	 of	 financial	
statements	 for	 external	 purposes	 in	 accordance	 with	 generally	 accepted	 accounting	
principles;

c)	 	Evaluated	 the	 effectiveness	 of	 the	 registrant’s	 disclosure	 controls	 and	 procedures	 and	
presented	in	this	report	our	conclusions	about	the	effectiveness	of	the	disclosure	controls	
and	 procedures	 as	 of	 the	 end	 of	 the	 period	 covered	 by	 this	 report	 based	 on	 such	
evaluation;	and

	 d)	 	Disclosed	 in	 this	 report	 any	 change	 in	 the	 registrant’s	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	
reporting	that	occurred	during	the	registrant’s	most	recent	fiscal	quarter	(the	registrant’s	
fourth	 fiscal	 quarter	 in	 the	 case	 of	 an	 annual	 report)	 that	 has	 materially	 affected,	 or	 is	
reasonably	 likely	 to	 materially	 affect,	 the	 registrant’s	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	
reporting;	and

5.	 	The	 registrant’s	 other	 certifying	 officer	 and	 I	 have	 disclosed,	 based	 on	 our	 most	 recent	
evaluation	 of	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	 reporting,	 to	 the	 registrant’s	 auditors	 and	 to	
the	 audit	 committee	 of	 the	 registrant’s	 board	 of	 directors	 (or	 persons	 performing	 the	
equivalent	functions):
a)	 	All	significant	deficiencies	and	material	weaknesses	in	the	design	or	operation	of	internal	
control	 over	 financial	 reporting	 which	 are	 reasonably	 likely	 to	 adversely	 affect	 the	
registrant’s	ability	to	record,	process,	summarize	and	report	financial	information;	and
	 b)	 	Any	 fraud,	 whether	 or	 not	 material,	 that	 involves	 management	 or	 other	 employees	 who	

have	a	significant	role	in	the	registrant’s	internal	control	over	financial	reporting.

Date:	February	28,	2007	
Richard	J.	Fagan,	Chief	Financial	Officer

page 0

	
	
	
	
eXHIBIT	 32.1

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 
As adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In	connection	with	the	accompanying	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	of	InterDigital	Communications	
Corporation	(the	“Company”)	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2006,	as	filed	with	the	Securities	
and	Exchange	Commission	on	the	date	hereof	(the	“Report”),	I,	William	J.	Merritt,	President	and	
Chief	 Executive	 Officer	 of	 the	 Company,	 hereby	 certify,	 pursuant	 to	 18	 U.S.C.	 Section	 1350,	 as	
adopted	pursuant	to	Section	906	of	the	Sarbanes-Oxley	Act	of	2002,	that:

(1)		The	 Report	 fully	 complies	 with	 the	 requirements	 of	 Section	 13(a)	 or	 15(d)	 of	 the	 Securities	

Exchange	Act	of	1934,	as	amended;	and

(2)		The	information	contained	in	the	Report	fairly	presents,	in	all	material	respects,	the	financial	

condition	and	results	of	operations	of	the	Company.

Date:	February	28,	2007	
William	J.	Merritt,	President	and	Chief	Executive	Officer

page 0

eXH IBIT	 32.2

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350  
As adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In	connection	with	the	accompanying	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	of	InterDigital	Communications	
Corporation	(the	“Company”)	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2006,	as	filed	with	the	Securities	
and	Exchange	Commission	on	the	date	hereof	(the	“Report”),	I,	Richard	J.	Fagan,	Chief	Financial	
Officer	of	the	Company,	hereby	certify,	pursuant	to	18	U.S.C.	Section	1350,	as	adopted	pursuant	
to	Section	906	of	the	Sarbanes-Oxley	Act	of	2002,	that:

(1)		The	 Report	 fully	 complies	 with	 the	 requirements	 of	 Section	 13(a)	 or	 15(d)	 of	 the	 Securities	

Exchange	Act	of	1934,	as	amended;	and

(2)		The	information	contained	in	the	Report	fairly	presents,	in	all	material	respects,	the	financial	

condition	and	results	of	operations	of	the	Company.

Date:	February	28,	2007	
Richard	J.	Fagan,	Chief	Financial	Officer

page 0

As of March 31, 2006

BOaRD	OF	DIReCTORS

eXeCU TI ve	 Ma N a geMeN T

Harry G. Campagna 
Chairman	of	the	Board,	InterDigital;	
President	and	Chief	Executive	Officer,		
Chairman	of	the	Board,	Qualitex	Co.

William J. Merritt 
President,	Chief	Executive	Officer	and	Director,	
InterDigital;	President	of	InterDigital	Technology	
Corporation

D. Ridgely Bolgiano 
Chief	Scientist	&	Vice	President,	InterDigital

Bruce G. Bernstein 
Chief	Intellectual	Property	&	Licensing	Officer

Steven T. Clontz  
Executive	Director,	President	and		
Chief	Executive	Officer,	StarHub,	Ltd.	

William J. Merritt 	
President,	Chief	Executive	Officer		
and	Director,	InterDigital;		
President	of	InterDigital	Technology	Corporation

Ed Kamins 
Corporate	Senior	Vice	President,		
Chief	Operational	Excellence	Officer,	Avnet,	Inc.

Robert S. Roath 
Chief	Financial	Officer	(Retired)	RJR	Nabisco,	Inc.	

Robert W. Shaner	
President	(retired)	Cingular	Wireless	LLC

Alan P. Zabarsky	
Corporate	Vice	President	(retired),	Motorola

Richard Brezski	
Chief	Accounting	Officer

Richard J. Fagan 
Chief	Financial	Officer	

Gary D. Isaacs	
Chief	Administrative	Officer

Brian G. Kiernan	
Executive	Vice	President,	Standards

Mark A. Lemmo	
Executive	Vice	President,		
Business	Development	&	Product	Management

Janet Meenehan Point	
Executive	Vice	President,		
Communications	&	Investor	Relations

William C. Miller	
Executive	Vice	President,		
Programs	and	Customer	Support

James Nolan	
Executive	Vice	President,	Engineering

Lawrence F. Shay	
Chief	Legal	Officer	&	Government	Affairs

page 0

For over 30 years, InterDigital has consistently been doing  

one thing very well: inventing advanced digital wireless 

technologies. These inventions— used in every digital cellular 

phone today—helped shape the wireless industry. Today, we 

remain at the cutting edge of tomorrow’s technology through 

ongoing research and development, contributing to the standards 

bodies, licensing our patented inventions to leading brands,  

and offering high-performance technologies and products.

Corporate InformatIon

Annu Al Meeting of ShAreholderS 

inveStor relAtion S

Thursday, June 7, 2007 
11:00 a.m. EDT 
Radisson Valley Forge 
King of Prussia, PA 19406 USA

CoMMon StoCk inforMAtion

The primary market for InterDigital’s common  
stock is the NASDAQ Global Select Market.SM 
InterDigital trades under the ticker symbol “IDCC”. 

regiStrAr And trAnSfer Agent

Shareholders with questions concerning  
stock certificates, shareholder records, account 
information, dividends, or stock transfer should  
contact InterDigital’s transfer agent:

American Stock Transfer and Trust Co. 
Customer Service 
59 Maiden Lane 
New York, NY 10038 USA 
+1 800 937 5449 
www.amstock.com

independent Auditor S

PricewaterhouseCoopers 
Philadelphia, PA USA

Janet M. Point  
Executive Vice President,  
Communications & Investor Relations 
+1 610 878 7866 
e-mail: janet.point@interdigital.com

CorporAte  offiCe And   
de velop Ment  fACility

781 Third Avenue 
King of Prussia, PA 19406 USA 
+1 610 878 7800

develop Ment  fACilitieS

Two Huntington Quadrangle, 4th Floor 
Melville, NY 11747 USA

InterDigital Canada Ltée 
1000 Sherbrooke Street West, 10th Floor 
Montreal, Quebec, Canada  
H3A 3G4

Web Site

www.interdigital.com

• 	

• 	
• 	
• 	

	Hi s to ry	 o f	b uil din g 	s pec tra ll y	 eff i ci ent,	 	
Hi g H	 d at a	ra te 	 s ys t em s	 s ol ut io ns	

oVer 		3, 0 00 	u . s . 	&	n on - u . s . 	p a ten ts	i ssued	

	oVer 	$1 	b ill io n	 gen era te d	fro m	pat ent	 l ic ensing

	mo Vin g 	ip 	t o	s il ico n

InterDigital® is a registered trademark of InterDigital Communications Corporation. All other trademarks, service marks  

and/or trade names appearing in this Annual Report are the property of their respective holders.

2006 Annual Report

InterDigital Communications Corporation

781 Third Avenue

King of Prussia, PA 19406 USA

www.interdigital.com

2
0
0
6
A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t